20090708Application.pdf

Qwest
1600 7th Avenue. Room 3206
Seattle. Washington 98191
[phone]Facsimile [phone]
RECEIVED
2009 JUL -8 PH l: 56
Maura E. Peterson
Paralegal
Regulatory Law
IDAHO PUBL C
UTILITIES COMM SS!ON Qwest~
Spirit of Service~
Via Overnight delivery
July 7,2009
Jean Jewell, Secretary
Idaho Public Utilities Commssion
472 West Washington Street
P.O. Box 83720
Boise, Idaho 83720-0074
Re: Case No. QuJ £. - f~ OC¡ -/,J
Application for Approval of Interconnection Agreement
Dear Ms. Jewell:
Enclosed for filing is an original and thee copies of the Application for Approval of an
Interconnection Agreement between Qwest Corporation and Easton Telecom Services, LLC.
Qwest respectfully requests that this matter be placed on the Commssion Decision Meeting
Agenda for expedited approvaL.
Please contact me if you have any questions concernng the enclosed. Thank you for your
assistance in this er
mep
cc: Service list
Adam L. Sherr (WSBA# 25291)
Qwest
1600 7th Ave, Room 1506
Seattle, WA 98191
Telephone: [phone]
Facsimile: [phone]
Adam. sherr (Q qwest.com
RECEIVED
2009 JUl -8 PH I: 56
IDAHO PUBLiC
UTIUTIES COMMISSION
APPLICATION OF QWEST
CORPORA TION FOR APPROVAL OF
THE INTERCONNCTION
AGREEMENT FOR THE STATE OF
IDAHO PURSUANT TO 47 U.S.C. §252(e)
BEFORE THE IDAHO PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMSSION
CASE NO.: OLJ G ~ T- 09 -/,J
APPLICATION FOR APPROVAL OF
INTERCONNCTION AGREEMENT
Qwest Corporation ("Qwest") hereby fies this Application for Approval of
Interconnection Agreement ("Agreement"). The Agreement with Easton Telecom Services, LLC
("Easton") is submitted herewith.
This Agreement was reached through voluntary negotiations without resort to mediation
or arbitration and is submitted for approval pursuant to Section 252(e) of the Communications
Act of 1934, as amended by the Telecommunications Act of 1996 (the "Act").
Section 252(e)(2) of the Act directs that a state Commssion may reject an agreement
reached through voluntary negotiations only if the Commssion finds that: the agreement (or
portiones) thereof) discriminates against a telecommunications carer not a pary to this
agreement; or the implementation of such an agreement (or portion) is not consistent with the
public interest, convenience and necessity.
Qwest respectfully submits that this Agreement provides no basis for either of these
findings, and, therefore requests that the Commssion approve this Agreement expeditiously.
This Agreement is consistent with the public interest as identified in the pro-competitive policies
of the State of Idaho, the Commssion, the United States Congress, and the Federal
Communications Commssion. Expeditious approval of this Agreement wil enable Easton to
APPLICATION FOR APPROVAL OF INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENT
EASTON TELECOM SERVICES, LLC Page 1
interconnect with Qwest facilities and to provide customers with increased choices among local
telecommunications services.
Qwest further requests that the Commssion approve this Agreement without a hearng.
Because this Agreement was reached through voluntar negotiations, it does not raise issues
requiring a hearng and does not concern other paries not a pary to the negotiations.
Expeditious approval would further th~ublic interest.
Respectfully submitted this ~ day of July, 2099")_.."
Qwest Cørrati6¡
L(if . , 1, ,i~
AdamL.
Attorney for Qwest
~..
APPLICATION FOR APPROVAL OF INTERCONNCTION AGREEMENT
EASTON TELECOM SERVICES, LLC Page 2
CERTIFICATE OF SERVICE
I hereby certify that on this ~ day of July, 2009, I served the foregoing
APPLICATION FOR APPROVAL OF INTERCONNCTION AGREEMENT upon all
paries of record in this matter as follows:
Jean Jewell, Secretary
Idaho Public Utilities Commssion
472 West Washington Street
P.O. Box 83720
Boise, Idaho 83720-0074
¡jewell (gpuc.state.id.us
Hand Delivery
U. S. Mail
_X_ Overnight Delivery
Facsimile
Email
Jim Kolezynski
Director of Operations
Easton Telecom Services, LLC
Summt II 3046, Brecksvile Road
Richfield, OH 44286
Hand Delivery
-- U. S. Mail
Overnight Delivery
Facsimile
Email
Hand Delivery
-- u. S. Mail
Overnight Delivery
Facsimile
Em'
APPLICATION FOR APPROVAL OF INTERCONNCTION AGREEMENT
EASTON TELECOM SERVICES, LLC Page 3
'l
~wE--t- o9-/~
BETWEEN
Idaho Public Utilities Commission
Offce of the Secretary
RECEIVED
JUl - 82009
RESALE AGREEMENT
QWEST CORPORATION Boise, Idaho
AND
EASTON TELECOM SERVICES, LLC
FOR THE STATE OF IDAHO
AGREEMENT NUMBER
CDS-090527-0010
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 1.0 - GENERAL TERMS................................ ............................................................ 1
SECTION 2.0 ~ INTERPRETATION AND CONSTRUCTION ..................................................... 2
SECTION 3.0 - RES ELLER INFORMATION..............................................................................4
SECTION 4.0 - DEFINITIONS ................................................................................................ ...6
SECTION 5.0 - TERMS AND CONDITIONS. .... ......... ....... ......... .... .......... ....... ......... ..... ........ ....12
5.1 GENERAL PROViSiONS........................................,.........................................................12
5.2 TERM OF AGREEMENT ................................................................................................ ..12
5.3 P ROOF OF AUTHORIZATION (POA) .... ........... ................... ...... .......... ....... ............... ....... .12
5.4 PAyMENT.....................................................................................................................13
5.5 TAXES...................................................................................................................;.....15
5.6 INSURANCE. ............... ..... .... .... .... ...... ........ ...... ........ ..... ..... ..... .... .......... ..... ...... .......... ...15
5.7 FORCE MAJEURE .........................................................................................................16
5.8 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY ................................................................ ...............................16
5.9 INDEMNITY ............................................................................................... ....................17
5.10 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTy................................................................ .............................18
5.11 WARRANTIES ...............................................................................................................20
5.12 ASSiGNMENT................................................................................................................20
5.13 DEFAULT ................................ .....................................................................................21
5.14 DISCLAIMER OF AGENCy................................................................ ...............................21
5.15 SEVERABILITY ..............................................................................................................21
5.16 NONDISCLOSURE .........................................................................................................22
5.17 SURViVAL....................................................................................................................23
5.18 DISPUTE RESOLUTION ......... ....... ......... ................. .......... ............ .............. .................. ..24
5.19 CONTROLLING LAW........... ....... ..... ..... ........ ............................................................ ..... .25
5.20 RESPONSIBILITY FOR ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINATION ................................................25
5.21 NOTiCES................................ ......................................................................................25
5.22 RESPONSIBILITY OF EACH PARTY ............. ................ ................ .............. ................ ...... .26
5.23 No THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES ..................................................................................26
5.24 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK .........................................................................................26
5.25 PUBLICiTy................................ ....................................................................................26
5.26 EXECUTED IN COUNTERPARTS..... ...................... ........................................................ ...26
5.27 COMPLIANCE.......... ......... ........... .............................................................................. ...26
5.28 COMPLIANCE WITH THE COMMUNICATIONS ASSISTANCE LAW ENFORCEMENT ACT
OF 1994 ................................ ......................................................................................27
5.29 COOPERATION .............................................................................................................27
5.30 AMENDMENTS ................................................................................ ..............................27
5.31 ENTIRE AGREEMENT............................................................. ................................... .....27
SECTION 6.0 - RESALE ..........................................................................................................29
6.1 DESCRIPTION ...............................................................................................................29
6.2 TERMS AND CONDITIONS ......... ............. ...... ....... ............................. ............................. .29
6.3 RATES AND CHARGES................................................................................................ ...34
6.4 ORDERING PROCESS................................................................................................ ....35
6.5 BILLING........................................................................................................................36
6.6 MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR...... ................ .......... ... ........... ..... ............. .......... ................ .37
6.7 E911 DATABASE UPDATES FOR RESALE BASED RESELLERS ..........................................37
May 27, 2009/msdlEaston Telecom ServicesIlD/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (9-24-08)
SECTION 7.0 - WHITE PAGES DIRECTORY LISTINGS .........................................................38
7.1 DESCRIPTION ...............................................................................................................38
7.2 TERMS AND CONDITIONS ................................................................ ..............................38
7.3 RATE ELEMENTS ..........................................................................................................42
7.4 ORDERING PROCESS....................................................................................................42
SECTION 8.0 - NETWORK SECURITY ....................................................................................43
SECTION 9.0 - ACCESS TO OPERATIONAL SUPPORT SYSTEMS (OSS)............................45
9.1 GENERAL TERMS .........................................................................................................45
9.2 OSS SUPPORT FOR PRE-ORDERING, ORDERING AND PROVISIONING ..............................45
9.3 MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR........ ....... .... ....... ......... ...... .... ......... .............. ...... ...... ....... ....56
SECTION 10.0 ~ DIRECTORY PUBLISHER.............................................................................67
SECTION 11.0 - SERVICE PERFORMANCE ..........................................................................68
SECTION 12.0 - SIGNATURE PAGE .......................................................................................69
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-001O
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)
TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR EXHIBITS
EXHIBIT A Rates
EXHIBIT B Service Performance Indicators
EXHIBITC Intentionally Left Blank
EXHIBIT D Intentionally Left Blank
EXHIBIT E Intentionally Left Blank
EXHIBIT F Intentionally Left Blank
EXHIBITG Intentionally Left Blank
EXHIBIT H Intentionally Left Blank
EXHIBIT I Intentionally Left Blank
EXHIBIT J Intentionally Left Blank
EXHIBIT K Performance Assurance Plan
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CD8-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)ii
Section 1
General Terms
Section 1.0 -GENERAL TERMS
1.1 This Resale Agreement is between Qwest Corporation ("Qwest", a Colorado
corporation, and Easton Telecom Services, LLC ("Reseller"), an Ohio Limited Liability Company,
pursuant to Section 252 of the Telecommunications Act of 1996, for purposes of fulfiling
Qwests obligations under Sections 222, 251(a), (b), and (c), 252, 271 and other relevant
provisions of the Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
1.2 This Agreement sets forth the terms, conditions and pricing under which Qwest will
provide to Reseller ancillary services and Telecommunications Services available for resale
within the geographical areas in which Qwest is providing local exchange service at that time,
and for which Qwest is the incumbent Local Exchange Carrier within the State of Idaho, for
purposes of providing local Telecommunications Services.
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)
Section 2
Interpretation and Construction
Section 2.0 - INTERPRETATION AND CONSTRUCTION
2.1 This Agreement includes this Agreement and all Exhibits appended hereto, each of
which is hereby incorporated by reference in this Agreement and made a part hereof. All
references to Sections and Exhibits shall be deemed to be references to Sections of, and.
Exhibits to, this Agreement unless the context shall otherwise require. The headings and
numbering of Sections and Exhibits used in this Agreement are for convenience only and wil
not be construed to define or limit any of the terms in this Agreement or affect the meaning and
interpretation of this Agreement. Unless the context shall otherwise require, any reference to
any statute, regulation, rule, Tariff, technical reference, technical publication, or any publication
of Telecommunications industry administrative or technic¡;1 standards, shall be deemed to be a
reference to the most recent version or edition (including any amendments, supplements,
addenda, or successor) of that statute, regulation, rule, Tariff, technical reference, technical
publication, or any publication of Telecommunications industry administrative or technical
standards that is in effect. Provided however, that nothing in this Section 2.1 shall be deemed
or considered to limit or amend the provisions of Section 2.2. In the event a change in a law,
rule regulation or interpretation thereof would materially change this Agreement, the terms of
Section 2.2 shall prevail over the terms of this Section 2.1. In the case of any material change,
any reference in this Agreement to such law, rule, regulation or interpretation thereof will be to
such law, rule, regulation or interpretation thereof in effect immediately prior to such change
until the processes set forth in Section 2.2 are implemented. The existing configuration of either
Party's network may not be in compliance with the latest release of technical references,
technical publications, or publications of Telecommunications industry administrative or
technical standards.
2.2 The provisions in this Agreement are intended to be in compliance with and based on
the existing state of the law, rules, regulations and interpretations thereof, including but not
limited to state and federal rules, regulations, and laws as of March 11, 2005 (the Existing
Rules). Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed an admission by Qwest or Reseller
concerning the interpretation or effect of the Existing Rules or an admission by Qwest or
Reseller that the Existing Rules should not be changed, vacated, dismissed, stayed or modified.
Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude or estop Qwest or Reseller from taking any position in
any forum concerning the proper interpretation or effect of the Existing Rules or concerning
whether the Existing Rules should be changed, vacated, dismissed, stayed or modified. To the
extent that the Existing Rules are vacated, dismissed, stayed or materially changed or modified,
then this Agreement shall be amended to reflect such legally binding modification or change of
the Existing Rules. Where the Parties fail to agree upon such an amendment within sixty (60)
Days after notification from a Party seeking amendment due to a modification or change of the
Existing Rules or if any time during such sixty (60) Day period the Parties shall have ceased to
negotiate such new terms for a continuous period of fifteen (15) Days, it shall be resolved in
accordance with the Dispute Resolution provision of this Agreement. It is expressly understood
that this Agreement wil be corrected, or if requested by Reseller, amended as set forth in this
Section 2.2, to reflect the outcome of generic proceedings by the Commission for pricing,
service standards, or other matters covered by this Agreement. Rates in Exhibit A will reflect
legally binding decisions of the Commission and shall be applied on a prospective basis from
the effective date of the legally binding Commission decision, unless otherwise ordered by the
Commission. Where a Party provides notice to the other Party within thirty (30) Days of the
effective date of an order issuing a legally binding change, any resulting amendment shall be
deemed effective on the effective date of the legally binding change or modification of the
Existing Rules for rates, and to the extent practicable for other terms and conditions, unless
otherwise ordered. In the event neither Party provides notice within thirty (30) Days, the
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)2
Section 2
Interpretation and Construction
effective date of the legally binding change shall be the Effective Date of the amendment unless
the Parties agree to a different date. During the pendency of any negotiation for an amendment
pursuant to this Section 2.2 the Parties shall continue to perform their obligations in accordance
with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, for up to sixty (60) Days. For purposes of this
section, "legally binding" means that the legal ruling has not been stayed, no request for a stay
is pending, and any deadline for requesting a stay designated by statute or regulation, has
passed.
2..3 Unless otherwise specifically determined by the Commission, in cases of conflict
between this Agreement and Qwests Tariffs, PCAT, methods and procedures, technical
publications, policies, product notifications or other Qwest documentation relating to Qwests or
Reseller's rights or obligations under this Agreement, then the rates, terms, and conditions of
this Agreement shall prevaiL. To the extent another document abridges or expands the rights or
obligations of either Party under this Agreement, the rates, terms and conditions of this
Agreement shall prevaiL.
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)3
Section 3
Reseller Information
Section 3.0 - RESELLER INFORMATION
3.1 Except as otherwise required by law, Qwest will not provide or establish ancilary
services and/or resale of Telecommunications Services in accordance with the terms and
conditions of this Agreement prior to Reseller's execution of this Agreement. The Parties shall
complete Qwests "New Customer Questionnaire," as it applies to Reseller's obtaining of
ancilary services, and/or resale of Telecommunications Services hereunder.
3.2 Prior to placing any orders for services under this Agreement, the Parties wil jointly
complete the following sections of Qwests "New Customer Questionnaire":
General Information
Billing and Collection (Section 1)
Credit Information
Billing Information
Summary Billing
Operations Support Systems (OSS) and Network Outage Notification Contact
Information
System Administration Contact Information
Ordering Information for resold services
3.2.1 The remainder of this questionnaire must be completed within two (2)
weeks of completing the initial portion of the questionnaire. This questionnaire will be
used to:
Determine geographical requirements;
Identify Reseller identification codes;
Determine Qwest system requirements to support Reseller's specific activity;
Collect credit information;
Obtain Billing information;
Create summary bills;
Establish input and output requirements;
Create and distribute Qwest and Reseller contact lists; and
Identify Reseller hours and holidays.
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
QwestResale Template - (v9-24-08)4
Section 3
Reseller Information
3.2.2 Resellers that have previously completed a Questionnaire need not fill out
a New Customer Questionnaire; however, Reseller wil update its New Customer
Questionnaire with any changes in the required information that have occurred and
communicate those changes to Qwest. Before placing an order for a new product,
Reseller wil need to complete the relevant New Product Questionnaire and amend this
Agreement, which may include an amendment to this Agreement.
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)5
Section 4
Definitions
Section 4.0 - DEFINITIONS
"Act" means the Communications Act of 1934 (47 U.S.C. 151 et. seq.), as amended, and as
from time to time interpreted in the duly authorized rules and regulations of the FCC or the
Commission.
"Affiliate" means a Person that (directly or indirectly) owns or controls, is owned or controlled by,
or is under common ownership or control with, another Person. For purposes of this paragraph,
the term 'own' means to own an equity interest (or the equivalent thereof) of more than 10
percent.
"Applicable Law" means all laws, statutes, common law, ordinances, codes, rules, guidelines,
orders, permits and approval of any governmental regulations, including, but not limited to, the
Act, the regulations, rules, and final orders of the FCC and the Commission, and any final
orders and decisions of a court of competent jurisdiction reviewing the regulations, rules, or
orders of the FCC or the Commission.
"ATIS" or "Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions" is a North American
telecommunication industry standards forum which, through its committees and working groups,
creates, and publishes standards and guidelines designed to enable interoperability and
Interconnection for Telecommunications products and services. ATIS Standards and
Guidelines, as well as the standards of other industry fora, are referenced herein.
"Automatic Location Identification" or "ALI" is tliè automatic display at the Public Safety
Answering Point (PSAP) of the caller's telephone number, the address/location of the telephone
and supplementary emergency services information for Enhanced 911 (E911).
"Automatic Location Identification/Database Management System" or "ALlIDMS" is an
Enhanced 911/(E911) database containing End User Customer location information (including
name, service address, telephone number, and sometimes special information from the local
service provider) used to determine to which Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) to route the
call and used by the PSAP for emergency call handling (i.e., dispatch of emergency aid).
"Basic Exchange Telecommunications Service" means, unless otherwise defined in
Commission rules and then it shall have the meaning set forth therein, a service offered to End
User Customers which provides the End User Customer with a telephonic connection to, and a
unique local telephone number address on, the public switched telecommunications network,
and which enables such End User Customer to generally place calls to, or receive calls from,
other stations on the public switched telecommunications network. Basic residence and
business line services are Basic Exchange Telecommunications Services. As used solely in the
context of this Agreement and unless otherwise agreed, Basic Exchange Telecommunications
Service includes access to ancillary services such as 911, Directory Assistance and operator
services.
"Bill Date" means the date on which a Billing period ends, as identified on the bill.
"Billng" involves the provision of appropriate usage data by one Telecommunications Carrier to
another to facilitate Customer Billng with attendant acknowledgments and status reports. It
also involves the exchange of information between Telecommunications Carriers to process
claims and adjustments.
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)6
Section 4
Definitions
"Carriet' or "Common Carrier" See Telecommunications Carrier.
"Central Offce" means a building or a space within a building where transmission facilities or
circuits are connected or switched.
"Central Offce Switch" means a Switch used to provide Telecommunications Services,
including, but not limited to:
"End Office Switches" which are used to terminate End User Customer station loops, or
equivalent, for the purpose of interconnecting to each other and to trunks.
"Centrex" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.2.9.
"Commission" means the Idaho Public Utilities Commission.
"Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act" or "CALEA" refers to the duties and
obligations of Carriers to assist law enforcement agencies by intercepting communications and
records, and installing pen registers and trap and trace devices.
"Confidential Information" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.16.
"Current Service Provider" means the Party from which an End User Customer is planning to
switch its local exchange service or the Party from which an End User Customer is planning to
port its telephone number(s).
"Customer" is a Person to whom a Party provides or has agreed to provide a specific service or
set of services, whether directly or indirectly. Customer includes Telecommunication Carriers.
See also, End User Customer.
"Day" means calendar days unless otherwise specified.
"Effective Date" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2
"Electronic Bonding" is a real-time and secure electronic exchange of data between information
systems in separate companies. Electronic Bonding allows electronic access to services which
have traditionally been handled through manual means. The heart of Electronic Bonding is
strict adherence to both International and National standards. These standards define the
communication and data protocols allowing all organizations in the world to exchange
information. (See also Interoperability.)
"End User Customer" means a third party retail Customer that subscribes to
Telecommunications Services provided by either of the Parties or by another Carrier or by two
(2) or more Carriers.
"Enhanced Services" means any service offered over Common Carrier transmission facilities
that employ computer processing applications that act on the format, content, code, protocol or
similar aspects of a subscriber's transmitted information; that provide the subscriber with
additional, different or restructured information; or involve End User Customer interaction with
stored information.
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)7
Section 4
Definitions
"Enhanced 911" or "E911 "shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.
"Environmental Hazard" means any substance the presence, use, transport, abandonment or
disposal of which (i) requires investigation, remediation, compensation, fine or penalty under
any Applicable Law (including, without limitation, the Comprehensive Environmental Response
Compensation and Liability Act, Superfund Amendment and Reauthorization Act, Resource
Conservation Recovery Act, the Occupational Safety and Health Act and provisions with similar
purposes in applicable foreign, state and local jurisdictions) or (ii) poses risks to human health,
safety or the environment (including, without limitation, indoor, outdoor or orbital space
environments) and is regulated under any Applicable Law.
"Exchange Access" shall have the same meaning as in the Act.
"Exchange Message Interface" or "EM I" means the format used for exchange of
Telecommunications message information among Telecommunications Carriers. It is
referenced in the Allance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions (ATIS) document that
defines industry guidelines for the exchange of message records.
"Exchange Message Record" or "EMR" is the standard used for exchange of
Telecommunications message information betwe.en telecommunications providers for bilable,
non-billable, sample, settlement and study data. EMR format is contained in BR-01D-200-D10
CRIS Exchange Message Record, a Telcordia document that defines industry standards for
exchange message records.
"Exchange Service" or "Extended Area Service (EAS)/Local Traffc" means traffc that is
originated. and terminated within the Local Calling Area as determined by the Commission or the
in Qwests Exchange and Network Services Catalogs as applicable.
"FCC" means the Federal Communications Commission.
"Firm Order Confirmation" or "FOC" means the notice Qwest provides to Reseller to confirm that
the Reseller Local. Service Order (LSR) has been received and has been successfully
processed. The FOC confirms the schedule of dates committed to by Qwest for the
Provisioning of the service requested.
"Information Services" is the offering of a capability for generating, acquiring, storing,
transforming, processing, retrieving, utilizing, or making available information via
Telecommunications, and includes electronic publishing, but does not include any use of any
such capability for the management, control, or operation of a Telecommunications system or
the management of a Telecommunications Service.
"Interexchange Carrier" or "IXC" means a Carrier that provides InterLATA or IntraLATA Toll
services.
"lnterLATA Traffic" describes Telecommunications between a point located in a Local Access
Transport and Area (LATA) and a point located outside such area.
"Interoperability" means the ability of a Qwest OSS Function to process seamlessly (i.e., without
any manual intervention) business transactions with Reseller's OSS application, and vice versa,
by means of secure exchange of transaction data models that use data fields and usage rules
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)8
Section 4
Definitions
that can be received and processed by the other Party to achieve the intended OSS Function
and related response. (See also Electronic Bonding.)
"lntraLATA LEC Toll" means IntraLATA Toll traffc carried solely by a Local Exchange Carrier
and not by an IXC.
"lntraLATA Toll Traffic" describes IntraLATA Traffc outside the Local Callng Area as
determined by the Commission or the in Qwests Exchange and Network Services Catalogs as
applicable.
"Legitimately Related" terms and conditions are those rates, terms, and conditions that relate
solely to the individual, service being requested by Reseller under Section 252(i) of the Act, and
not those relating to other, services or elements in the approved Agreement. This definition is
not intended to limit the FCC's interpretation of "legitimately related" as found in its rules,
regulations or orders or the interpretation of a court of competent jurisdiction.
"Local Access Transport Area" or "LATA" is as defined in the Act.
"Local Callng Area" is a geographically defined area as established by the effective tariffs of
Qwest as approved by the Commission.
"Maintenance of Service charge" is a charge that relates to trouble isolation. Maintenance of
Serviæ charges are set forth in Exhibit A. Basic Maintenance of Service charges apply when
the Qwest technician performs work during standard business hours. Overtime Maintenance of
Service charges apply when the Qwest technician performs work on a business day, but outside
standard business hours, or on a Saturday. Premium Maintenance of Service charges apply
when the Qwest technician performs work on either a Sunday or Qwest recognized holiday.
"Miscellaneous Charges" mean cost-based charges that Qwest may assess in addition to
recurring and nonrecurring rates, for activities Reseller requests Qwest to perform, activities
Reseller authorizes, or charges that are a result of Reseller's actions, such as cancellation
charges, additional labor and maintenance. Miscellaneous Charges are not already included in
Qwests recurring or nonrecurring rates. Miscellaneous Charges are that Miscellaneous
Charges for resale services are provided in the applicable tariff, catalog, or price list.
"911 Service" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.
"NXX" is the three (3) digit Switch entity code which is defined by the 0, E, and F digits of a ten
(10) digit telephone number within the NANP.
"Operational Support Systems" or "OSS" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.
"Ordering and Biling Forum" or "OBF" means the telecommunications industry forum, under the
auspices of the Carrier Liaison Committee of the Alliance for Telecommunications Industry
Solutions, concerned with inter-eompany ordering and Billing.
"Parity" means the provision of non-discriminatory access to Resale, and other services
provided under an Agreement to the extent legally required on rates, terms and conditions that
are non-ciscriminatory, just and reasonable. Where Technically Feasible, the access provided
by Qwest will be provided in "substantially the same time and manner" to that which Qwest
provides to itself, its End User Customers, its Affiliates or to any other party.
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)9
Section 4
Definitions
"Party" means either Qwest or Reseller and "Parties" means Qwest and Reseller.
"Person" is a general term meaning an individual or association, corporation, firm, joint-stock
company, organization, partnership, trust or any other form or kind of entity.
"Performance Indicator Definitions" or "PIDs" shall have the meaning set forth in Exhibit B.
"POTS" means plain old telephone service.
"Proof of Authorization" or "POA" shall consist of verification of the End User Customer's
selection and authorization adequate to document the End User Customer's selection of its local
service provider.
"Proprietary Information" shall have the same meaning as Confidential Information.
"Provisioning" involves the exchange of information between Telecommunications Carriers
where one executes a request for a set of products and services from the other with attendant
acknowledgments and status reports.
"Public Safety Answering Point" or "PSAP" is the public safety communications center where
911/E911 calls for a specific geographic area are answered.
"Public Switched Network" includes all Switches and transmission facilities, whether by wire or
radio, provided by any Common Carrier including LECs, IXCs and CMRS providers that use the
NANP in connection with the provision of switched services.
"Resale Agreement" or "Agreement" is an agreement entered into between Qwest and Reseller
for ancillary services and resale of telecommunications services as a result of negotiations,
adoption and/or arbitration or a combination thereof pursuant to Section 252 of the Act.
"Reseller" is a category of Resellers who purchase the use of Finished Services for the purpose
of reselling those Telecommunications Services to their End User Customers.
"Serving Wire Center" denotes the Qwest building from which dial tone for local Exchange
Service would normally be provided to a particular End User Customer premises.
"Stand-Alone Test Environment" or "SATE" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.
"Tariff" as used throughout this Agreement refers to Qwest interstate Tariffs and state Tariffs,
price lists, and price schedules.
"Telecommunications" means the transmission, between or among points specified by the user,
of information of the user's choosing, without change in the form or content of the information as
sent and received.
"Telecommunications Carrier" means any provider of Telecommunications Services, except that
such term does not include aggregators of Telecommunications Services (as defined in Section
226 of the Act). A Telecommunications Carrier shall be treated as a Common Carrier under the
Act only to the extent that it is engaged in providing Telecommunications Services, except that
the Federal Communications Commission shall determine whether the provision of fixed and
mobile satellite service shall be treated as common carriage.
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)10
Section 4
Definitions
"Telecommunications Services" means the offering of Telecommunications for a fee directly to
the public, or to such classes of users as to be effectively available directly to the public,
regardless of the facilities used.
"Waste" means all hazardous and non-hazardous substances and materials which are intended
to be discarded, scrapped or recycled, associated with activities Reseller or Qwest or their
respective contractors or agents perform at Work Locations. It shall be presumed that all
substances or materials associated with such activities, that are not in use or incorporated into
structures (including without limitation damaged components or tools, leftovers, containers,
garbage, scrap, residues or by products), except for substances and materials that Reseller,
Qwest or their respective contractors or agents intend to use in their original form in connection
with similar activities, are Waste. Waste shall not include substances, materials or components
incorporated into structures (such as cable routes) even after such components or structure are
no longer in current use.
"Wire Centet' denotes a building or space within a building that serves as an aggregation point
on a given Carrier's network, where transmission facilities are connected or switched. Wire
Center can also denote a building where one or more Central Offces, used for the provision of
Basic Exchange Telecommunications Services and Access Services, are located.
''Work Locations" means any real estate that Reseller or Qwest, as appropriate, owns, leases or
licenses, or in which it holds easements or other rights to use, or does use, in connection with
this Agreement.
Terms not otherwise defined here, but defined in the Act and the orders and the rules
implementing the Açt, shall have the meaning defined there. The definition of terms that are
included here and are also defined in the Act, or its implementing orders or rules, are intended
to include the definition as set forth in the Act and the rules implementing the Act.
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)11
Section 5
Terms and Conditions
Section 5.0 - TERMS AND CONDITIONS
5.1 General Provisions
5.1.1 Each Party is solely responsible for the services it provides to its End Users and
to other Telecommunications Carriers. This provision is not intended to limit the liability of either
Party for its failure to perform under this Agreement.
5.1.2 The Parties shall work cooperatively to minimize fraud associated with third-
number biled calls, calling card calls, and any other services related to this Agreement.
5.1.3 Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent either Party from seeking to recover the
costs and expenses, if any, it may incur in (a) complying with and implementing its obligations
under this Agreement, the Act, and the rules, regulations and orders of the FCC and the
Commission, and (b) the development, modification, technical installation and maintenance of
any systems or other infrastructure which it requires to comply with and to continue complying
with its responsibilities and obligations under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
Qwest shall not assess any charges against Reseller for services, facilities, ancilary services
and other related works or services covered by this Agreement, unless the charges are
expressly provided for in this Agreement. All services and capabilities currently provided
hereunder (including resold Telecommunications Services and ancillary services) and all new
and additional services to be provided hereunder, shall be priced in accordance with all
applicable provisions of the Act and the rules and orders of the Federal Communications
Commission and orders of the Commission.
5.2 Term of Agreement
5.2.1 This Agreement shall become effective on the date of Commission Approval
("Effective Date"). This Agreement shall be binding upon the Parties for a term of three (3)
years and shall expire on August 31,2012.
5.2.2 Upon expiration of the term of this Agreement, this Agreement shall continue in
full force and effect until superseded by a successor Agreement in accordance with this Section
5.2.2. Any party may request negotiation of a successor Agreement by written notice to the
other Party no earlier than one hundred sixty (160) Days prior to the expiration of the term, or
the Agreement shall renew on a month to month basis. The date of this notice will be the
starting point for the negotiation window under Section 252 of the Act. This Agreement wil
terminate on the date a successor Agreement is approved by the Commission. However,
nothing relieves Reseller from fulfiling the obligations incurred under the prior Agreement.
5.3 Proof of Authorization (POA)
5.3.1 Each Party shall be responsible for obtaining and maintaining Proof of
Authorization (POA) as required by applicable federal and state law, as amended from time to
time.
5.3.2 The Parties shall make POAs available to each other upon request in the event
of an allegation of an unauthorized change in accordance with all Applicable Laws and rules
and shall be subject to any penalties contained therein.
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-001 0
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)12
Section 5
Terms and Conditions
5.4 Payment
5.4.1 Amounts payable under this Agreement are due and payable within thirty (30)
Days after the date of invoice (Payment Due Date). If a Payment Due Date falls on a Sunday,
or on a holiday which is observed on a Monday, the payment date shall be the first non-holiday
day following such Sunday or holiday. If a Payment Due Date falls on a Saturday or on a
holiday which is observed on Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday or Friday, the payment date shall
be the last non-holiday day preceding such Saturday or holiday. For invoices distributed
electronically, the date of invoice date is the same as if the invoice were billed on paper, not the
date the electronic delivery occurs. If either Party fails to make payment on or before the
Payment Due Date, the other Party may invoke all available rights and remedies.
5.4.2 One Party may discontinue processing orders for the failure of the other Party to
make full payment for the services, less any good faith disputed amount as provided for in
Section 5.4.4 of this Agreement, for the services provided under this Agreement within thirty
(30) Days following the payment due date provided the Billng Party has notified the other Partyin writing at least ten (10) business days prior to discontinuing the processing of orders for
services. If the Billng Party does not refuse to accept additional orders for the services on the
date specified in the ten (10) business days' notice, and the other Party's non-compliance
continues, nothing contained herein shall preclude the Billng Party's right to refuse to accept
additional orders for the services from the non~omplying Party without further notice. For order
processing to resume, the billed Part wil be required to make full payment of all charges for
the services not disputed in good faith under this Agreement. Additionally, the Billing Party may
require a deposit (or additional deposit) from the billed Party, pursuant to this section. In
addition to other remedies that may be available at law or equity, the billed Party reserves the
right to seek equitable relief, including injunctive relief and specific performance.
5.4.3 The Biling Party may disconnect services for failure by the billed Party to make
full payment, less any good faith disputed amount as provided for in Section 5.4.4 of this
Agreement, for the services provided under this Agreement within sixty (60) Days following the
payment due date. The biled Party will pay the applicable reconnect charge set forth in Exhibit
A required to reconnect each service disconnected pursuant to this paragraph. The Biling Party
wil notify the biled Party at least ten (10) business days prior to disconnection of the service(s).
In case of such disconnection, all applicable undisputed charges, including termination charges,
shall become due. If the Billing Party does not disconnect the billed Party's service(s) on the
date specified in the ten (10) business days notice, and the billed Party's noncompliance
continues, nothing contained herein shall preclude the Billng Party's right to disconnect services
of the non~omplying Party without further notice. For reconnection of the services to occur, the
billed Party will be required to make full payment of all past and current undisputed charges
under this Agreement for the services. Additionally, the Billing Party will request a deposit (orrecalculate the deposit) as specified in Section 5.4.5 and 5.4.7 from the biled Party, pursuant to
this Section. If the billed Party is a new Reseller customer of Qwest, the application of this
provision wil be suspended for the initial three (3) Billing cycles of this Agreement and will not
apply to amounts billed during those three (3) cycles. In addition to other remedies that may be
available at law or equity, each Party reserves the right to seek equitable relief, including
injunctive relief and specific performance.
5.4.4 Should Reseller or Qwest dispute, in good faith, any portion of the charges under
this Agreement, the Parties wil notify each other in writing within fifteen (15) Days following the
payment due date identifying the amount, reason and rationale of such dispute. At a minimum,
Reseller and Qwest shall pay all undisputed amounts due. Both Reseller and Qwest agree to
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)13
Section 5
Terms and Conditions
expedite the investigation of any disputed amounts, promptly provide reasonably requested
documentation regarding the amount disputed, and work in good faith in an effort to resolve and
sette the dispute through informal means prior to invoking any other rights or remedies.
5.4.4.1 If a Party disputes charges and does not pay such charges by the
payment due date, such charges may be subject to late payment charges. If the
disputed charges have been withheld and the dispute is resolved in favor of the Billing
Party, the withholding Party shall pay the disputed amount and applicable late payment
charges no later than the next Bill Date following the resolution. If the disputed charges
have been withheld and the dispute is resolved in favor of the disputing Party, the Biling
Party shall credit the bill of the disputing Party for the amount of the disputed charges
and any late payment charges that have been assessed no later than the second Bil
Date after the resolution of the dispute. If a Party pays the disputed charges and the
dispute is resolved in favor of the Billng Party, no further action is required.
5.4.4.2 If a Party pays the disputed charges and the dispute is resolved in favor
of the Biling Party, no further action is required. If a Party pays the charges disputed at
the time of payment or at any time thereafter pursuant to Section 5.4.4.3, and the
dispute is resolved in favor of the disputing Party, the Billing Party will adjust the Billng,
usually within two (2) Billing cycles, after the resolution of the dispute, as follows:
(1) the Billing Party will credit the Biled Part's bil for the disputed amount and
any associated interest; or
(2) if the disputed amount is greater than the bil to be credited, pay the
remaining amount to the Billed Party.
(3) The interest calculated on the disputed amounts wil be the same rate as late
payment charges. In no event, however, will any late payment charges be
assessed on any previously assessed late payment charges.
5.4.4.3 If the Billed Party fails to dispute a rate or charge within sixty (60) Days
following the invoice date on which the rate or charge appeared, adjustment will be
made on a going-forward basis only, beginning with the date of the dispute.
5.4.5 In the event of a material adverse change in Reseller's financial condition
subsequent to the Effective Date of this Agreement, Qwest may request a security deposit. A
"material adverse change in financial condition" means Reseller is a new Reseller with no
established credit history, or is a Reseller that has not established satisfactory credit with
Qwest, or the Party is repeatedly delinquent in making its payments, or is being reconnected
after a disconnection of Service or discontinuance of the processing of orders by Qwest due to a
previous failure to pay undisputed charges in a timely manner. Qwest may require a deposit to
be held as security for the payment of charges before the orders from Reseller will be
provisioned and completed or before reconnection of Service. "Repeatedly delinquent" means
any payment of a material amount of total monthly Billing under the Agreement received after
the Payment Due Date, three (3) or more times during the last twelve (12) month period. The
deposit may not exceed the estimated total monthly charges for a two (2) month period based
upon recent Billng. The deposit may be adjusted by Reseller's actual monthly average
charges, payment history under this Agreement, or other relevant factors, but in no event wil
the security deposit exceed five milion dollars ($5,000,000.00). The deposit may be an
irrevocable bank letter of credit, a letter of credit with terms and conditions acceptable to Qwest,
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)14
Section 5
Terms and Conditions
or some other form of mutually acceptable security such as a cash deposit. Required deposits
are due and payable within thirty (30) Days after demand and non-payment is subject to
Sections 5.4.2 and 5.4.3 of this Agreement.
5.4.6 Interest wil be paid on cash deposits at the rate applying to deposits under
applicable Commission regulations. Cash deposits and accrued interest wil be credited to
Reseller's account or refunded, as appropriate, upon the earlier of the expiration of the term of
the Agreement or the establishment of satisfactory credit with Qwest, which wil generally be
one full year of timely payments of undisputed amounts in full by Reseller. Upon a material
change in financial standing, including factors referenced in Section 5.4.5 above, Reseller may
request and the Qwest will consider a recalculation of the deposit. The fact that a deposit has
been made does not reiieve Reseller from any requirements of this Agreement.
5.4.7 Qwest may review Reseller's credit standing and modify the amount of deposit
required but in no event will the maximum amount exceed the amount stated in 5.4.5 or another
amount, if approved by the Commission.
5.4.8 The late payment charge for amounts that are biled under this Agreement shall
be in accordance with Commission requirements.
5.4.9 Resell~r shall be responsible for notifying its End User Customers of any pending
disconnection of a service by Reseller, if necessary, to allow those End User Customers to
make other arrangements for such services.
5.5 Taxes
5.5.1 Any federal, state, or local sales, use, excise, gross receipts, transaction or
similar taxes, fees or surcharges resulting from the performance of this Agreement shall be
borne by the Party upon which the obligation for payment is imposed under Applicable Law,
even if the obligation to collect and remit such taxes is placed upon the other Party. However,
where the selling Party is permitted by law to collect such taxes, fees or surcharges, from the
purchasing Party, such taxes, fees or surcharges shall be borne by the Party purchasing the
services. Each Party is responsible for any tax on its corporate existence, status or income.
Whenever possible, these amounts shall be billed as a separate item on the invoice. To the
extent a sale is claimed to be for resale tax exemption, the purchasing Party shall furnish the
providing Party a proper resale tax exemption certificate as authorized or required by statute or
regulation by the jurisdiction providing said resale tax exemption. Until such time as a resale tax
exemption certificate is provided, no exemptions will be applied. If either Party (the Contesting
Party) contests the application of any tax collected by the other Party (the Collecting Party), the
Collecting Party shall reasonably cooperate in good faith with the Contesting Party's challenge,
provided that the Contesting Party pays any costs incurred by the Collecting Party. The
Contesting Party is entitled to the benefit of any refund or recovery resulting from the contest,
provided that the Contesting Party is liable for and has paid the tax contested.
5.6 Insurance
5.6.1 Each Party shall at all times during the term of this Agreement, at its own cost
and expense, carry and maintain all insurance required by law and Commercial General Liabilty
insurance covering claims for bodily injury, death, personal injury or property damage and
contractual liability with respect to the liability assumed by each Party hereunder. The limits of
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template ~ (v9-24-08)15
Section 5
Terms and Conditions
insurance shall not be less than $1,000,000 (one million dollars) each occurrence and
$2,000,000 (two milion dollars) general aggregate limit. Such coverage shall be written with
insurers having a "Best's" rating of A-VII. Upon request each Party will provide a certificate of
insurance evidencing coverage. Such certificate shall (1) name the other Party as an additional
insured under commercial general liability coverage; (2) provide thirty (30) Days prior written
notice of cancellation of, material change or exclusions in the policy(s) to which certificate(s)
relate.
5.7 Force Majeure
5.7.1 Neither Party shall be liable for any delay or failure in performance of any part of
this Agreement from any cause beyond its control and without its fault or negligence including,
without limitation, acts of nature, acts of civil or military authority, government regulations,
embargoes, epidemics, terrorist acts, riots, insurrections, fires, explosions, earthquakes, nuclear
accidents, floods, work stoppages, power blackouts, volcanic action, other major environmental
disturbances, or unusually severe weather conditions (collectively, a Force Majeure Event).
Inabilty to secure products or s.ervices of other Persons or transportation facilities or acts or
omissions of transportation carriers shall be considered Force Majeure Events to the extent any
delay or failure in performance caused by these circumstances is beyond the Party's control and
without that Party's fault or negligence. The Party affected by a Force Majeure Event shall give
prompt notice to the other Party, shall be excused from performance of its obligations hereunder
on a day to day basis to the extent those obligations are prevented by the Force Majeure Event,
and shall use reasonable efforts to remove or mitigate the Force Majeure Event. In the event of
a labor dispute or strike the Parties agree to provide service to each other at a level equivalent
to the level they provide themselves.
5.8 Limitation of Liabilty
5.8.1 Each Party's liability to the other Party for any loss relating to or arising out of any
act or omission in its performance under this Agreement, whether in contract, warranty, strict
liability, or tort, including (without limitation) negligence of any kind, shall be limited to the total
amount that is or would have been charged to the other Party by such breaching Party for the
service(s) or function(s) not performed or improperly performed. Each Party's liability to the
other Party for any other losses shall be limited to the total amounts charged to Reseller under
this Agreement during the contract year in which the cause accrues or arises. Payments
pursuant to the QPAP shall not be counted against the limit provided for in this Section.
5.8.2 Neither Party shall be liable to the other for indirect, incidental, consequential, or
special damages, including (without limitation) damages for lost profits, lost revenues, lost
savings suffered by the other Party regardless of the form of action, whether in contract,
warranty, strict liability, tort, including (without limitation) negligence of any kind and regardless
of whether the Parties know the possibility that such damages could result. If the Parties enter
into a Performance Assurance Plan under this Agreement, nothing in this Section 5.8.2 shall
limit amounts due and owing under any Performance Assurance Plan.
5.8.3 Intentionally Left Blank.
5.8.4 Nothing contained in this Section shall limit either Party's liabilty to the other for
(i) wilful or intentional misconduct or (ii) damage to tangible real or personal property
proximately caused solely by such Party's negligent act or omission or that of their respective
agents, subcontractors, or employees.
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)16
Section 5
Terms and Conditions
5.8.5 Nothing contained in this Section 5.8 shall limit either Party's obligations of
indemnification specified in this Agreement, nor shall this Section 5.8 limit a Party's liability for
failing to make any payment due under this Agreement.
5.8.6 Intentionally Left Blank.
5.9 Indemnity
5.9.1 The Parties agree that unless otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement
the following constitute the sole indemnification obligations between and among the Parties:
5.9.1.1 Each of the Parties agrees to release, indemnify, defend and hold
harmless the other Party and each of its officers, directors, employees and agents (each
an Indemnitee) from and against and in respect of any loss, debt, liability, damage,
obligation, claim, demand, judgment or settlement of any nature or kind, known or
unknown, liquidated or unliquidated including, but not limited to, reasonable costs and
expenses (including attorneys' fees), whether suffered, made, instituted, or asserted by
any Person or entity, for invasion of privacy, bodily injury or death of any Person or
Persons, or for loss, damage to, or destruction of tangible property, whether or not
owned by others, resulting from the Indemnifying Party's breach of or failure to perform
under this Agreement, regardless of the form of action, whether in contract, warranty,
strict liability, or tort including (without limitation) negligence of any kind.
5.9.1.2 In the case of claims or loss alleged or incurred by an End User
Customer of either Party arising out of or in connection with services provided to the End
User Customer by the Party, the Party whose End User Customer alleged or incurred
such claims or loss (the Indemnifying Party) shall defend and indemnify the other Party
and each of its officers, directors, employees and agents (collectively the Indemnified
Party) against any and all such claims or loss by the Indemnifying Party's End User
Customers regardless of whether the underlying service was provided or was
provisioned by the Indemnified Party, unless the loss was caused by the willful
misconduct of the Indemnified Party. The obligation to indemnify with respect to claims
of the Indemnifying Party's End User Customers shall not extend to any claims for
physical bodily injury or death of any Person or persons, or for loss, damage to, or
destruction of tangible property, whether or not owned by others, alleged to have
resulted directly from the negligence or intentional conduct of the employees,
contractors, agents, or other representatives of the Indemnified Party.
5.9.1.3 Intentionally Left Blank.
5.9.1.4 Intentionally Left Blank.
5.9.2 The indemnification provided herein shall be conditioned upon:
5.9.2.1 The Indemnified Party shall promptly notify the Indemnifying Party of any
action taken against the Indemnified Party relating to the indemnification. Failure to so
notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of any liability that
the Indemnifying Party might have, except to the extent that such failure prejudices the
Indemnifying Party's abilty to defend such claim.
5.9.2.2 If the Indemnifying Part wishes to defend against such action, it shall
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom ServicesIlD/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9.24-08)17
Section 5
Terms and Conditions
give written notice to the Indemnified Party of acceptance of the defense of such action.
In such event, the Indemnifying Party shall have sole authority to defend any such
action, including the selection of legal counsel, and the Indemnified Party may engage
separate legal counsel only at its sole cost and expense. In the event that the
Indemnifying Party does not accept the defense of the action, the Indemnified Party shall
have the right to employ counsel for such defense at the expense of the Indemnifying
Party. Each Part agrees to cooperate with the other Party in the defense of any such
action and the relevant records of each Party shall be available to the other Party with
respect to any such defense.
5.9.2.3 In no event shall the Indemnifying Party sette or consent to any
judgment pertaining to any such action without the prior written consent of the
Indemnified Party. In the event the Indemnified Party withholds consent, the Indemnified
Party may, at its cost, take over such defense, provided that, in such event, the
Indemnifying Party shall not be responsible for, nor shall it be obligated to indemnify the
relevant Indemnified Party against, any cost or liability in excess of such refused
compromise or settlement.
5.10 Intellectual Property
5.10.1 Except for a license to use any facilities or equipment (including software) solely
for the purposes of this Agreement or to receive any service solely (a) as provided in thisAgreement or (b) as specifically required by the then-applicable federal and state rules and
regulations relating to Interconnection and access to Telecommunications facilities and
services, nothing contained within this Agreement shall be construed as the grant of a license,
either express or implied, with respect to any patent, copyright, trade name, trade mark, serviæ
mark, trade secret, or other proprietary interest or intellectual property, now or hereafter owned,
controlled or licensable by either Party. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as the
grant to the other Party of any rights or licenses to trade or service marks.
5.10.2 Subject to Section 5.9.2, each Party (the Indemnifying Party) shall indemnify and
hold the other Party (the Indemnified Party) harmless from and against any loss, cost, expense
or liability arising out of a claim that the use of facilities of the Indemnifying Party or services
provided by the Indemnifying Party provided or used pursuant to the terms of this Agreement
misappropriates or otherwise violates the intellectual property rights of any third party. In
addition to being subject to the provisions of Section 5.9.2, the obligation for indemnification
recited in this paragraph shall not extend to infringement which results from (a) any combination
of the facilities or services of the Indemnifying Party with facilities or services of any other
Person (including the Indemnified Party but excluding the Indemnifying Party and any of its
Affiliates), which combination is not made by or at the direction of the Indemnifying Part or (b)
any modification made to the facilities or services of the Indemnifying Party by, on behalf of or at
the request of the Indemnified Party and not required by the Indemnifying Party. In the event of
any claim, the Indemnifying Party may, at its sole option (a) obtain the right for the Indemnified
Party to continue to use the facility or service; or (b) replace or modify the facility or service to
make such facility or service non-infringing. If the Indemnifying Party is not reasonably able to
obtain the right for continued use or to replace or modify the facility or service as provided in the
preceding sentence and either (a) the facility or service is held to be infringing by a court of
competent jurisdiction or (b) the Indemnifying Part reasonably believes that the facility or
service will be held to infringe, the Indemnifying Party shall notify the Indemnified Party and the
Parties shall negotiate in good faith regarding reasonable modifications to this Agreement
necessary to (1) mitigate damage or comply with an injunction which may result from such
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)18
Section 5
Terms and Conditions
infringement or (2) allow cessation of further infringement. The Indemnifying Party may request
that the Indemnified Party take steps to mitigate damages resulting from the infringement or
alleged infringement including, but not limited to, accepting modifications to the facilities or
services, and such request shall not be unreasonably denied.
5.10.3 To the extent required under applicable federal and state law, Qwest shall use its
best efforts to obtain, from its vendors who have licensed intellectual property rights to Qwest in
connection with facilities and services provided hereunder, licenses under such intellectual
property rights as necessary for Reseller to use such facilities and services as contemplated
hereunder and at least in the same manner used by Qwest for the facilities and services
provided hereunder. Qwest shall notify Reseller immediately in the event that Qwest believes it
has used its best efforts to obtain such rights, but has been unsuccessful in obtaining such
rights.
5.10.3.1 Qwest covenants that it will not enter into any licensing agreements with
respect to any Qwest facilities, equipment or services, including softare, that contain
provisions that would disqualify Reseller from using or interconnecting with such
facilities, equipment or services, including software, pursuant to the terms of this
Agreement. Qwest warrants and further covenants that it has not and wil not knowingly
modify any existing license agreements for any network facilties, equipment or services,
including software, in whole or in part for the purpose of disqualifying Reseller from using
or interconnecting with such facilities, equipment or services, including software,
pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. To the extent that providers of facilities,
equipment, services or software in Qwests network provide Qwest with indemnities
covering intellectual property liabilities and those indemnities allow a flow-through of
protection to third parties, Qwest shall flow those indemnity protections through to
Reseller.
5.10.4 Except as expressly provided in this Intellectual Property Section, nothing in this
Agreement shall be construed as the grant of a license, either express or implied, with respect
to any patent, copyright, logo, trademark, trade name, trade secret or any other intellectual
property right now or hereafter owned, controlled or licensable by either Party. Neither Party
may use any patent, copyright, logo, trademark, trade name, trade secret or other intellectual
property rights of the other Party or its Affliates without execution of a separate agreement
between the Parties.
5.10.5 Neither Party shall without the express written permission of the other Party,
state or imply that: 1) it is connected, or in any way affiliated with the other or its Affiliates; 2) it
is part of a joint business association or any similar arrangement with the other or its Affiliates;
3) the other Party and its Affliates are in any way sponsoring, endorsing or certifying it and its
goods and services; or 4) with respect to its marketing, advertising or promotional activities or
materials, the resold goods and services are in any way associated with or originated from the
other or any of its Affiliates. Nothing in this paragraph shall prevent either Party from truthfully
describing the Network Elements it uses to provide service to its End User Customers, provided
it does not represent the Network Elements as originating from the other Party or its Affliates in
any marketing, advertising or promotional activities or materials.
5.10.6 For purposes of resale only and notwithstanding the above, unless otherwise
prohibited by Qwest pursuant to an applicable provision herein, Reseller may use the phrase
"Reseller is a Reseller of Qwest Services" (the Authorized Phrase) in Reseller's printed
materials provided:
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)19
Section 5
Terms and Conditions
5.10.6.1 The Authorized Phrase is not used in connection with any goods or
services other than Qwest services resold by Reseller.
5.10.6.2 Reseller's use of the Authorized Phrase does not cause End User
Customers to believe that Reseller is Qwest.
5.10.6.3 The Authorized Phrase, when displayed, appears only in text form
(Reseller may not use the Qwest logo) with all letters being the same font and point size.
The point size of the Authorized Phrase shall be no greater than one fourth the point size
of the smallest use of Reseller's name and in no event shall exceed 8 point size.
5.10.6.4 Reseller shall provide all printed materials using the Authorized Phrase
to Qwest for its prior written approvaL.
5.10.6.5 If Qwest determines that Reseller's use of the Authorized Phrase causes
End User Customer confusion, Qwest may immediately terminate Reseller's right to use
the Authorized Phrase.
5.10.6.6 Upon termination of Reseller's right to use the Authorized Phrase or
termination of this Agreement, all permission or right to use the Authorized Phrase shall
immediately cease to exist and Reseller shall immediately cease any and all such use of
the Authorized Phrase. Reseller shall either promptly return to Qwest or destroy all
materials in its possession or control displaying the Authorized Phrase.
5.10.7 Qwest and Reseller each recognize that nothing contained in this Agreement is
intended as an assignment or grant to the other of any right, title or interest in or to the
trademarks or service marks of the other (the Marks) and that this Agreement does not confer
any right or license to grant sublicenses or permission to third parties to use the Marks of the
other and is not assignable. Neither Party will do anything inconsistent with the other's
ownership of their respective Marks, and all rights, if any, that may be acquired by use of the
Marks shall inure to the benefi of their respective Owners. The Parties shall comply with all
Applicable Law governing Marks worldwide and neither Party will infringe the Marks of the other.
5.10.8 Intentionally Left Blank.
5.11 Warranties
5.11.1 EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, THE PARTIES
AGREE THAT NEITHER PARTY HAS MADE, AND THAT THERE DOES NOT EXIST, ANY
WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TOWARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND THAT ALL
PRODUCTS AND SERVICES PROVIDED HEREUNDER ARE PROVIDED "AS IS," WITH ALL
FAULTS.
5.12 Assignment
5.12.1 Neither Party may assign or transfer (whether by operation of law or otherwise)
this Agreement (or any rights or obligations hereunder) to a third party without the prior written
consent of the other Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Party may assign or transfer
this Agreement to a corporate Affiliate or an entity under its common control; without the
consent of the other Party, provided that the performance of this Agreement by any such
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom ServicesIlD/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)20
Section 5
Terms and Conditions
assignee is guaranteed by the assignor. Any attempted assignment or transfer that is not
permitted is void ab initio. Without limiting the generaliy of the foregoing, this Agreement shall
be binding upon and shall inure to the benefi of the Parties' respective successors and assigns.
5.12.2 In the event that Qwest transfers to any unaffiliated party exchanges including
End User Customers that Reseller serves in whole or in part through facilities or services
provided by Qwest under this Agreement, the transferee shall be deemed a successor to
Qwests responsibilties hereunder for a period of ninety (90) Days from notice to Reseller of
such transfer or until such later time as the Commission may direct pursuant to the
Commission's then applicable statutory authority to impose such responsibilties either as a
condition of the transfer or under such other state statutory authority as may give it such power.
In the event of such a proposed transfer, Qwest shall use its best efforts to facilitate discussions
between Reseller and the transferee with respect to transferee's assumption of Qwests
obligations pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
5.12.3 Nothing in this section is intended to restrict Reseller's rights to opt into
interconnection agreements under Section 252(i) of the Act and 47 C.F.R. § 51.809.
5.13 Default
5.13.1 If either Party defaults in the payment of any amount due hereunder, or if either
Party violates any other material provision of this Agreement, and such default or violation shall
continue for thirty (30) Days after written notice thereof, the other Party may seek relief in
accordance with the Dispute Resolution provision of this Agreement. The failure of either Party
to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement or the waiver thereof in any instance shall not
be construed as a general waiver or relinquishment on its part of any such provision, but the
same shall, nevertheless, be and remain in full force and effect.
5.14 Disclaimer of Agency
5.14.1 Except for provisions herein expressly authorizing a Party to act for another,
nothing in this Agreement shall constitute a Party as a legal representative or agent of the other
Party, nor shall a Party have the right or authority to assume, create or incur any liability or any
obligation of any kind, express or implied, against or in the name or on behalf of the other Party
unless otherwise expressly permitted by such other Party. Except as otherwise expressly
provided in this Agreement, no Party undertakes to perform any obligation of the other Party
whether regulatory or contractual, or to assume any responsibility for the management of the
other Party's business.
5.15 Severabilty
5.15.1 In the event that anyone or more of the provisions contained herein shall for any
reason be held to be unenforceable or invalid in any respect under law or regulation, the Parties
will negotiate in good faith for replacement language as set forth herein. If any part of this
Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, such invalidity or
unenforceability will affect only the portion of this Agreement which is invalid or unenforceable.
In all other respects, this Agreement will stand as if such invalid or unenforceable provision had
not been a part hereof, and the remainder of this Agreement shall remain in full foræ and effect.
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom ServicesIlD/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)21
Section 5
Terms and Conditions
5.16 Nondisclosure
5.16.1 All information, including but not limited to specifications, microfilm, photocopies,
magnetic disks, magnetic tapes, drawings, sketches, models, samples, tools, technical
information, data, employee records, maps, financial reports, and market data, (i) furnished by
one Party to the other Part dealing with business or marketing plans, End User Customer
specific, facility specific, or usage specific information, other than End User Customer
information communicated for the purpose of providing Directory Assistance or publication of
directory database, or (ii) in written, graphic, electromagnetic, or other tangible form and marked
at the time of delivery as "Confidential" or "Proprietary", or (iii) communicated and declared to
the receiving Party at the time of delivery, or by written notice given to the receiving Party within
ten (10) Days after delivery, to be "Confidential" or "Proprietary" (collectively referred to as
"Proprietary Information"), shall remain the property of the disclosing Party. A Party who
receives Proprietary Information via an oral communication may request written confirmation
that the material is Proprietary Information. A Party who delivers Proprietary Information via an
oral communication may request written confirmation that the Party receiving the information
understands that the material is Proprietary Information. Each Party shall have the right to
correct an inadvertent failure to identify information as Proprietary Information by giving written
notification within thirty (30) Days after the information is disclosed. The receiving Party shall
from that time forward, treat such information as Proprietary Information. To the extent
permitted by Applicable Law, either Party may disclose to the other proprietary or confidential
customer, technical or business information.
5.16.2 Upon request by the disclosing Party, the receiving Party shall return all tangible
copies of Proprietary Information, whether written, graphic or otherwise, except that the
receiving Party may retain one copy for archival purposes.
5.16.3 Each Party shall keep all of the other Party's Proprietary Information confidential
and will disclose it on a need to know basis only. Each Party shall use the other Party's
Proprietary Information only in connection with this Agreement and in accordance with
Applicable Law, including but not limited to, 47 U.S.C. § 222. In accordance with Section 222 of
the Act, when either Party receives or obtains Proprietary Information from the other Party for
purposes of providing any Telecommunications Services, that Party shall use such information
only for such purpose, and shall not use such information for its own marketing efforts. Neither
Party shall use the other Party's Proprietary Information for any other purpose except upon such
terms and conditions as may be agreed upon between the Parties in writing. Violations of these
obligations shall subject a Party's employees to disciplinary action up to and including
termination of employment. If either Party loses, or makes an unauthorized disclosure of, the
other Party's Proprietary Information, it will notify such other Party immediately and use
reasonable efforts to retrieve the information.
5.16.4 Unless otherwise agreed, the obligations of confidentiality and non-use set forth
in this Agreement do not apply to such Proprietary Information as:
a) was at the time of receipt already known to the receiving Party free of any
obligation to keep it confidential evidenced by written records prepared prior to delivery
by the disclosing Party; or
b) is or becomes publicly known through no wrongful act of the receiving Party; or
c) is rightfully received from a third Person having no direct or indirect secrecy or
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)22
Section 5
Terms and Conditions
confidentiality obligation to the disclosing Party with respect to such information; or
d) is independently developed by an employee, agent, or contractor of the
receiving Party which individual is not involved in any manner with the provision of
services pursuant to the Agreement and does not have any direct or indirect access to
the Proprietary Information; or
e) is disclosed to a third Person by the disclosing Party without similar restrictions
on such third Person's rights; or
f) is approved for release by written authorization of the disclosing Part; or
g) is required to be disclosed by the receiving Party pursuant to Applicable Law or
regulation provided that the receiving Party shall give sufficient notice of the requirement
to the disclosing Party to enable the disclosing Party to seek protective orders.
5.16.5 Nothing herein is intended to prohibit a Party from supplying factual information
about its network and Telecommunications Services on or connected to its network to regulatory
agencies. including the Federal Communications Commission and the Commission so long as
any confidential obligation is protected. In addition either Party shall have the right to disclose
Proprietary Information to any mediator, arbitrator, state or federal regulatory body, the
Department of Justice or any court in the conduct of any proceeding arising under or relating in
any way to this Agreement or the conduct of either Party in connection with this Agreement,
including without limitation the approval of this Agreement, or in any proceedings concerning the
provision of InterLATA services by Qwest that are or may be required by the Act. The Parties
agree to cooperate with each other in order to seek appropriate protection or treatment of such
Proprietary Information pursuant to an appropriate protective order in any such proceeding.
5.16.6 Effective Date of this Section. Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Agreement, the Proprietary Information provisions of this Agreement shall apply to all
information furnished by either Party to the other in furtherance of the purpose of this
Agreement, even if furnished before the Effective Date.
5.16.7 Each Party agrees that the disclosing Party could be irreparably injured by a
breach of the confidentiality obligations of this Agreement by the receiving Party or its
representatives and that the disclosing Party shall be entitled to seek equitable relief, including
injunctive relief and specific performance in the event of any breach of the confidentiality
provisions of this Agreement. Such remedies shall not be deemed to be the exclusive remedies
for a breach of the confidentiality provisions of this Agreement, but shall be in addition to all
other remedies available at law or in equity.
5.16.8 Nothing herein should be construed as limiting either Party's rights with respect
to its own Proprietary Information or its obligations with respect to the other Party's Proprietary
Information under Section 222 of the Act.
5.16.9 Intentionally Left Blank.
5.17 Survival
5.17.1 Any liabilities or obligations of a Party for acts or omissions prior to the
termination of this Agreement, and any obligation of a Party under the provisions regarding
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)23
Section 5
Terms and Conditions
indemnification, Confidential or Proprietary Information, limitations of liabilty, and any other
provisions of this Agreement which, by their terms, are contemplated to survive (or to be
performed after) termination of this Agreement, shall survive cancellation or termination hereof.
5.18 Dispute Resolution
5.18.1 The Parties wil attempt in good faith to resolve through negotiation any dispute,
claim or controversy arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement. Either Party may give written
notice to the other Party of any dispute not resolved in the normal course of business. Each
Party wil within seven (7) Days after delivery of the written notice of dispute, designate a vice-
president level employee or a representative with authority to make commitments to review,
meet, and negotiate, in good faith, to resolve the dispute. The Parties intend that these
negotiations be conducted by non-lawyer, business representatives, and the locations, format,
frequency, duration, and conclusions of these discussions wil be at the discretion of the
representatives. By mutual agreement, the representatives may use other procedures to assist
in these negotiations. The discussions and correspondence among the representatives for the
purposes of these negotiations will be treated as Confidential Information (Confidential
Information) developed for purposes of settlement, and wil be exempt from discovery and
production, and not be admissible in any subsequent proceedings without the concurrence of
both Parties.
5.18.2 If the designated representatives have not reached a resolution of the dispute
within fifteen (15) Days after the written notice (or such longer period as agreed to in writing by
the Parties), then either Party may commence a civil action or regulatory proceeding, as
applicable. Unless the action falls within the exclusive jurisdiction of the Federal
Communications Commission or the state Public Utilities Commission, any action wil be
brought in the United States District Court for the District of Colorado if it has subject matter
jurisdiction over the action, and shall otherwise be brought in the Denver District Court for the
State of Colorado. The Parties agree that such courts have personal jurisdiction over them.
5.18.2.1 Intentionally Left Blank.
5.18.2.2 Any final and binding order resulting from a dispute resolved under the
procedures of section 5.18.2 may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.
The Parties shall submit a copy of each such order to the Commission, the Department
of Commerce, and the Offce of Attorney General, Residential and Small Business
Utilities Division for the purpose of determining any filing and or review obligation under
the federal or state law.
5.18.3 Waiver of Jury Trial and Class Action. Each Party, to the extent permitted by
law, knowingly, voluntarily, and intentionally waives its right to a trial by jury and any right to
pursue any claim or action arising out of or relating to this Agreement on a class or consolidated
basis or in a representative capacity.
5.18.4 No cause of action, including disputes raised pursuant to Section 5.4.4,
regardless of the form, arising out of or relating to this Agreement, may be brought by either
Party more than two (2) years after the cause of action arises.
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)24
Section 5
Terms and Conditions
5.19 Controllng Law
5.19.1 This Agreement is offered by Qwest and accepted by Reseller in accordance
with applicable federal law and the state law of Idaho. It shall be interpreted solely in
accordance with applicable federal law and the state law of Idaho.
5.20 Responsibilty for Environmental Contamination
5.20.1 Neither Party shall be liable to the other for any costs whatsoever resulting from
the presence or release of any Environmental Hazard that either Party did not introduce to the
affected Work Location. Both Parties shall defend and hold harmless the other, its offcers,
directors and employees from and against any losses, damages, claims, demands, suits,
liabilities, fines, penalties and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) that arise out of
or result from (i) any Environmental Hazard that the Indemnifying Party, its contractors or agents
introduce to the Work Locations or (ii) the presence or release of any Environmental Hazard for
which the Indemnifying Party is responsible under Applicable Law.
5.20.2 Intentionally Left Blank.
5.21 Notices
5.21.1 Any notices required by or concerning this Agreement shall be in writing and
shall be sufficiently given if delivered personally, delivered by prepaid overnight express service,
or sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, or by email where specified in this Agreement
to Qwest and Reseller at the addresses shown below:
Qwest Corporation:
Director - Wholesale Contracts
1801 California Street, 24th Floor
Denver, CO 80202
Phone: [phone]
Fax: [phone]
Email: intagreecægwest.com
With copy to:
Qwest Law Department
Associate General Counsel, Interconnection
1801 California Street, 10th Floor
Denver, CO 80202
Phone: [phone]
Email: Legal.nterconnectioncagwest.com
RESELLER:
Jim Kolezynski
Director of Operations
Easton Telecom Services, LLC
Summit II 3046, Brecksvile Road
Richfield, OH 44286
Phone: [phone]
Fax: [phone]
Email: jkolezynskicaeastontelecom.com
If personal delivery is selected to give notice, a receipt acknowledging such delivery must be
obtained. Each Party shall inform the other of any change in the above contact Person and/or
address using the method of notice called for in this Section 5.21.
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)25
Section 5
Terms and Conditions
5.22 Responsibilty of Each Party
5.22.1 Each Party is an independent contractor, and has and hereby retains the right to
exercise full control of and supervision over its own performance of its obligations under this
Agreement and retains full control over the employment, direction, compensation and discharge
of all employees assisting in the performance of such obligations. Each Party wil be solely
responsible for all matters relating to payment of such employees, including compliance with
social security taxes, withholding taxes and all other regulations governing such matters. Each
Party wil be solely responsible for proper handling, storage, transport and disposal at its own
expense of all (i) substances or materials that it or its contractors or agents bring to, create or
assume control over at Work Locations, and (ii) Waste resulting therefrom or otherwise
generated in connection with its or its contractors' or agents' activities at the Work Locations.
Subject to the limitations on liability and except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each
Party shall be responsible for (i) its own acts and performance of all obligations imposed by
Applicable Law in connection with its activities, legal status and property, real or personal, and
(ii) the acts of its own Affliates, employees, agents and contractors during the performance ofthat Party's obligations hereunder.
5.23 No Third Party Beneficiaries
5.23.1 The provisions of this Agreement are for the benefi of the Parties and not for any
other Person. This Agreement will not provide any Person not a Part to this Agreement with
any remedy, claim, liabilty, reimbursement, claim of action, or other right in excess of those
existing by reference in this Agreement.
5.24 Intentionally Left Blank
5.25 Publicity
5.25.1 Neither Party shall publish or use any publicity materials with respect to the
execution and delivery or existence of this Agreement without the prior written approval of the
other Party. Nothing in this section shall limit a Party's ability to issue public statements with
respect to regulatory or judicial proceedings.
5.26 Executed in Counterparts
5.26.1 This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which
shall be deemed an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same
instrument.
5.27 Compliance
5.27.1 Each Party shall comply with all applicable federal, state, and local laws, rules
and regulations applicable to its performance under this Agreement. Without limiting the
foregoing, Qwest and Reseller agree to keep and maintain in full force and effect all permits,
licenses, certificates, and other authorities needed to perform their respective obligations
hereunder.
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)26
Section 5
Terms and Conditions
5.28 Compliance with the Communications Assistance Law Enforcement
Act of 1994
5.28.1 Each Party represents and warrants that any equipment, facilities or services
provided to the other Party under this Agreement comply with the CALEA. Each Party shall
indemnify and hold the other Party harmless from any and all penalties imposed upon the other
Party for such noncompliance and shall at the non-compliant Party's sole cost and expense,
modify or replace any equipment, facilities or services provided to the other Part under this
Agreement to ensure that such equipment, facilities and services fully comply with CALEA.
5.29 Cooperation
5.29.1 The Parties agree that this Agreement involves the provision of Qwest services in
ways such services were not previously available and the introduction of new processes and
procedures to provide and bill such services. Accordingly, the Parties agree to work jointly and
cooperatively in testing and implementing processes for pre-ordering, ordering, maintenance,
F?rovisioning and Biling and in reasonably resolving issues which result from such
implementation on a timely basis. Electronic processes and procedures are addressed in
Section 9 of this Agreement.
5.30 Amendments
5.30.1 Either Party may request an amendment to this Agreement at any time by
providing to the other Party in writing information about the desired amendment and proposed
language changes. If the Parties have not reached agreement on the requested amendment
within sixty (60) Days after receipt of the request, either Party may pursue resolution of the
amendment through the Dispute Resolution provisions of this Agreement.
5.30.2 Intentionally Left Blank.
5.30.3 The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may
not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the
provisions of this Agreement may not be given without the written consent thereto by both
Parties' authorized representative. No waiver by any party of any default, misrepresentation, or
breach of warranty or covenant hereunder, whether intentional or not, will be deemed to extend
to any prior or subsequent default, misrepresentation, or breach of warranty or covenant
hereunder or affect in any way any rights arising by virtue of any prior or subsequent such
occurrence.
5.31 Entire Agreement
This Agreement (including the documents referred to herein and any amendments to the
Agreement) constiutes the full and entire understanding and agreement between the Parties
with regard to the subjects of this Agreement and supersedes any prior understandings,
agreements, or representations by or between the Parties, written or oral, to the extent they
relate in any way to the subjects of this Agreement.
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)27
Section 5
Terms and Conditions
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom ServicesIlD/CDS-090527 -0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)28
Section 6
Resale
Section 6.0 - RESALE
6.1 Description
6.1.1 Qwest shall offer for resale at wholesale rates any Telecommunications Services
that it provides at retail to subscribers who are not Telecommunications Carriers, subject to the
terms and conditions of this Section. All Qwest retail Telecommunications Services are
available for resale from Qwest pursuant to the Act and will include terms and conditions
(except prices) in Qwests applicable product Tariffs, catalogs, price lists, or other retailTelecommunications Services offerings. To the extent, however, that a conflict arises between
the terms and conditions of the Tariff, catalog, price list, or other retail Telecommunications
Services offering and this Agreement, this Agreement shall be controlling.
6.1.2 While this Section 6.0 of this Agreement addresses the provision of certain
Qwest services to Reseller for resale by Reseller, the Parties also acknowledge that Reseller is
required to provide its Telecommunications Services to Qwest for resale by Qwest. Upon
request by Qwest, Reseller shall make its Telecommunications Services available to Qwest for
resale pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Telecommunications Act of 1996, the FCC's
relevant orders and rules, and the Commission's relevant orders and rules.
6.1.3 Certain Qwest services are not available for resale under this Agreement, as
noted in Section 6.2. The applicable discounts for services available for resale are identified in
Exhibit A.
6.2 Terms and Conditions
6.2.1 Qwest shall offer introductory training on procedures that Reseller must use to
access Qwests OSS at no cost to Reseller. If Reseller asks Qwest personnel to travel to
Reseller's location to deliver training, Reseller wil pay Qwests reasonable travel related
expenses. Qwest may also offer to Reseller other training at reasonable costs.
6.2.2 Services available for resale under this Agreement may be resold only to the
same class of End User Customers to which Qwest sells such services where such restrictions
have been ordered or approved by the Commission. Such restrictions are listed below in this
Section 6.2.2.
6.2.2.1 Promotional offerings of ninety (90) Days or less are available for resale.
Such promotions are available for resale under the same terms and conditions that are
available to Qwest retail End User Customers, with no wholesale discount. Should
Qwest re-offer any promotion for a sequential ninety (90) Day or less promotion period
following the initial ninety (90) Day or less promotion period, then the initial and
subsequent promotion(s) wil be available to Reseller for resale with any applicable
wholesale discount.
6.2.2.2 Market trials of ninety (90) days or less are not available for resale.
6.2.2.3 Residential services and telephone assistance plans (TAP), including but
not limited to Lifeline/Link-up and Tribal Lifeline services, are available for resale by
Reseller only to the same class of End User Customers eligible to purchase these
services from Qwest.
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)29
Section 6
Resale
6.2.2.3.1 If Reseller is an Eligible Telecommunications Carrier (ETC) it must
secure TAP credits directly from the appropriate federal or state agency(ies) as
Qwest wil not collect TAP credits on an ETC's behalf.
6.2.2.3.2 If Reseller is not an ETC and if Reseller wishes to resell TAP
services, Reseller shall certify pursuant to 47 C.F.R. § 54.417 that it complies
with all FCC and any applicable state requirements governing TAP programs.
Reseller shall complete and provide such certification to Qwest before Reseller
purchases TAP services for resale, and shall re-certifyannually. The certification
form and instructions are provided at Qwests web site in the Resale General
Product Catalog. Use of the Qwest certification form is mandatory to
demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this Section.
6.2.2.4 Universal Emergency Number Service is not available for resale.
Universal Emergency Number Service (E911/911 service) is provided with each local
Exchange Service line resold by Reseller whenever E911/911 service would be provided
on the same line if provided by Qwest to a Qwest retail End User Customer.
6.2.2.5 Inside wiring maintenance plans are available for resale at Qwest retail
rates with no wholesale discount. Other non-Telecommunications Services such as
inside wiring installation, calling cards and CPE, are not available for resale.
6.2.2.6 Voice messaging service is available for resale at the retail rate with no
discount. Enhanced Services and Information Services, other than voice messaging,
are not available for resale.
6.2.2.7 Qwest will make retail Contract Service Arrangements (CSA) available
for resale at the wholesale discount rate specified in Exhibit A of this Agreement. All
terms and conditions (except prices) in Qwests applicable Tariffs, catalogs, price lists, or
other retail Telecommunications Services offerings will apply to resale of CSAs,
including early termination liability. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any obligation
of any Qwest retail End User Customer that early terminates a CSA, including payment
of any early termination charges. Where Reseller seeks to continue serving an End
User Customer presently served through a resold Qwest CSA, but wishes to provide
such service through alternate resale arrangements, Qwest shall provide Reseller the
same waivers of early termination liabilities as it makes to its own End User Customers
in similar circumstances. In any case where it is required to offer such a waiver, Qwest
shall be entitled to apply provisions that provide Qwest substantially the same
assurances and benefits that remained to it under the resold agreement as of the time it
is changed.
6.2.2.8 Grandfathered services are available for resale by Reseller to existing
End User Customers of the grandfathered product or service.
6.2.2.9 Centrex terms and conditions related to calculation of charges for, and
Provisioning of common blocks, station lines and optional features will be based on the
Centrex definition of a system and Reseller's serving location.
6.2.2.9.1 Where a common block is applicable, a Centrex system is
defined by a single common block or multiple common blocks for a single
Reseller within a single Central Office switching system. A common block
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)30
Section 6
Resale
defines the dialing plan for intercom callng, access to the Public Switched
Network and/or private facilities, station line and system restrictions and feature
access arrangements and functionality. Reseller may purchase multiple common
blocks within a single Central Offce switching system when Reseller requires
different dialing plans, feature access arrangements and station line or system
restrictions within a single system operation. Reseller with multiple common
blocks within the same Central Office Switch may have network access register
and private facility trunk groups aggregated across multiple common blocks.
Centrex system based optional features (Le., Automatic Route Selection) may
not be aggregated across multiple common blocks. A Centrex system must
provide station lines to at least one (1) location and may provide station lines to
multiple locations.
6.2.2.9.2 Centrex station lines are provisioned and charges are calculated
based on serving Reseller's location. A location is defined as the site where
Qwest facilities (cable plant from the serving Central Office Switch) meet Reseller
facilities (inside wire). In a multi-tenant building, Qwest may bring facilities
directly to a single Point of Interconnection with Reseller facilities, typically in a
basement equipment room, which would be considered a single location for this
multi-tenant building. Should Qwest bring service to multiple floors or offices
within a multi-tenant building each floor or office with a separate Reseller faciliies
termination point is considered a location. Where Reseller has multiple buildings
within contiguous property (campus), such buildings wil be provisioned and biled
as a single location. Contiguous property is defined as property owned or leased
by Reseller and not separated by public thoroughfare, river or railroad rights-of-
way. Property will be considered contiguous when connected via connecting
passageways or conduit acceptable to Qwest for its facilities. Where Reseller
has Centrex station lines from multiple Central Offce switching systems, within
the same Qwest Wire Center, and provisioned to the same location, Reseller will
not be charged for service or provisioned as if service was originating from a
single Centrex system. For example, station lines may only be aggregated from
a single Reseller Centrex system to a single Reseller serving location for rating
purposes. Reseller may not specify a Central Office as Reseller's location for the
termination of Centrex station lines.
6.2.2.10 Private line service used for Special Access is available for resale but
not at a discount.
6.2.2.11 Intentionally Left Blank.
6.2.2.12 Telecommunications Services provided directly to Reseller for its own
use and not resold to End User Customers must be identified by Reseller as such, and
Reseller will pay Qwest retail prices fnr such services.
6.2.3 Qwest shall provide to Reseller Telecommunications Services for resale that are
at least equal in quality and in substantially the same time and manner that Qwest provides
these services to itself, its subsidiaries, its Affliates, other Resellers, and Qwests retail End
User Customers. Qwest shall also provide resold services to Reseller in accordance with the
Commission's retail service quality requirements, if any. Qwest further agrees to reimburse
Reseller for credits or fines and penalties assessed against Reseller as a result of Qwests
failure to provide service to Reseller, subject to the understanding that any payments made
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)31
Section 6
Resale
pursuant to this provision wil be an offset and credit toward any other penalties voluntarily
agreed to by Qwest as part of a performance assurance plan, and further subject to the
following provisions:
6.2.3.1 Qwest shall provide service credits to Reseller for resold services in
accordance with the Commission's retail service requirements that apply to Qwest retail
services, if any. Such credits shall be limited in accordance with the following:
a) Qwests service credits to Reseller shall be subject to the wholesale
discount;
b) Qwest shall only be liable to provide service credits in accordance with
the resold services provided to Reseller. Qwest is not required to provide service
credits for service failures that are the fault of Reseller;
c) Intentionally Left Blank.
d) Intentionally Left Blank.
e) In no case shall Qwests credits to Reseller exceed the amount Qwest
would pay a Qwest End User Customer under the service quality requirements,
less any wholesale discount applicable to Reseller's resold services; and
f) In no case shall Qwest be required to provide duplicate reimbursement
or payment to Reseller for any service quality failure incident.
6.2.3.2 Fines and Penalties - Qwest shall be liable to pay to Reseller fines and
penalties for resold services in accordance with the Commission's retail service
requirements that apply to Qwest retail services, if any. Such credits shall be limited in
accordance with the following:
a) Qwests fines and penalties paid to Reseller shall be subject to the
wholesale discount;
b) Qwest shall only be liable to provide fines and penalties in accordance
with the resold services provided to Reseller. Qwest is not required to pay fines
and penalties for service failures that are the fault of Reseller;
c) Intentionally Left Blank.
d) In no case shall Qwests fines and penalties to Reseller exceed the
amount Qwest would pay the Commission under the service quality plan, less
any wholesale discount applicable to Reseller's resold services; and
e) In no case shall Qwest be required to provide duplicate reimbursement
or payment to Reseller for any service quality failure incident.
6.2.4 In the event that there are existing agreements between Reseller and Qwest for
resale under Qwest retail Tariffs, catalogs, price lists, or other retail Telecommunications
Services offerings, Reseller may elect to continue to obtain services for resale under the
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)32
Section 6
Resale
existing agreements and such retail Tariffs, catalogs, pnce lists, or other retail
Telecommunications Services offerings, or Reseller may elect to terminate such existing
agreements and obtain such services by adopting this Agreement pursuant to the General
Terms of this Agreement. If Reseller so adopts this Agreement, the associated wholesale
discount specified in Exhibit A of this Agreement will apply.
6.2.5 Intentionally Left Blank.
6.2.6 The Parties may not reserve blocks of telephone numbers except as allowed by
Applicable Law or regulation.
6.2.7 Qwest wil accept at no charge one (1) primary white pages Directory Listing for
each main telephone number belonging to Reseller's End User Customer based on End User
Customer information provided to Qwest by Reseller. Qwest will place Reseller's End User
Customer's Listings in Qwests Directory Assistance Database and will include such Listings in
Qwests Directory Assistance Service. For additional terms and conditions for Directory Listings
see Section 7 of this Agreement.
6.2.8 Qwest shall provide to Reseller, for Reseller's End User Customers, E911/911
call routing to the appropriate Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP). Qwest shall not be
responsible for any failure of Reseller to provide accurate End User Customer information for
listings in any databases in which Qwest is required to retain and/or maintain such information.
Qwest shall provide Reseller's End User Customer information to the Automatic Location
Identification/Database Management System (ALI/DMS). Qwest shall use its standard process
to update and maintain Reseller's End User Customer service information in the ALI/DMS used
to support E911/911 services on the same schedule that it uses for its retail End User
Customers. Qwest assumes no liability for the accuracy of information provided by Reseller.
6.2.9 If Qwest provides and Reseller accepts Qwests Directory Assistance Service or
operator services for Reseller's resold local Exchange Service lines, such Directory Assistance
and operator services may be provided with branding as provided in this Agreement.
6.2.10 Reseller shall designate the Primary Interexchange Carrier (PIC) assignments on
behalf of its End User Customers for InterLATA and IntraLATA services. Reseller and Qwest
shall follow all Applicable Laws, rules and regulations with respect to PIC changes. Qwest shall
disclaim any liability for Reseller's improper InterLATA and IntraLATA PIC change requests, and
Reseller shall disclaim any liability for Qwests improper InterLATA (when applicable) and
IntraLATA PIC change requests.
6.2.11 When End User Customers switch from Qwest to Reseller, or to Reseller from
any other Reseller and if they do not change their service address to an address served by a
different Rate Center, such End User Customers shall be permitted to retain their current
telephone numbers if they so desire and if such number retention is not prohibited by Applicable
Laws or regulations for number administration and Local Number Portability (LNP).
6.2.12 In the event Qwest properly terminates the Provisioning of any resold services to
Reseller for any reason, Reseller shall be responsible for providing any and all necessary notice
to its End User Customers of the termination. In no case shall Qwest be responsible for
providing such notice to Reseller's End User Customers. Qwest wil provide notice to Reseller
of Qwests termination of a resold service on'a timely basis consistent with Commission rules
and notice requirements.
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/lD/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)33
Section 6
Resale
6.2.13 The underlying network provider of a resold service shall be entitled to receive,
from the purchaser of Switched Access, the appropriate access charges pursuant to its then
effective Switched Access Tariff.
6.2.14 Resold services are available where facilities currently exist and are capable of
providing such services without construction of additional facilities or enhancement of existing
facilities. However, if Reseller requests that facilities be constructed or enhanced to provide
resold services, Qwest wil construct facilities to the extent necessary to satisfy its obligations to
provide basic local Exchange Service as set forth in Qwests retail Tariffs, catalogs, price lists,
or other retail Telecommunications Services offerings and Commission rules. Under such
circumstances, Qwest wil develop and provide to Reseller a price quotation for the construction.
Construction charges associated with resold services wil be applied in the same manner that
construction charges apply to Qwest retail End User Customers. If the quotation is acæpted by
Reseller, Reseller wil be biled the quoted price and construction wil commence after receipt of
payment.
6.3 Rates and Charges
6.3.1 Wholesale discounts for resold Telecommunications Services offerings are
provided in Exhibit A. The Telecommunications Services offerings available for resale but
excluded from the wholesale pricing arrangement in the Agreement are available at the retail
Tariff, price list, catalog, or other retail Telecommunications Services offering rates.
Telecommunications Services available for resale with or without a wholesale discount are
subject to Commission-approved change, and any such changes shall apply from the effective
date of such change on a going-forward basis only.
6.3.2 The Customer Transfer Charges (CTC) as specified in Exhibit A apply when
transferring services to Reseller.
6.3.3 A Subscriber Line Charge (SLC), or any subsequent federally mandated charge
to End User Customers, will continue to be paid by Reseller without discount for each local
exchange line resold under this Agreement. All federal and state rules and regulations
associated with SLC as found in the applicable Qwest Tariffs, catalogs, price lists, or other retail
Telecommunications Services offerings also apply.
6.3.4 Reseller will pay to Qwest the Primary Interexchange Carrier (PIC) change
charge without discount for Reseller End User Customer changes of Interexchange or
IntraLATA Carriers. Any change in Reseller's End User Customer's Interexchange or IntraLATA
Carrier must be requested by Reseller on behalf of its End User Customer, and Qwest will not
accept changes to Reseller's End User Customer's Interexchange or IntraLATA Carrier(s) from
anyone other than Reseller.
6.3.5 Reseller agrees to pay Qwest when its End User Customer activates any
services or features that are biled on a per use or per activation basis (e.g., continuous redial,
last call return, call back calling, call trace) subject to the applicable discount in Exhibit A as
such may be amended pursuant to this Section. With respect to all such charges, Qwest shall
provide Reseller with suffcient information to enable Reseller to bil its End User Customers.
6.3.6 Miscellaneous Charges applicable to services ordered for resale by Reseller wil
apply if such Miscellaneous Charges apply for equivalent services ordered by Qwest retail End
User Customers, except that Reseller wil receive any applicable wholesale discount. Such
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)34
Section 6
Resale
Miscellaneous Charges include charges listed in the applicable Qwest Tariffs, catalogs, priæ
lists, or other retail Telecommunications Services offerings.
6.3.7 If the Commission orders additional services to be available for resale, Qwest will
revise Exhibit A to incorporate the services added by such order into this Agreement, effective
on the date ordered by the Commission. If the Commission indicates those additional services
must be available for resale at wholesale discount rates, those additional services wil be added
to this Agreement at the original Agreement wholesale discount rate.
6.3.8 Qwest shall timely bill new or changed Commission-ordered resale rates or
charges using the effective date for such rates or charges as ordered by the Commission. If
Qwest bills Reseller amounts different from new or changed rates or charges after the effective
date of such rates or charges, Qwest shall make appropriate bill adjustments or provide
appropriate bil credits on Reseller's bil(s).
6.3.9 If rates for services resold by Reseller under this Agreement change, based on
changes in Qwests Tariffs, catalogs, price lists or other retail Telecommunications Services
offerings, charges billed to Reseller for such services will be based upon the new Tariff,
catalogs, price lists, or other retail Telecommunications Services offerings rates less the
applicable wholesale discount, if any, as agreed to herein or as established by Commission
order. The new rate wil be effective upon the effective date of the Tariff, catalog, price list, or
other retail Telecommunications Services offerings.
6.3.10 Product-specific nonrecurring charges as set forth in Qwests applicable Tariffs,
catalogs, price lists, or other retail Telecommunications Services offerings will apply when new
or additional resold services are ordered and installed at Reseller's request for use by Reseller's
End User Customers. Such nonrecurring charges will be subject to the wholesale discount, if
any, that applies to the underlying service being added or changed.
6.4 Ordering Process
6.4.1 Reseller, or Reseller's agent, shall act as the single point of contact for its End
User Customers' service needs, including without limitation, sales, service design, order taking,
Provisioning, change orders, training, maintenance, trouble reports, repair, post-sale servicing,
Billing, collection and inquiry. Reseller's End User Customers contacting Qwest in error will be
instructed to contact Reseller; and Qwests End User Customers contacting Reseller in error wil
be instructed to contact Qwest. In responding to calls, neither Party shall make disparaging
remarks about each other. To the extent the correct provider can be determined, misdirected
calls received by either Party will be referred to the proper provider of local Exchange Service;
however, nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to prohibit Qwest or Reseller from
discussing its products and services with Reseller's or Qwests End User Customers who call
the other Party seeking such information.
6.4.2 Reseller shall transmit to Qwest all information necessary for the ordering
(Billing, Directory Listing and other information), installation, repair, maintenance and post-
installation servicing according to Qwests standard procedures, as described in the Qwest
Product Catalog (PCA T) available on Qwests public web site located at
http://www.gwest.com/wholesale/pcat. Information shall be provided using Qwests designated
Local Service Request (LSR) format which may include the LSR, End User Customer and
resale forms.
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom ServicesIlD/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)35
Section 6
Resale
6.4.3 Qwest wil use the same performance standards and criteria for installation,
Provisioning, maintenance, and repair of services provided to Reseller for resale under this
Agreement as Qwest provides to itself, its Affiliates, its subsidiaries, other Resellers, and Qwest
retail End User Customers. The installation, Provisioning, maintenance, and repair processes
for Reseller's resale service requests are detailed in the Access to OSS Section of this
Agreement, and are applicable whether Reseller's resale service requests are submitted via
Operational Support System or by facsimile.
6.4.4 Reseller is responsible for providing to Qwest complete and accurate End User
Customer Directory Listing information including initial and updated information for Directory
Assistance Service, white pages directories, and E911/911 Emergency Services.
6.4.5 If Qwests retail End User Customer, or the End User Customer's New Service
Provider orders the discontinuance of the End User Customer's existing Qwest service in
anticipation of the End User Customer moving to a New Service Provider, Qwest wil render its
closing bill to the End User Customer, discontinuing Billing as of the date of the discontinuance
of Qwests service to the End User Customer. If the Current Service Provider, or if the End User
Customer's New Service Provider orders the discontinuance of existing resold service from the
Current Service Provider, Qwest will bill the Current Service Provider for service through the
date the End User Customer receives resold service from the Current Service Provider. Qwest
wil notify Reseller by Operational Support System interface, facsimile, or by other agreed-upon
processes when an End User Customer moves from the Current Service Provider to a New
Service Provider. Qwest will not provide the Current Service Provider with the name of the New
Service Provider selected by the End User Customer.
6.4.6 Reseller shall provide Qwest and Qwest shall provide Reseller with points of
contact for order entry, problem resolution and repair of the resold services. These points of
contact will be identified for both Reseller and Qwest in the event special attention is required on
a service request.
6.4.7 Prior to placing orders on behalf of the End User Customer, Reseller shall be
responsible for obtaining and having in its possession Proof of Authorization (POA), as set forth
in the POA Section of this Agreement.
6.4.8 Due Date intervals for Reseller's resale service requests are established when
service requests are received by Qwest through Operational Support Systems or by facsimile.
Intervals provided to Reseller shall be equivalent to intervals provided by Qwest to itself, its
Affliates, its subsidiaries, other Resellers, and to Qwests retail End User Customers.
6.5 Biling
6.5.1 Qwest shall bill Reseller and Reseller shall be responsible for all applicable
charges for the resold services as provided herein. Reseller shall also be responsible for all
Tariffed, cataloged, price listed, and other retail Telecommunications Services offerings charges
and charges separately identified in this Agreement associated with services that Reseller
resells to an End User Customer under this Agreement.
6.5.2 Qwest shall provide Reseller, on a monthly basis, within seven (7) to ten (10)
Days of the last day of the most recent Billng period, in an agreed upon standard electronic
Biling format as detailed in the OSS Section, Billng information including (1) a summary bill,
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)36
Section 6
Resale
and (2) individual End User Customer sub-account information consistent with the samples
available for Reseller review.
6.6 Maintenance and Repair
6.6.1 Qwest wil maintain its facilties and equipment used to provide Reseller resold
services. Reseller or its End User Customers may not rearrange, move, disconnect or attempt
to repair Qwests facilities or equipment, including facilties or equipment that may terminate or
be located at Reseller's End User Customer's premises, other than by connection or
disconnection to any interface between Qwest and the End User Customer's facilties, without
the written consent of Qwest.
6.6.2 Maintenance and Repair procedures are detailed in this Agreement.
6.6.3 Reseller and Qwest wil employ the procedures for handling misdirected repair
calls as specified in this Agreement.
6.7 E911 Database Updates for Resale Based Resellers
6.7.1 For resold services, Qwest, or its designated database provider, will provide
updates to the ALI database in a manner that is at the same level of accuracy and reliability as
such updates are provided for Qwests End User Customers. For resold accounts, Reseller
shall provide Qwest with accurate End User Customer location information to be updated to the
ALlIDMS database. Qwest shall use its current process to update and maintain End User
Customer information in the ALl/DMS database.
6.7.2 E911 Database Accuracy. Qwest and its vendor will provide non~iscriminatory
error correction for records submitted to the Automatic Location Identification (ALI) database.
For resold accounts, if vendor detects errors, it will attempt to correct them. If vendor is unable
to correct the error, vendor will contact Qwest for error resolution. For errors referred to Qwest,
Qwest will provide the corrections in a non-discriminatory manner. If Qwest is unable to resolve
the error, Qwest will contact the Reseller for resolution. In the case of Facility Based Resellers,
the vendor will interface directly with Reseller to resolve record errors.
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)37
Section 7
White Pages Directory Listings
SECTION 7.0- WHITE PAGES DIRECTORY LISTINGS
7.1 Description
White Pages Directory Listings Service consists of Qwest placing the names, addresses and
telephone numbers of Reseller's End User Customers in Qwests Listings database, based on
End User Customer information provided to Qwest by Reseller. Qwestis authorized to use
Reseller End User Customer Listings as noted below.
7.2 Terms and Conditions
7.2.1 White Pages Directory Listings Service is provided to Reseller with
Reseller's resold local exchange lines, and such Listings include terms and conditions
(except prices) for Listings in Qwests applicable product Tariffs, catalogs, price lists, or
other retail Telecommunications Services offerings. To the extent, however, that a
conflict arises between the terms and conditions of the Tariff, catalog, price list, or other
retail Telecommunications Services offering and this Agreement, this Agreement shall
be controlling. White Pages Directory Listings Service is available to Reseller as
described in this Section.
7.2.2 Reseller will provide to Qwest, in standard format, by mechanized or by
manual transmission to Qwest, its primary, premium and privacy Listings.
7.2.2.1 Qwest wil accept one (1) primary Listing for each main
telephone number belonging to Reseller's End User Customers at no monthly
recurring charge.
7.2.2.2 Reseller will be charged for its resale premium Listings (e.g.,
additional, foreign, cross-reference) and privacy Listings (i.e., nonlisted and
nonpublished) at Qwests General Exchange Listing Tariff rates, less the
wholesale discount, if any, as described in Exhibit A. Primary Listings and other
types of Listings are defined in the Qwest General Exchange Tariffs.
7.2.3 Intentionally Left Blank.
7.2.4 Information on submitting and updating Listings is available in Facility
Based Resellers and Resellers Directory Listings User Document. Qwest will furnish
Reseller Listings format specifications. Directory publishing schedules and deadlines for
Qwests official directory publisher will be provided to Reseller.
7.2.5 If Reseller provides its End User Customer's Listings to Qwest, Reseller
grants Qwest access to Reseller's End User Customer Listings information for use in its
Directory Assistance Service - and in its Directory Assistance List Service and for other
lawful purposes, except that Reseller's Listings supplied to Qwest by Reseller and
marked as non published or nonlisted Listings shall not be used for marketing purposes,
subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Qwest will incorporate Reseller
End User Customer Listings in the Directory Assistance Database. Qwest will
incorporate Reseller's End User Customer Listings information in all existing and future
Directory Assistance applications developed by Qwest. Should Qwest cease to be a
Telecommunications Carrier, by virtue of a divestiture, merger or other transaction, this
access grant automatically terminates.
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)38
Section 7
White Pages Directory Listings
7.2.6 Reseller End User Customer Listings will be treated the same as
Qwests End User Customer Listings. Prior written authorization from Reseller, which
authorization may be withheld, shall be required for Qwest to sell, make available, or
release Reseller's End User Customer Listings to directory publishers, or other third
parties other than Directory Assistance providers. No prior authorization from Reseller
shall be required for Qwest to sell, make available, or release Reseller's End User
Customer Directory Assistance Listings to Directory Assistance providers. Listings shall
not be provided or sold in such a manner as to segregate End User Customers by
Carrier. Qwest will not charge Reseller for updating and maintaining Qwests Listings
databases. Reseller wil not receive compensation from Qwest for any sale of Listings
by Qwest as provided for under this Agreement.
7.2.6.1 To the extent that state Tariffs limit Qwests liability with regard to
Listings, the applicable state Tariff(s) is incorporated herein and supersedes the
Limitation of Liability section of this Agreement with respect to Listings only.
7.2.7 Qwest is responsible for maintaining Listings, including entering,
changing, correcting, rearranging and removing Listings in accordance with Reseller
orders.
7.2.8 Qwest provides non-discriminatory appearance and integration of white
pages directory Listings for all Reseller's and Qwests End User Customers. All requests
for white pages directory listings, whether for Reseller or Qwest End User Customers,
follow the same processes for entry into the Listings database.
7.2.9 Qwest will take reasonable steps in accordance with industry practices to
accommodate Reseller's nonpublished and nonlisted Listings provided that Reseller has
supplied Qwest the necessary privacy indicators on such Listings.
7.2.10 Reseller's white pages directory Listings will be in the same font and size
as Listings for Qwest End User Customers, and will not be separately classified.
7.2.11 Qwest processes for publication of white pages directory Listings wil
make no distinction between Reseller's and Qwests subscribers. Reseller's Listings wil
be provided with the same accuracy and reliability as Qwests End User Customer
Listings. Qwest will ensure Reseller's Listings provided to Qwest are included in the
white pages directory published on Qwests behalf using the same methods and
procedures, and under the same terms and conditions, as Qwest uses for its own End
User Customers' Listings.
7.2.12 For Reseller's End User Customers whose Listings Reseller provides to
Qwest for submission to its official directory publisher, Qwest shall ensure its third party
publisher distributes appropriate alphabetical and classified directories (white and yellow
pages) and recycling services to such Reseller End User Customers at Parity with
Qwest End User Customers, including providing directories a) upon establishment of
new service; b) during annual mass distribution; and c) upon End User Customer
request.
7.2.13 Reseller shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that
Listings provided to Qwest are accurate and complete. All third party Listings
information is provided AS iS, WITH ALL FAULTS. Reseller further represents that it
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)39
Section 7
White Pages Directory Listings
shall review all Listings information provided to Qwest, including End User Customer-
requested restrictions on use, such as non published and nonlisted restrictions.
7.2.14 Intentionally Left Blank.
7.2.15 Reseller shall be solely responsible for knowing and adhering to state laws or
rulings regarding Listings and for supplying Qwest with the applicable Listing
information. Qwest understands that certain states, including, but not necessarily limited
to, Minnesota, South Dakota, and Washington, have enacted statutes that impose
certain requirements upon the provision of wireless listings, and Reseller represents and
warrants that listings Reseller submits to Qwest reflect and are provided in full
compliance with applicable laws and regulations, including but not limited to, laws and
regulations applicable to wireless listings.
7.2.16 Reseller agrees to provide to Qwest its End User Customer names,
addresses and telephone numbers in a standard mechanized or manual format, as
specified by Qwest.
7.2.17 Reseller will supply its ACNNCIC or CLCC/OCN, as appropriate, with
each order to provide Qwest the means of identifying Listings ownership.
7.2.18 Prior to placing Listings orders on behalf of End User Customers,
Reseller shall be responsible for obtaining, and have in its possession, Proof of
Authorization (POA), as set forth in Section 5.3 of this Agreement.
7.2.19 For Listings that Reseller submits to Qwest, Qwest will provide monthly
Listing verification proofs that provide the data to be displayed in the published white
pages directory and available on Qwests Directory Assistance Service. Verification
proofs containing nonpublished and nonlisted Listings are also available upon request
on the same monthly schedule.
7.2.20 Qwest wil provide Reseller a reasonable opportunity to verify the
accuracy of its Listings to be included in the white pages directory and in Qwests
Directory Assistance Service.
7.2.21 Reseller may review and if necessary edit its white page Listings prior to
the close date for publication in the directory.
7.2.22 Reseller is responsible for all dealings with, and on behalf of, Reseller's
End User Customers, including:
7.2.22.1 All End User Customer account activity (e.g., End User
Customer queries and complaints);
7.2.22.2 All account maintenance activity (e.g., additions, changes,
issuance of orders for Listings to Qwest);
7.2.22.3 Determining privacy requirements and accurately coding the
privacy indicators for Reseller's End User Customer information (if End User
Customer information provided by Reseller to Qwest does not contain a privacy
indicator, no privacy restrictions will apply); and
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)40
Section 7
White Pages Directory Listings
7.2.22.4
Customers.
Any additional services requested by Reseller's End User
7.2.23 Pursuant to Sections 222 (a), (b), (c), (d), and (e) of the
Telecommunications Act, Qwest wil provide subscriber list information gathered in
Qwests capacity as a provider of local Exchange Service on a timely basis, under non-
discriminatory and reasonable rates, terms and conditions to Reseller upon request for
the purpose of publishing directories in any format. Rates may be subject to federal or
state law or rules, as appropriate. Upon request by Reseller, Qwest shall enter into
negotiations with Reseller for Reseller's use of subscriber list information for purposes
other than publishing directories, and Qwest and Reseller wil enter into a written
contract if agreement is reached for such use.
7.2.23.1 Qwest shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that its
retail End User Customers' Listings provided to Reseller are accurate and
complete. Any third party Listings are provided AS iS, WITH ALL FAULTS.
Qwest further represents that it shall review all its retail End User Customers'
Listings information provided to Reseller including End User Customer-requested
restrictions on use, such as non published and non listed restrictions.
7.2.24 Qwest represents and warrants that any arrangement for the publication
of white pages directory Listings with an Affiliate or contractor requires such Affliate or
contractor to publish the Directory Listings of Reseller contained in Qwests Listings
database so that Reseller's Directory Listings are non-discriminatory in appearance and
integration, and have the same accuracy and reliability that such Affiliate or contractor
provides to Qwests End User Customers.
7.2.25 Qwest further agrees that any arrangements for the publication of white
pages directory Listings with an Affliate or contractor shall require such Affiliate or
contractor to include in the customer guide pages of the white pages directory a notice
that End User Customers should contact their Current Service Provider to request any
modifications to their existing Listing or to request a new Listing.
7.2.26 Qwest agrees that any arrangement with an Affiliate or contractor for the
publication of white pages directory Listings shall require such Affliate or contractor to
provide Reseller space in the customer guide pages of the white pages directory for the
purpose of notifying End User Customers how to reach Reseller to: (1) request service;
(2) contact repair service; (3) dial Directory Assistance; (4) reach an account
representative; (5) request buried cable locate service; and (6) contact the special needs
center for End User Customers with disabilities.
7.2.27 If Reseller submits its End User Customer Listings to Qwest through a
service bureau or other type of third party (agent), Reseller and the agent shall execute
a Letter of Authorization (LOA), in a form acceptable to Qwest, that shall include, but not
be limited to, the following terms:
7.2.27.1 That the agent is authorized by Reseller to submit Listings to
Qwest on its behalf and to work with Qwest in resolving any issues surrounding
its Listing submissions; and
7.2.27.2 That the agent wil comply with all terms and conditions of this
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)41
Section 7
White Pages Directory Listings
Agreement in submitting Reseller's End User Customers' Listings to Qwest.
7.2.27.3 Reseller's use of an agent in submitting its End User Customers'
Listings to Qwest shall not alter Reseller's obligations under this Agreement and
Reseller shall remain primarily liable for covenants and responsibilities under this
Agreement.
7.3 Rate Elements
The following rate elements apply to white pages directory Listings and are contained in Exhibit
A of this Agreement.
7.3.1 Primary Listings; and
7.3.2 Premium and Privacy Listings.
7.4 Ordering Process
7.4.1 Qwest provides training on white pages directory Listings requests and
submission processes. The ordering process is similar to the service ordering process.
7.4.2 Reseller Listings can be submitted for inclusion in Qwest white pages
directories according to the directions in the Qwest Listings User Documents for Facility
Based. Resellers and Resellers, which is available on-line through the PCAT
(http://www.gwesl.com/wholesale/pcatl) or wil be provided in hard copy to Reseller upon
request. Initial information and directions are available in the PCAT.
7.4.3 Reseller can submit the OBF forms incorporated in the Local Service
Request via the IMA-EDI, IMA-GUI, or by facsimile.
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)42
Section 8
Network Security
SECTION 8.0 - NETWORK SECURITY
8.1 Protection of Service and Property. Each Party shall exercise the same degree
of care to prevent harm or damage to the other Party and any third parties, its employees,
agents or End User Customers, or their property as it employs to protect its own personnel, End
User Customers and property.
8.2 Each Party is responsible to provide security and privacy of communications.
This entails protecting the confidential nature of Telecommunications transmissions between
End User Customers during technician work operations and at all times. Specifically, no
employee, agent or representative shall monitor any circuits except as required to repair or
provide service of any End User Customer at any time. Nor shall an employee, agent or
representative disclose the nature of overheard conversations, or who participated in such
communications or even that such communication has taken place. Violation of such security
may entail state and federal criminal penalties, as well as civil penalties. Reseller is responsible
for covering its employees on such security requirements and penalties.
8.3 The Parties' Telecommunications networks are part of the national security
network, and as such, are protected by federal law. Deliberate sabotage or disablement of any
portion of the underlying equipment used to provide the network is a violation of federal statutes
with severe penalties, especially in times of national emergency or state of war. The Parties are
responsible for covering their employees on such security requirements and penalties.
8.4 Each Party's employees, agents or representatives must secure its own portable
test equipment and spares, and shall not use the test equipment or spares of other parties. Use
of such test equipment or spares without written permission constitutes theft and may be
prosecuted.
8.5 Each Party is responsible for the physical security of its employees, agents or
representatives. Providing safety glasses, gloves, etc. must be done by the respective
employing Party. Hazards handling and safety procedures relative to the Telecommunications
environment is the training responsibility of the employing Party. Proper use of tools, ladders,
and test gear is the training responsibilty of the employing Party.
8.6 In the event that one Party's employees, agents or representatives inadvertently
damage or impair the equipment of the other Party, prompt notification will be given to the
damaged Party by verbal notification between the Parties' technicians at the site or by
telephone to each Party's 24 x 7 security numbers.
8.7 Intentionally Left Blank
8.8 Intentionally Left Blank
8.9 Intentionally Left Blank
8.10 Intentionally Left Blank
8.11 Intentionally Left Blank
8.12 Intentionally Left Blank
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)43
Section 8
Network Security
8.13 Reseller shall report all material losses to Qwest Security. All security incidents
are to be referred directly to local Qwest Security - 1-888-879-7328. In cases of emergency,
Reseller shall call 911 and 1-888-879-7328.
8.14 Qwest and Reseller employees, agents and vendors will display the
identification/access card above the waist and visible at all times.
8.15 Revenue Protection. Qwest shall make available to Reseller all present and
future fraud prevention or revenue protection features. These features include, but are not
limited to, screening codes, information digits '29' and '70' which indicate prison and COCOT
pay phone originating line types respectively; call blocking of domestic, international, 800, 888,
900, NPA-976, 700 and 500 numbers. Qwest shall additionally provide partitioned access to
fraud prevention, detection and control functionality within pertinent Operations Support
Systems which include but are not limited to L1DB Fraud monitoring systems.
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)44
Section 9
Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS)
Section 9.0 - ACCESS TO OPERATIONAL SUPPORT SYSTEMS (OSS)
9.1 General Terms
9.1.1 Qwest has developed and shall continue to provide Operational Support System
(OSS) interfaces using electronic gateways and manual processes. These gateways act as amediation or control point between Reseller's and Qwests OSS. These gateways provide
security for the interfaces, protecting the integrity of the Qwest OSS and databases. Qwests
OSS interfaces have been developed to support Pre-ordering, Ordering and Provisioning,
Maintenance and Repair and Billng. This section describes the interfaces and manual
processes that Qwest has developed and shall provide to Reseller. Additional technical
information and details shall be provided by Qwest in training sessions and documentation and
support, such as the "Interconnect Mediated Access User's Guide." Qwest wil continue to
make improvements to the electronic interfaces as technology evolves, Qwest's legacy systems
improve, or Reseller needs require. Qwest shall provide notification to Reseller consistent with
the provisions of the Change Management Process (CMP) set forth in Section 9.2.6
9.1.2 Through its electronic gateways and manual processes, Qwest shall provide
Reseller non-discriminatory access to Qwests OSS for Pre-ordering, Ordering and Provisioning,
Maintenance and Repair, and Biling functions. . For those functions with a retail analogue, such
as pre-ordering and ordering and Provisioning of resold services, Qwest shall provide Reseller
access to its OSS in substantially the same time and manner as it provides to itself. For those
functions with no retail analogue, Qwest shall provide Reseller access to Qwests OSS suffcient
to allow an efficient competitor a meaningful opportunity to compete. Qwest will comply with the
standards for access to OSS set forth in Section 9. Qwest shall deploy the necessary systems
and personnel to provide suffcient access to each of the necessary OSS functions. Qwest shall
provide assistance for Reseller to understand how to implement and use all of the available
OSS functions. Qwest shall provide Reseller sufficient electronic and manual interfaces to allow
Reseller equivalent access to all of the necessary OSS functions. Through its web site, training,
disclosure documentation and development assistance, Qwest shal.1 disclose to Reseller any
internal business rules and other formatting information necessary to ensure that Reseller's
requests and orders are processed efficiently. Qwest shall provide training to enable Reseller to
devise its own course work for its own employees. Through its documentation available to
Reseller, Qwest will identify how its interface differs from national guidelines or standards.
Qwest shall provide OSS designed to accommodate both current demand and reasonably
foreseeable demand.
9.2 OSS Support for Pre-Ordering, Ordering and Provisioning
9.2.1 Local Service Request (LSR) Ordering Process
9.2.1.1 Qwest shall provide electronic interface gateways for submission of
LSRs, including both an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) interface and a Graphical
User Interface (GUI).
9.2.1.2 The interface guidelines for EDI are based upon the Ordering and Billng
Forum (OBF) Local Service Order Guidelines (LSOG), the Telecommunication Industry
Forum (TCIF) Customer Service Guidelines; and the American National Standards
Institute/Accredited Standards Committee (ANSI ASC) X12 protocols. Exceptions to the
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)45
Section 9
Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS)
above guidelines/standards shall be specified in the EDI disclosure documents.
9.2.1.3 The GUI shall provide a single interface for Pre-0rder and Order
transactions from Reseller to Qwest and is browser based. The GUI interface shall be
based on the LSOG and utilzes a WEB standard technology, Hyper Text Markup
Language (HTML), JAVA and the Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol
(TCPIIP) to transmit messages.
9.2.1.4 Functions Pre-ordering: Qwest will provide real time, electronic access
to pre-order functions to support Reseller's ordering via the electronic interfaces
described herein. Qwest will make the following real time pre-order functions available
to Reseller:
9.2.1.4.1 Features, services and Primary Interexchange Carrier (PiC)
options for IntraLATA Toll and InterLATA Toll available at a valid service
address;
9.2.1.4.2 Access to Customer Service Records (CSRs) for Qwest retail or
resale End User Customers. The information wil include Billing name, service
address, Billing address, service and feature subscription, Directory Listing
information, and Long Distance Carrier identity;
9.2.1.4.3 Telephone number request and selection;
9.2.1.4.4 Reservation of appointments for service installations requiring
the dispatch of a Qwest technician on a non-discriminatory basis;
9.2.1.4.5 Information regarding whether dispatch is required for service
installation and available installation appointments;
9.2.1.4.6
9.2.1.4.7
Service address verification;
Facility availability, including resale-DSL;
9.2.1.4.8 A list of valid available CFAs;
9.2.1.4.9 A list of one to five (1-5) individual Meet Points or a range of
Meet Points for shared Loops;
9.2.1.4.10 Design Layout Record (DLR) Query which provides the layout
for the local portion of a circuit at a particular location where applicable.
9.2.1.5 Dial-Up Capabilities
9.2.1.5.1 Intentionally Left Blank.
9.2.1.5.2 Intentionally Left Blank.
9.2.1.5.3 When Reseller requests from Qwest more than fifty (50)
SecurlDs for use by Reseller Customer service representatives at a single
Reseller location, Reseller shall use a T1 line instead of dial-up access at that
location. If Reseller is obtaining the line from Qwest, then Reseller shall be able
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)46
Section 9
Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS)
to use SecurlDs unti such time as Qwest provisions the T1 line and the line
permits pre-order and order information to be exchanged between Qwest and
Reseller.
9.2.1.6 Access Service Request (ASR) Ordering Process
J
9.2.1.6.1 Qwest shall provide a computer-to-computer batch file interface
for submission of ASRs based upon the OBF Access Service Order Guidelines
(ASOG). Qwest shall supply exceptions to these guidelines in writing in suffcient
time for Reseller to adjust system requirements.
9.2.1.7 Facility Based EDI Listing Process: Qwest shall provide a Facility Based
EDI Listing interface to enable Reseller Listing data to be translated and passed into the
Qwest Listing database. This interface is based upon OBF LSOG and ANSI ASC X12
standards. Qwest shall supply exceptions to these guidelines/standards in writing in
suffcient time for Reseller to adjust system requirements.
9.2.1.8 Qwest will establish interface contingency plans and disaster recovery
plans for the interfaces described in this Section. Qwest wil work cooperatively with
Resellers through the CMP process to consider any suggestions made by Resellers to
improve or modify such plans. Reseller specific requests for modifications to such plans
will be negotiated and mutually agreed upon between Qwest and Reseller.
9.2.1.9 Ordering and Provisioning: Qwest will provide access to ordering and
status functions. Reseller will populate the service request to identify what features,
services, or elements it wishes Qwest to provision in accordance with Qwests published
business rules.
9.2.1.9.1 Qwest shall provide all Provisioning services to Reseller during
the same business hours that Qwest provisions services for its End User
Customers. Qwest will provide out-of-hours Provisioning services to Reseller on
a non-discriminatory basis as it provides such Provisioning services to itself, its
End User Customers, its Affliates or any other Party. Qwest shall disclose the
business rules regarding out-of-hours Provisioning on its wholesale web site.
9.2.1.9.2 When Reseller places an electronic order, Qwest will provide
Reseller with an electronic Firm Order Confirmation (FOC) notice. The FOC wil
follow industry-standard formats and contain the Qwest Due Date for order
completion. Upon completion of the order, Qwest will provide Reseller with an
electronic completion notice which follows industry-standard formats and which
states when the order was completed. Qwest supplies two (2) separate
completion notices: 1) service order completion (SOC) which notifies Reseller
that the service order record has been completed, and 2) Biling completion that
notifies Reseller that the service order has posted to the Billng system.
9.2.1.9.3 When Reseller places a manual order, Qwest will provide
Reseller with a manual Firm Order Confirmation (FOC) notice. The confirmation
notice will follow industry-standard formats. Upon completion of the order, Qwest
will provide Reseller with a completion notice which follows industry-standard
formats and which states when the order was completed. Qwest supplies two (2)
separate completion notices: 1) service order completion (SOC) which notifies
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)47
Section 9
Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS)
Reseller that the service order record has been completed, and 2) Billng
completion that notifies Reseller that the service order has posted to the Billng
system.
9.2.1.9.4 When Reseller places an electronic order, Qwest shall provide
notification electronically of any instances when (1) Qwests Committed Due
Dates are in jeopardy of not being met by Qwest on any service or (2) an order is
rejected. The standards for returning such notices are set forth in Section 9.
9.2.1.9.5 When Reseller places a manual order, Qwest shall provide
notification of any instances when (1) Qwests Committed Due Dates are in
jeopardy of not being met by Qwest on any service or (2) an order is rejected.
The standards for returning such notices are set forth in Section 9.
9.2.1.9.6 Business rules regarding rejection of LSRs or ASRs are subject
to the provisions of Section 9.2.6.
9.2.1.9.7 Where Qwest provides installation on behalf of Reseller, Qwest
shall advise the Reseller End User Customer to notify Reseller immediately if
Reseller's End User Customer requests a service change at the time of
installation.
9.2.2 Maintenance and Repair
9.2.2.1 Qwest shall provide electronic interface gateways, including an
Electronic Bonding interface and a GUI interface, for reviewing an End User Customer's
trouble history at a specific location, conducting testing of an End User Customer's
service where applicable, and reporting trouble to facilitate the exchange of updated
information and progress reports between Qwest and Reseller while the Trouble Report
(TR) is open and a Qwest technician is working on the resolution. Reseller may also
report trouble through manual processes. For designed services, the TR will not be
closed prior to verification by Reseller that trouble is cleared.
9.2.3 Intenace Availability
9.2.3.1 Qwest shall make its OSS interfaces available to Reseller during the
hours listed in the Gateway Availability PIDs.
9.2.3.2 Qwest shall notify Reseller in a timely manner regarding system
downtime through mass email distribution and pop-up windows as applicable.
9.2.4 Billng
9.2.4.1 For products billed out of the Qwest Interexchange Access Billng
System (lABS), Qwest will utilize the existing CABS/BOS format and technology for the
transmission of bils.
9.2.4.2 For products billed out of the Qwest Customer Record Information
System (CRIS), Qwest wil utilize the existing EDI standard for the transmission of
monthly local Billing information. EDI is an established standard under the auspices of
the ANSI/ASC X12 Committee. A proper subset of this specification has been adopted
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)48
Section 9
Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS)
by the Telecommunications Industry Forum (TCIF) as the "811 Guidelines" specifically
for the purposes of Telecommunications Billing. Any deviance from these standards and
guidelines shall be documented and accessible to Reseller.
9.2.5 Outputs
Output information wil be provided to Reseller in the form of bils, files, and reports. Bils wil
capture all regular monthly and incremental/usage charges and present them in a summarized
format. The files and reports delivered to Reseller come in the following categories:
Usage Record File Line Usage Information
Loss and Completion Order Information
Category 11 Facility Based Line Usage Information
SAG/FAM Street Address/Facility Availability Information
9.2.5.1 Bils
9.2.5.1.1 CRIS Summary Bil: The CRIS Summary Bill represents a
monthly summary of charges for most wholesale products sold by Qwest. This
bil includes a total of all charges by entity plus a summary of current charges
and adjustments on each sub-account. Individual sub-accounts are provided as
Billing detail and contain monthly, one-time charges and incremental/call detail
information. The Summary Bil provides one bill and one payment document for
Reseller. These bills are segmented by state and bill cycle. The number of bills
received by Reseller is dictated by the product ordered and the Qwest region in
which Reseller is operating.
9.2.5.1.2 lABS Bill: The lABS Bill represents a monthly summary of
charges. This bil includes monthly and one-time charges plus a summary of any
usage charges. These bills are segmented by product, LATA, Billing account
number (BAN) and bill cycle.
9.2.5.2 Files and Reports
9.2.5.2.1 Daily Usage Record File provides the accumulated set of call
information for a given Day as captured or recorded by the network Switches.
This file will be transmitted Monday through Friday, excluding Qwest holidays.
This information is a file of unrated Qwest originated usage messages and rated
Reseller originated usage messages. It is provided in ATIS standard Electronic
Message Interface (EMI) format. This EMI format is outlined in the document
SR-320; which can be obtained directly from ATIS. The Daily Usage Record File
contains multi-state data for the Data Processing Center generating this
information. Individual state identification information is contained with the
message detaiL. Qwest will provide this data to Reseller with the same level of
precision and accuracy it provides itself. This fie will be provided for resale
products.
9.2.5.2.2 The charge for this Daily Usage Record File is contained in Exhibit
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)49
Section 9
Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS)
A of this Agreement.
9.2.5.2.3 Routing of in-region IntraLATA Collect, Callng Card, and Third
Number Biled Messages - Qwest wil distribute in-region IntraLAT A collect,
callng card, and third number billed messages to Reseller and exchange with
other Resellers operating in region in a manner consistent with existing inter-
company processing agreements. Whenever the daily usage information is
transmitted to a Carrier, it wil contain these records for these types of calls as
well.
9.2.5.2.4 Loss Report provides Reseller with a daily report that contains a
list of accounts that have had lines and/or servces disconnected. This may
indicate that the End User Customer has changed Resellers or removed services
from an existing account. This report also details the order number, service
name and address, and date this change was made. Individual reports wil be
provided for resale products.
9.2.5.2.5 Completion Report provides Reseller with a daily report. This
report is used to advise Reseller that the order(s) for the service(s) requested is
complete. It details the order number, service name and address and date this
change was completed. Individual reports wil be provided for resale products.
9.2.5.2.6 Category 11 Records are Exchange Message Records (EMR)
which provide mechanized record formats that can be used to exchange access
usage information between Qwest and Reseller. Category 1101 series records
are used to exchange detailed access usage information.
9.2.5.2.7 Intentionally Left Blank.
9.2.5.2.8 SAG/FAM Files. The SAG (Street Address Guide)/FAM (Features
Availability Matrix) files contain the following information:
a) SAG provides Address and Serving Central Office Information.
b) FAM provides USOCs and descriptions by state (POTS services
only), and USOC availability by NPA-NXX with the exception of Centrex.
InterLATA/lntraLATA Carriers by NPA-NXX.
These files are made available via a download process. They can be retrieved
by FTP (File Transfer Protocol), NOM connectivity, or a web browser.
9.2.6 Change Management
Qwest agrees to maintain a change management process, known as the Change Management
Process (CMP), that is consistent with or exceeds industry guidelines, standards and practices
to address Qwests OSS, products and processes. The CMP shall include, but not be limited to,
the following: (i) provide a forum for Reseller and Qwest to discuss Reseller and Qwest change
requests (CR), CMP notifications, systems release life cycles, and communications; (ii) provide
a forum for Resellers and Qwest to discuss and prioritize CRs, where applicable pursuant to the
CMP Document; (iii) develop a mechanism to track and monitor CRsand CMP notifications; (iv)
establish intervals where appropriate in the process; (v) processes by which Reseller impacts
that result from changes to Qwests OSS, products or processes can be promptly and effectively
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)50
Section 9
Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS)
resolved; (vi) processes that are effective in maintaining the shortest timeline practicable for the
receipt, development and implementation of all CRs; (vii) suffcient dedicated Qwest processes
to address and resolve in a timely manner CRs and other issues that come before the CMP
body; (viii) processes for OSS Interface testing; (ix) information that is clearly organized and
readily accessible to Resellers, including the availability of web-based tools; (x) documentation
provided by Qwest that is effective in enabling Resellers to build an electronic gateway; and (xi)
a process for changing CMP that calls for collaboration among Resellers and Qwest and
requires agreement by the CMP participants. Pursuant to the scope and procedures set forth in
the CMP Document, Qwest will submit to Resellers through the CMP, among other things,
modifications to existing products and product and technical documentation available to
Resellers, introduction of new products available to Resellers, discontinuance of products
available to Resellers, modifications to pre-ordering, ordering/Provisioning, maintenance/repair
or Biling processes, introduction of pre-ordering, ordering/Provisioning, maintenance/repair or
Biling processes, discontinuance of pre-ordering, ordering/Provisioning, maintenance/repair or
Billng processes, modifications to existing OSS interfaces, introduction of new OSS interfaces,
and retirement of existing OSS interfaces. Qwest will maintain as part of CMP an escalation
process so that CMP issues can be escalated to a Qwest representative authorized to make a
final decision and a process for the timely resolution of disputes. The governing document for
CMP, known as the "Change Management Process" Document is the subject of ongoing
negotiations between Qwest and Resellers in the ongoing CMP redesign process. The CMP
Document wil continue to be changed through those discussions. The CMP Document reflects
the commitments Qwest has made regarding maintaining its CMP and Qwest commits to
implement agreements made in the CMP redesign process as soon as practicable after they are
made. The CMP Document will be subject to change through the CMP process, as set forth in
the CMP Document. Qwest will maintain the most current version of the CMP Document on its
wholesale web site.
9.2.6.1 In the course of establishing operational ready system interfaces
between Qwest and Reseller to support local service delivery, Reseller and Qwest may
need to define and implement system interface specifications that are supplemental to
existing standards. Reseller and Qwest will submit such specifications to the
appropriate standards committee and will work towards their acceptance as standards.
9.2.6.2 Release updates will be implemented pursuant to the CMP.
9.2.6.3 Intentionally Left Blank.
9.2.7 Reseller Responsibilities for Implementation of ass Interfaces
9.2.7.1 Before Reseller implementation can begin, Reseller must completely and
accurately answer the New Customer Questionnaire as required in Section 3.2.
9.2.7.2 Once Qwest receives a complete and accurate New Customer
Questionnaire, Qwest and Reseller will mutually agree upon time frames for
implementation of connectivity between Reseller and the OSS interfaces.
9.2.8 Qwest Responsibilties for On-going Support for ass Interfaces
Qwest will support previous EDI releases for six (6) months after the next subsequent EDI
release has been deployed.
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)51
Section 9
Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS)
9.2.8.1 Qwest wil provide written notice to Reseller of the need to migrate to a
new release.
9.2.8.2 Qwest wil provide an EDI Implementation Coordinator to work with
Reseller for business scenario re-certification, migration and data conversion strategy
definition.
9.2.8.3 Re-eertification is the process by which Reseller demonstrates the abiliy
to generate correct functional transactions for enhancements not previously certified.
Qwest wil provide the suite of tests for re-certification to Reseller with the issuance of
the disclosure document.
9.2.8.4 Qwest shall provide training mechanisms for Reseller to pursue in
educating its internal personneL. Qwest shall provide training necessary for Reseller to
use Qwests OSS interfaces and to understand Qwests documentation, including
Qwests business rules.
9.2.9 Reseller Responsibilties for On-going Support for OSS Interfaces
9.2.9.1 If using the GUI interface, Reseller will take reasonable efforts to train
Reseller personnel on the GUI functions that Reseller will be using.
9.2.9.2 An exchange protocol will be used to transport EDI formatted content.
Reseller must perform certification testing of exchange protocol prior to using the EDI
interface.
9.2.9.3 Qwest will provide Reseller with access to a stable testing environment
that mirrors production to certify that its OSS will be capable of interacting smoothly and
effciently with Qwests OSS. Qwest has established the following test processes to
assure the implementation of a solid interface between Qwest and Reseller:
9.2.9.3.1 Connectivity Testing: Reseller and Qwest will conduct
connectivity testing. This test will establish the ability of the trading partners to
send and receive EDI messages effectively. This test verifies the
communications between the trading partners. Connectivity is established during
each phase of the implementation cycle. This test is also conducted prior to
controlled production and before going live in the production environment if
Reseller or Qwest has implemented environment changes when moving into
production.
9.2.9.3.2 Stand-Alone Testing Environment (SATE): Qwests stand-alone
testing environment will take pre-order and order requests, pass them to the
stand-alone database, and return responses to Reseller during its development
and implementation of EDI. The SATE provides Reseller the opportunity to
validate its technical development efforts built via Qwest documentation without
the need to schedule test times. This testing verifies Reseller's ability to send
correctly formatted EDI transactions through the EDI system edits successfully
for both new and existing releases. SATE uses test account data supplied by
Qwest. Qwest will make additions to the test beds and test accounts as it
introduces new OSS electronic interface capabilities, including support of new
products and services, new interface features, and functionalities. All SATE pre-
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom ServicesIlD/CDS-090527 -0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)52
Section 9
Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS)
order queries and orders are subjected to the same edits as production pre-order
and order transactions. This testing phase is optionaL.
9.2.9.3.3 Interoperability Testing - Reseller has the option of participating
with Qwest in Interoperability testing to provide Reseller with the opportunity to
validate technical development efforts and to quantify processing results.
Interoperabilty testing verifies Reseller's abilty to send correct EDI transactions
through the EDI system edits successfully. Interoperabilty testing requires the
use of valid data in Qwest production systems. All Interoperability pre-order
queries and order transactions are subjected to the same edits as production
orders. This testing phase is optional when Reseller has conducted Stand-Alone
Testing successfully. Qwest shall process pre-order transactions in Qwests
production OSS and order transactions through the business processing layer of
the EDI interfaces.
9.2.9.3.4 Controlled Production: Qwest and Reseller will perform
controlled production. The controlled production process is designed to validate
the ability of Reseller to transmit EDI data that completely meets X12 standards
definitions and complies with all Qwest business rules. Controlled production
consists of the controlled submission of actual Reseller production requests to
the Qwest production environment. Qwest treats these pre-order queries and
orders as production pre-order and order transactions. Qwest and Reseller use
controlled production results to determine operational readiness. Controlled
production requires the use of valid account and order data. All certification
orders are considered to be live orders and will be provisioned.
9.2.9.3.5 If Reseller is using EDI, Qwest shall provide Reseller with a pre-
allotted amount of time to complete certification of its business scenarios. Qwest
will allow Reseller a reasonably suffcient amount of time during the day and a
reasonably suffcient number of days during the week to complete certification of
its business scenarios consistent with Reseller's business plan. It is the sole
responsibility of Reseller to schedule an appointment with Qwest for certification
of its business scenarios. Reseller must make every effort to comply with the
agreed upon dates and times scheduled for the certification of its business
scenarios. If the certification of business scenarios is delayed due to Reseller, it
is the sole responsibility of Reseller to schedule new appointments for
certification of its business scenarios. Qwest will make reasonable efforts to
accommodate Reseller schedule. Conflcts in the schedule could result in
certification being delayed. If a delay is due to Qwest, Qwest will honor
Reseller's schedule through the use of alternative hours.
9.2.9.4 If Reseller is using the EDI interface, Reseller must work with Qwest to
certify the business scenarios that Reseller wil be using in order to ensure successful
transaction processing. Qwest and Reseller shall mutually agree to the business
scenarios for which Reseller requires certification. Certification will be granted for the
specified release of the EDI interface. If Reseller is certifying multiple products or
services, Reseller has the option of certifying those products or services serially or in
parallel where Technically Feasible.
9.2.9.4.1 For a new software release or upgrade, Qwest will provide
Reseller a stable testing environment that mirrors the production environment in
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom ServicesIlD/CDS-090527 -0010
Qwest Resale Template - (YG-24-08)53
Section 9
Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS)
order for Reseller to test the new release. For software releases and upgrades,
Qwest has implemented the testing processes set forth in Sections 9.2.9.3.2,
9.2.9.3.3 and 9.2.9.3.4.
9.2.9.5 New releases of the EDI interface may require re-certification of some or
all business scenarios. A determination as to the need for re-certification will be made
by the Qwest coordinator in conjunction with the release manager of each IMA EDI
release. Notice of the need for re-certification wil be provided to Reseller as the new
release is implemented. The suite of re-eertification test scenarios will be provided to
Reseller with the disclosure document. If Reseller is certifying multiple products or
services, Reseller has the option of certifying those products or services serially or in
parallel, where Technically Feasible.
9.2.9.6 Reseller will contact the Qwest EDI Implementation Coordinator to
initiate the migration process. Reseller may not need to certify to every new EDI
release, however, Reseller must complete the re-certification and migration to the new
EDI release within six (6) months of the deployment of the new release. Reseller wil
use reasonable efforts to provide suffcient support and personnel to ensure that issues
that arise in migrating to the new release are handled in a timely manner.
9.2.9.6.1 The following rules apply to initial development and certification
of EDI interface versions and migration to subsequent EDI interface versions:
9.2.9.6.1.1 Stand-Alone and/or Interoperability testing must
begin on the prior release before the next release is implemented.
Otherwise, Reseller will be required to move its implementation plan to
the next release.
9.2.9.6.1.2 New EDI users must be certified and in production
with at least one (1) product and one (1) order activity type on a prior
release two (2) months after the implementation of the next release.
Otherwise, Reseller will be required" to move its implementation plan to
the next release.
9.2.9.6.1.3 Any EDI user that has been placed into production
on the prior release not later than two (2) months after the next release
implementation may continue certifying additional products and activities
until two (2) months prior to the retirement of the release. To be placed
into production, the products/order activities must have been tested in the
SATE or Interoperability environment before two (2) months after the
implementation of the next release.
9.2.9.7 Reseller will be expected to execute the re-eertification test cases in the
stand-alone and/or Interoperability test environments. Reseller will provide Purchase
Order Numbers (PONs) of the successful test cases to Qwest.
9.2.9.8 In addition to the testing set forth in other sections of Section 9.2.9, upon
request by Reseller, Qwest shall enter into negotiations for comprehensive production
test procedures. In the event that agreement is not reached, Reseller shall be entitled to
employ, at its choice, the Dispute Resolution procedures of this Agreement or expedited
resolution through request to the state Commission to resolve any differences. In such
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)54
Section 9
Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS)
cases, Reseller shall be entitled to testing that is reasonably necessary to accommodate
identified business plans or operations needs, accounting for any other testing relevant
to those plans or needs. As part of the resolution of such dispute, there shall be
considered the issue of assigning responsibility for the costs of such testing. Absent a
finding that the test scope and activities address issues of common interest to the
Reseller community, the costs shall be assigned to Reseller requesting the test
procedures.
9.2.10 Reseller Support
9.2.10.1 Qwest shall provide documentation and assistance for Reseller to
understand how to implement and use all of the available OSS functions. Qwest shall
provide to Reseller in writing any internal business rules and other formatting information
necessary to ensure that Reseller's requests and orders are processed effciently. This
assistance wil include, but is not limited to, contacts to the Reseller account team,
training, documentation, and Reseller Help Desk. Qwest wil also supply Reseller with
an escalation level contact list in the event issues are not resolved via contacts to the
Reseller account team, training, documentation and Reseller Help Desk.
9.2.10.2 Reseller Help Desk
9.2.10.2.1 The Reseller Systems Help Desk wil provide a single 'point of
entry for Reseller to gain assistance in areas involving connectivity, system
availability, and file outputs. The Reseller Systems Help Desk areas are further
described below.
9.2.10.2.1.1 Connectivity covers trouble with Reseller's access to
the Qwest system for hardware configuration requirements with relevance
to EDI and GU i interfaces; software configuration requirements with
relevance to EDI and GUI interfaces; modem configuration requirements,
T1 configuration and dial-in string requirements, firewall access
configuration, SecurlD configuration, Profile Setup, and password
verification.
9.2.10.2.1.2 System Availability covers system errors generated
during an attempt by Reseller to place orders or open trouble reports
through EDI and GUI interfaces. These system errors are limited to:
Resale/POTS; Design Services and Repair.
9.2.10.2.1.3 File Outputs covers Reseller's output files and
reports produced from its usage and order activity. File outputs system
errors are limited to: Daily Usage File; Loss / Completion File, lABS Bil,
CRIS Summary Bill, Category 11 Report and SAG/FAM Reports.
9.2.10.3 Additional assistance to Reseller is available through various public web
sites. These web sites provide electronic interface training information and user
documentation and technical specifications and are located on Qwests wholesale web
site. Qwest wil provide Interconnect Service Center Help Desks which wil provide a
single point of contact for Reseller to gain assistance in areas involving order submission
and manual processes.
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom ServicesIlD/CDS-090527 -0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)55
Section 9
Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS)
9.2.11 Compensation/Cost Recovery
Recurrng and nonrecurring OSScharges, as applicable, wil be billed at rates set forth in
Exhibit A. Any such rates will be consistent with Existing Rules. Qwest shall not impose any
recurring or nonrecurring OSS charges unless and until the Commission authorizes Qwest to
impose such charges and/or approves applicable rates at the completion of appropriate cost
docket proceedings.
9.3 Maintenance and Repair
9.3.1 Service Levels
9.3.1.1 Qwest will provide repair and maintenance for all services covered by
this Agreement in substantially the same time and manner as that which Qwest provides
for itself, its End User Customers, its Affliates, or any other party. Qwest shall provide
Reseller repair status information in substantially the same time and manner as Qwest
provides for its retail services.
9.3.1.2 During the term of this Agreement, Qwest wil provide necessary
maintenance business process support to allow Reseller to provide similar service
quality to that provided by Qwest to itself, its End User Customers, its Affliates, or any
other party.
9.3.1.3 Qwest will perform repair service that is substantially the same in
timeliness and quality to that which it provides to itself, its End User Customers, its
Affiliates, or any other party. Trouble calls from Reseller shall receive response time
priority that is substantially the same as that provided to Qwest, its End User Customers,
its Affiliates, or any other party and shall be handled in a nondiscriminatory manner.
9.3.2 Branding
9.3.2.1 Qwest shall use unbranded Maintenance and Repair forms while
interfacing with Reseller End User Customers. Upon request, Qwest shall use Reseller
provided and branded Maintenance and Repair forms. Qwest may not unreasonably
interfere with branding by Reseller.
9.3.2.2 Except as specifically permitted by Reseller, in no event shall Qwest
provide information to Reseller subscribers about Reseller or Reseller product or
services.
9.3.2.3 This section shall confer on Qwest no rights to the service marks,
trademarks and trade names owned by or used in connection with services offered by
Reseller or its Affliates, except as expressly permitted by Reseller.
9.3.3 Service Interruptions
9.3.3.1 The characteristics and methods of operation of any circuits, facilities or
equipment of either Party connected with the services, facilities or equipment of the
other Party pursuant to this Agreement shall not: 1) interfere with or impair service over
any facilties of the other Party, its affliated companies, or its connecting and concurring
Carriers involved in its services; 2) cause damage to the plant of the other Part, its
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)56
Section 9
Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS)
affliated companies, or its connecting concurring Carriers involved in its services; 3)
violate any Applicable Law or regulation regarding the invasion of privacy of any
communications carried over the Part's facilities; or 4) create hazards to the employees
of either Party or to the public. Each of these requirements is hereinafter referred to as
an "Impairment of Service".
9.3.3.2 If it is confirmed that either Party is causing an Impairment of Service, as
set forth in this Section, the Party whose network or service is being impaired (the
"Impaired Party") shall promptly notify the Party causing the Impairment of Service (the
"Impairing Party") of the nature and location of the problem. The Impaired Party shall
advise the Impairing Party that, unless promptly rectified, a temporary discontinuance of
the use of any circuit, facility or equipment may be required. The Impairing Party and
the Impaired Party agree to work together to attempt to promptly resolve the Impairment
of Service. If the Impairing Party is unable to promptly remedy the Impairment of
Service, the Impaired Party may temporarily discontinue use of the affected circuit,
facility or equipment.
9.3.3.3 To facilitate trouble reporting and to coordinate the repair of the service
provided by each Party to the other under this Agreement, each Party shall designate a
repair center for such service.
9.3.3.4 Each Party shall furnish a trouble reporting telephone number for the
designated repair center. This number shall give access to the location where records
are normally located and where current status reports on any trouble reports are readily
available. If necessary, alternative out-of-hours procedures shall be established to
ensure access to a location that is staffed and has the authority to initiate corrective
action.
9.3.3.5 Before either Party reports a trouble condition, it shall use its best efforts
to isolate the trouble to the other's facilities.
9.3.3.5.1 In cases where a trouble condition affects a significant portion of
the other's service, the Parties shall assign the same priority provided to Reseller
as itself, its End User Customers, its Affiliates, or any other party.
9.3.3.5.2 The Parties shall cooperate in isolating trouble conditions.
9.3.4 Trouble Isolation
9.3.4.1 Reseller is responsible for its own End User Customer base and will
have the responsibility for resolution of any service trouble report(s) from its End User
Customers. Reseller will perform trouble isolation on services it provides to its End User
Customers to the extent the capability to perform such trouble isolation is available to
Reseller, prior to reporting trouble to Qwest. Reseller shall have access for testing
purposes at the Demarcation Point, NID, or Point of Interface. Qwest will work
cooperatively with Reseller to resolve trouble reports when the trouble condition has
been isolated and found to be within a portion of Qwests network. Qwest and Reseller
will report trouble isolation test results to the other. Each Party shall be responsible for
the costs of performing trouble isolation on its facilities, subject to Sections 9.3.4.2 and
9.3.4.3.
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom ServicesIlD/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)57
Section 9
Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS)
9.3.4.2 When Reseller requests that Qwest perform trouble isolation with
Reseller, a Maintenance of Service charge wil apply if the trouble is found to be on the
End User Customer's side of the Demarcation Point. If the trouble is on the End User
Customer's side of the Demarcation Point, and Reseller authorizes Qwest to repair
trouble on Reseller's behalf, Qwest wil charge Reseller the appropriate Additional Labor
Charge set forth in Exhibit A in addition to the Maintenance of Service charge.
9.3.4.3 When Reseller elects not to perform trouble isolation and Qwest
performs tests at Reseller request, a Maintenance of Service charge shall apply if the
trouble is not in Qwests facilities, including Qwests facilities leased by Reseller.
Maintenance of Service charges are set forth in Exhibit A. When trouble is found on
Qwests side of the Demarcation Point, or Point of Interface during the investigation of
the initial or repeat trouble report for the same line or circuit within thirty (30) Days,
Maintenance of Service charges shall not apply.
9.3.5 Inside Wire Maintenance
Except where specifically required by state or federal regulatory mandates, or as may be
provided for under -this Agreement, Qwest will not perform any maintenance of inside wire
(premises wiring beyond the End User Customer's Demarcation Point) for Reseller or its End
User Customers.
9.3.6 Testing/Test Requests
9.3.6.1 Where Reseller does not have the ability to diagnose and isolate trouble
on a Qwest line, circuit, or service provided in this Agreement that Reseller is utilizing to
serve an End User Customer, Qwest wil conduct testing, to the extent testing
capabilities are available to Qwest, to diagnose and isolate a trouble in substantially the
same time and manner that Qwest provides for itself, its End User Customers, its
Affliates, or any other party.
9.3.6.2 Prior to Qwest conducting a test on a line, circuit, or service provided in
this Agreement that Reseller is utilizing to serve an End User Customer, Qwest must
receive a trouble report from Reseller.
9.3.6.3 On manually reported trouble for non-designed services, Qwest will
provide readily available test results to Reseller or test results to Reseller in accordance
with any applicable Commission rule for providing test results to End User Customers or
Resellers. On manually reported trouble for designed services provided in this
Agreement, Qwest will provide Reseller test results upon request. For electronically
reported trouble, Qwest will provide Reseller with the ability to obtain basic test results in
substantially the same time and manner that Qwest provides for itself, its End User
Customers, its Affiliates, or any other party.
9.3.6.4 Reseller shall isolate the trouble condition to Qwests portion of the line,
circuit, or service provided in this Agreement before Qwest accepts a trouble report for
that line, circuit or service. Once Qwest accepts the trouble report from Reseller, Qwest
shall process the trouble report in substantially the same time and manner as Qwest
does for itself, its End User Customers, its Affiiates, or any other party.
9.3.6.5 Qwest shall test to ensure electrical continuity and services it provides to
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)58
Section 9
Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS)
Reseller prior to closing a trouble report.
9.3.7 Work Center Interfaces
9.3.7.1 Qwest and Reseller shall work cooperatively to develop positive, close
working relationships among corresponding work centers involved in the trouble
resolution processes.
9.3.8 Misdirected Repair Calls
9.3.8.1 Reseller and Qwest wil employ the following procedures for handling
misdirected repair calls:
9.3.8.1.1 Reseller and Qwest will provide their respective End User
Customers with the correct telephone numbers to call for access to their
respective repair bureaus.
9.3.8.1.2 End User Customers of Reseller shall be instructed to report all
cases of trouble to Reseller. End User Customers of Qwest shall be instructed to
report all cases of trouble to Qwest.
9.3.8.1.3 To the extent the correct provider can be determined,
misdirected repair calls will be referred to the proper provider of Basic Exchange
Telecommunications Service; however, nothing in this Agreement shall be
deemed to prohibit Qwest or Reseller from discussing its products and services
with Reseller's or Qwests End User Customers who call the other Party seeking
such information.
9.3.8.1.3 To the extent the correct provider can be determined,
misdirected repair calls will be referred to the proper provider of Basic Exchange
Telecommunications Service.
9.3.8.1.4 Reseller and Qwest will provide their respective repair contact
numbers to one another on a reciprocal basis.
9.3.8.1.5 In responding to repair calls, Reseller's End User Customers
contacting Qwest in error will be instructed to contact Reseller; and Qwests End
User Customers contacting Reseller in error will be instructed to contact Qwest.
In responding to calls, neither Party shall make disparaging remarks about each
other. To the extent the correct provider can be determined, misdirected calls
received by either Party will be referred to the proper provider of local Exchange
Service; however, nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to prohibit Qwest
or Reseller from discussing its products and services with Reseller's or Qwests
End User Customers who call the other Party seeking such information.
9.3.8.1.5 In responding to repair calls, Reseller's End User Customers
contacting Qwest in error wil be instructed to contact Reseller; and Qwests End
User Customers contacting Reseller in error will be instructed to contact Qwest.
In responding to calls, neither Party shall make disparaging remarks about each
other. To the extent the correct provider can be determined, misdirected calls
received by either Party will be referred to the proper provider of local Exchange
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)59
Section 9
Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS)
Service; however, nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to prohibit Qwest
or Reseller from discussing its products and services with Reseller's or Qwests
End User Customers who call the other Party.
9.3.9 Major Outages/RestorallNotification
9.3.9.1 Qwest will notify Reseller of major network outages in substantially the
same time and manner as it provides itself, its End User Customers, its Affiliates, or any
other party. This notification will be via e-mail to Reseller's identified contact. With the
minor exception of certain Proprietary Information such as Customer information, Qwest
wil utilize the same thresholds and processes for external notification as it does for
internal purposes. This major outage information will be sent via e-mail on the same
schedule as is provided internally within Qwest. The email notification schedule shall
consist of initial report of abnormal condition and estimated restoration time/date,
abnormal condition updates, and final disposition. Service restoration will be non-
discriminatory, and wil be accomplished as quickly as possible according to Qwest
and/or industry standards.
.9.3.9.2 Qwest will meet with associated personnel from Reseller to share
contact information and review Qwests outage restoral processes and notification
processes.
9.3.9.3 Qwests emergency restoration process operates on a 7X24 basis.
9.3.10 Protective Maintenance
9.3.10.1 Qwest will perform scheduled maintenance of substantially the same
type and quality to that which it provides to itself, its End User Customers, its Affiiates,
or any other party.
9.3.10.2 Qwest will work cooperatively with Reseller to develop industry-wide
processes to provide as much notice as possible to Reseller of pending maintenance
activity. Qwest shall provide notice of potentially Reseller Customer impacting
maintenance activity, to the extent Qwest can determine such impact, and negotiate
mutually agreeable dates with Reseller in substantially the same time and manner as it
does for itself, its End User Customers, its Affiliates, or any other party.
9.3.10.3 Qwest shall advise Reseller of non-scheduled maintenance, testing,
monitoring, and surveillance activity to be performed by Qwest on any services,
including, to the extent Qwest can determine, any hardware, equipment, software, or
system providing service functionality which may potentially impact Reseller and/or
Reseller End User Customers. Qwest shall provide the maximum advance notice of
such non-scheduled maintenance and testing activity possible, under the circumstances;
provided, however, that Qwest shall provide emergency maintenance as promptly as
possible to maintain or restore service and shall advise Reseller promptly of any such
actions it takes.
9.3.11 Hours of Coverage
9.3.11.1 Qwests repair operation is seven (7) Days a week, twenty-four (24)
hours a day. Not all functions or locations are covered with scheduled employees on a
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)60
9.3.12
9.3.13
9.3.14
Section 9
Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS)
7X24 basis. Where such 7X24 coverage is not available, Qwests repair operations
center (always available 7X24) can call-out technicians or other personnel required for
the identified situation.
Escalations
9.3.12.1 Qwest wil provide trouble escalation procedures to Reseller. Such
procedures will be substantially the same type and quality as Qwest employs for itself,
its End User Customers, its Affliates, or any other party. Qwest escalations are manual
processes.
9.3.12.2 Qwest repair escalations may be initiated by either callng the trouble
reporting center or through the electronic interfaces. Escalations sequence through five
tiers: tester, duty supervisor, manager, director, vice president. The first escalation
point is the tester. Reseller may request escalation to higher tiers in its sole discretion.
Escalations status is available through telephone and the electronic interfaces.
9.3.12.3 Qwest shall handle chronic troubles on non-designed services, which are
those greater than three (3) troubles in a rolling thirty (30) Day period, pursuant to
Section 9.2.2.1.
Dispatch
9.3.13.1 Qwest will provide maintenance dispatch personnel in substantially the
same time and manner as it provides for itself, its End User Customers, its Affiliates, or
any other party.
9.3.13.2 Upon the receipt of a trouble report from Reseller, Qwest will follow
internal processes and industry standards, to resolve the repair condition. Qwest wil
dispatch repair personnel on occasion to repair the condition. It will be Qwests decision
whether or not to send a technician out on a dispatch. Qwest reserves the right to make
this dispatch decision based on the best information available to it in the trouble
resolution process. It is not always necessary to dispatch to resolve trouble; should
Reseller require a dispatch when Qwest believes the dispatch is not necessary,
appropriate charges will be biled by Qwest to Reseller for those dispatch-related costs
in accordance with Exhibit A if Qwest. can demonstrate that the dispatch was in fact
unnecessary to the clearance of trouble or the trouble is identified to be caused by
Reseller facilities or equipment.
9.3.13.3 For POTS lines and designed service circuits, Qwest is responsible for
all Maintenance and Repair of the line or circuit and wil make the determination to
dispatch to locations other than the Reseller Customer premises without prior Reseller
authorization. For dispatch to the Reseller Customer premises Qwest shall obtain prior
Reseller authorization with the exception of major outage restoration, cable
rearrangements, and MTE terminal maintenance/replacement.
Electronic Reporting
9:3.14.1 Reseller may submit Trouble Reports through the Electronic Bonding orGUI interfaces provided by Qwest. .
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom ServicesIlD/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)61
9.3.15
9.3.16
9.3.17
9.3.18
9.3.19
Section 9
Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS)
9.3.14.2 The status of manually reported trouble may be accessed by Reseller
through electronic interfaces.
Intervals/Parity
9.3.15.1 Similar trouble conditions, whether reported on behalf of Qwest End
User Customers or on behalf of Reseller End User Customers, will receive commitment
intervals in substantially the same time and manner as Qwest provides for itself, its End
User Customers, its Affiliates, or any other party.
Jeopardy Management
9.3.16.1 Qwest will notify Reseller, in substantially the same time and manner as
Qwest provides this information to itself, its End User Customers, its Affliates, or any
other party, that a trouble report commitment (appointment or interval) has been or is
likely to be missed. At Reseller option, notification may be sent by email or fax through
the electronic interface. Reseller may telephone Qwest repair center or use the
electronic interfaces to obtain jeopardy status.
Trouble Screening
9.3.17.1 Reseller shall screen and test its End User Customer trouble reports
completely enough to insure, to the extent possible, that it sends to Qwest only trouble
reports that involve Qwest facilities. For services and facilities where the capability to
test all or portions of the Qwest network service or facility rest with Qwest, Qwes! will
make such capability available to Reseller to perform appropriate trouble isolation and
screening.
9.3.17.2 Qwest will cooperate with Reseller to show Reseller how Qwest screens
trouble conditions in its own centers, so that Reseller may employ similar techniques in
its centers.
Maintenance Standards
9.3.18.1 Qwest will cooperate with Reseller to meet the maintenance standards
outlined in this Agreement.
9.3.18.2 On manually reported trouble, Qwest wil inform Reseller of repair
completion in substantially the same time and manner as Qwest provides to itself, its
End User Customers, its Affliates, or any other party. On electronically reported trouble
reports the electronic system will automatically update status information, including
trouble completion, across the joint electronic gateway as the status changes.
End User Customer Interface Responsibilities
9.3.19.1 Reseller will be responsible for all interactions with its. End User
Customers including service call handling and notifying its End User Customers of
trouble status and resolution.
9.3.19.2 All Qwest employees who perform repair service for Reseller End User
Customers wil be trained in non-discriminatory behavior.
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)62
9.3.20
9.3.21
9.3.22
9.3.23
Section 9
Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS)
9.3.19.3 Qwest wil recognize the designated Reseller/DLEC as the Customer of
Record for all services ordered by Reseller/DLEC and wil send all notices, invoices and
pertinent information directly to Reseller/DLEC. Except as otherwise specifically
provided in this Agreement, Customer of Record shall be Qwests single and sole point
of contact for all ResellerlOLEC End User Customers.
Repair Call Handling
9.3.20.1 Manually-reported repair calls by Reseller to Qwest will be answered
with the same quality and speed as Qwest answers calls from its own End User
Customers.
Single Point of Contact
9.3.21.1 Qwest will provide a single point of contact for Reseller to report
maintenance issues and trouble reports seven (7) Days a week, twenty-four (24) hours a
day. A single 7X24 trouble reporting telephone number will be provided to Reseller for
each category of trouble situation being encountered.
Network Information
9.3.22.1 Qwest maintains an information database, available to Reseller for the
purpose of allowing Reseller to obtain information about Qwests NPAs, LATAs, Access
Tandem Switches and Central Offices.
9.3.22.2 This database is known as the ICONN database, available to Resellef
via Qwests web site.
9.3.22.3
database.
CPNI Information and NXX activity reports are also included in this
9.3.22.4 ICONN data is updated in substantially the same time and manner as
Qwest updates the same data for itself, its End User Customers, its Affiliates, or any
other party.
Maintenance Windows
9.3.23.1 Generally, Qwest performs major Switch maintenance activities off-
hours, during certain "maintenance windows". Major Switch maintenance activities
include Switch conversions, Switch generic upgrades and Switch equipment additions.
9.3.23.2 Generally, the maintenance window is between 10:00 p.m. through 6:00
a.m. Monday through Friday, and Saturday 10:00 p.m. through Monday 6:00 a.m.,
Mountain Time. Although Qwest normally does major Switch maintenance during the
above maintenance window, there will be occasions where this will not be possible.
Qwest will provide notification of any and all maintenance activities that may impact
Reseller ordering practices such as embargoes, moratoriums, and quiet periods in
substantially the same time and manner as Qwest provides this information to itself, its
End User Customers, its Affiliates, or any other party.
9.3.23.3 Intentionally Left Blank.
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)63
Section 9
Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS)
9.3.23.4 Planned generic upgrades to Qwest Switches are included in the ICONN
database, available to Reseller via Qwests web site.
9.3.24 Switch and Frame Conversion Service Order Practices
9.3.24.1 Switch Conversions: Switch conversion activity generally consists of the
removal of one Switch and its replacement with another. Generic Switch softare or
hardware upgrades, the addition of Switch line and trunk connection hardware and the
addition of capacity to a Switch do not constitute Switch conversions.
9.3.24.2 Frame Conversions: Frame conversions are generally the removal and
replacement of one or more frames, upon which the Switch Ports terminate.
9.3.24.3 Conversion Date: The "Conversion Date" is a Switch or frame
conversion planned day of cut-over to the replacement frame(s) or Switch. The actual
conversion time typically is set for midnight of the Conversion Date. This may cause the
actual Conversion Date to migrate into the early hours of the day after the planned
Conversion Date.
9.3.24.4 Conversion Embargoes: A Switch or frame conversion embargo is the
time period that the Switch or frame Trunk Side facility connections àre frozen to
facilitate conversion from one Switch or frame to another with minimal disruption to the
End User Customer or Reseller services. During the embargo period, Qwest wil reject
orders for Trunk Side facilities (see Section 9.3.24.4.1) other than conversion orders
described in Section 9.3.24.4.3. Notwithstanding the foregoing and to the extent Qwest
provisions trunk or trunk facility related service orders for itself, its End User Customers,
its Affliates, or any other party during embargoes, Qwest shall provide Reseller the
same capabilities.
9.3.24.4.1 ASRs for Switch or frame Trunk Side facility augments to
capacity or changes to Switch or frame Trunk Side facilities must be issued by
Reseller with a Due Date prior to or after the appropriate embargo interval as
identified in the ICONN database. Qwest shall reject Switch or frame Trunk Side
ASRs to augment capacity or change facilities issued by Reseller or Qwest, its
End User Customers, its Affliates or any other party during the embargo period,
regardless of the order's Due Date except for conversion ASRs described in
Section 9.3.24.4.3.
9.3.24.4.2 For Switch and Trunk Side frame conversions, Qwest shall
provide Reseller with conversion trunk group service requests (TGSR) no less
than ninety (90) Days before the Conversion Date.
9.3.24.4.3 For Switch and Trunk Side frame conversions, Reseller shall
issue facility conversion ASRs to Qwest no later than thirty (30) Days before the
Conversion Date for like-for-like, where Reseller mirrors their existing circuit
design from the old Switch or frame to the new Switch or frame, and sixty (60)
Days before the Conversion Date for addition of trunk capacity or modification of
circuit characteristics (Le., change of AMI to B8ZS).
9.3.24.5 Frame Embargo Period: During frame conversions, service orders and
ASRs shall be subject to an embargo period for services and facilities connected to the
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom ServicesIlD/CDS-090527 -0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)64
Section 9
Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS)
affected frame. For conversion of trunks where Reseller mirrors their existing circuit
design from the old frame to the new frame on a like-for-like basis, such embargo period
shall extend from thirty (30) Days prior to the Conversion Date until five (5) Days after
the Conversion Date. If Reseller requests the addition of trunk capacity or modification
of circuit characteristics (i.e., change of AMI to B8ZS) to the new frame, new facility
ASRs shall be placed, and the embargo period shall extend from sixty (60) Days prior to
the Conversion Date until five (5) Days after the Conversion Date. Prior to instituting an
embargo period, Qwest shall identify the particular dates and locations for frame
conversion embargo periods in its ICONN database in substantially the same time and
manner as Qwest notifies itself, its End User Customers, Affliates, or any other party.
9.3.24.6 Switch Embargo Period: During Switch conversions, service orders and
ASRs shall be subject to an embargo period for services and facilties associated with
the Trunk Side of the Switch. For conversion of trunks where Reseller mirrors their
existing circuit design from the old Switch to the new Switch on a like-for-like basis, such
embargo period shall extend from thirty (30) Days prior to the Conversion Date until five
(5) Days after the Conversion Date. If Reseller requests the addition of trunk capacity ormodification of circuit characteristics to the new Switch, new facility ASRs shall be
placed, and the embargo period shall extend from sixty (60) Days prior to the
Conversion Date until five (5) Days after the Conversion Date. Prior to instituting an
embargo period, Qwest shall identify the particular dates and locations for Switch
conversion embargo periods in its ICONN database in substantially the same time and
manner as Qwest notifies itself, its End User Customers, Affiliates, or any other party.
9.3.24.7 Switch and Frame Conversion Quiet Periods for LSRs: Switch and
frame conversion quiet periods are the time period within which LSRs may not contain
Due Dates, with the exception of LSRs that result in disconnect orders, including those
related to LNP orders, record orders, Billing change orders for non-switched products,
and emergency orders.
9.3.24.7.1 LSRs of any kind issued during Switch or frame conversion quiet
periods create the potential for loss of End User Customer service due to manual
operational processes caused by the Switch or frame conversion. LSRs of any
kind issued during the Switch or frame conversion quiet periods will be handled
as set forth below, with the understanding that Qwest shall use its best efforts to
avoid the loss of End User Customer service. Such best efforts shall be
substantially the same time and manner as Owest uses for itself, its End User
Customers, its Affliates, or any other party.
9.3.24.7.2 The quiet period for Switch conversions, where no LSRs, except
those requesting order activity described in Section 9.3.24.7, are processed for
the affected location, extends from five (5) Days prior to conversion until two (2)
Days after the conversion and is identified in the ¡CONN database.
9.3.24.7.3 The quiet period for frame conversions, where no LSRs except
those requesting order activity described in Section 9.3.24.7 are processed or the
affected location, extends from five (5) Days prior to conversion until two (2)
Days after the conversion.
9.3.24.7.4 LSRs, except those requesting order activity described in
9.3.24.7, (i) must be issued with a Due Date prior to or after the conversion quiet
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)65
Section 9
Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS)
period and (ii) may not be issued during the quiet period. LSRs that do not meet
these requirements will be rejected by Qwest.
9.3.24.7.5 LSRs requesting disconnect activity issued during the quiet
period, regardless of requested Due Date, will be processed after the quiet
period expires.
9.3.24.7.6 Reseller may request a Due Date change to a LNP related
disconnect scheduled during quiet periods up to 12:00 noon Mountain Time the
Day prior to the scheduled LSR Due Date. Such changes shall be requested by
issuing a supplemental LSR requesting a Due Date change. Such changes shall
be handled as emergency orders by Qwest.
9.3.24.7.7 Reseller may request a Due Date change to a LNP related
disconnect order scheduled during quiet periods after 12:00 noon Mountain Time
the Day prior to the scheduled LSR Due Date until 12 noon Mountain Time the
Day after the scheduled LSR Due Date. Such changes shall be requested by
issuing a supplemental LSR requesting a Due Date change and contacting the
Interconnect Service Center. Such changes shall be handled as emergency
orders by Qwest.
9.3.24.7.8 In the event that Reseller End User Customer service is
disconnected in error, Qwest will restore service in substantially the same time
and manner as Qwest does for itself, its End User Customers, its Affiliates, or
any other party. Restoration of Reseller End User Customer service will be
handled through the LNP escalations process.
9.3.24.8 Switch Upgrades: Generic Switch softare and hardware upgrades are
not subject to the Switch conversion embargoes or quiet periods described above. If
such generic Switch or software upgrades require significant activity related to
translations, an abbreviated embargo and/or quiet period may be required. Qwest shall
implement service order embargoes and/or quiet periods during Switch upgrades in
substantially the same time and manner as Qwest does for itself, its End User
Customers, its Affiliates, and any other party.
9.3.24.9 Switch Line and Trunk Hardware Additions: Qwest shall use its best
efforts to minimize Reseller service order impacts due to hardware additions and
modifications to Qwests existing Switches. Qwest shall provide Reseller substantially
the same service order processing capabilities as Qwest provides itself, its End User
Customers, Affiliates, or any other party during such Switch hardware additions.
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)66
Section 10
Directory Publisher
Section 10.0 - DIRECTORY PUBLISHER
10.1 Qwest and Reseller agree that certain issues outside the provision of basic white
page directory listings, such as yellow pages advertising, yellow pages listings, directory
coverage, access to call guide pages (phone service pages), applicable listings criteria, white
page enhancements and publication schedules will be the subject of negotiations between
Reseller and directory publishers. Qwest acknowledges that Reseller may request Qwest to
facilitate discussions between Reseller and Qwest Offcial Directory Publishers.
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom ServicesIlD/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08)67
Section 11
Service Performance
Section 11.0 - SERVICE PERFORMANCE
11.1 Performance Indicator Definitions (PIDs), in their current form, are included in
Exhibit B of this Agreement. Subsequent changes to these PIDs submitted to the Commission
shall be incorporated into Exhibit B as soon as they are effective either by operation of law or
Commission order, whichever occurs first and without further Amendment to this Agreement.
11.2 The Qwest Performance Assurance Plan (QPAP), in its current form, is attached
as Exhibit K of this Agreement. Subsequent changes to the QPAP submitted to the
Commission will be incorporated into Exhibit K as soon as they are effective by operation of law
or the effective date as approved by Commission order, whichever is applicable, and without
further Amendment to this Agreement.
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template- (v9-24-08)68
Section 12.0. SIGNATURE PAGE
By signing below, and in consideration of the mutual promises set forth herein, and other
good and valuable consideration, Reseller adopts this Agreement and upon receipt by
Owest, the Parties agree to abide by the terms and conditions set forth in this Resale
Agreement.
Easton Telecom Services, LLC Qwest Corporation .. /d:reSignature
---~xt~Signature
Robert E. Mocas
Name Printedrryped
L. T. Christensen
Name Printedrryped
Date
(;/,zlzoò9
Director - Wholesale ContractsTitle /. !
~!lfkîDate I I
President
Title
May 27, 2009/msd/Easton Telecom Services/ID/CDS-090527-0010
Qwest Resale Template - (v9-24-08) -69
Exhibit A
Idaho
.
Notes
6.0 Resale Wholesale Wholesale
Discount Discount
Percentage Percentage
Recurring Nonrecurnng
Charaes Charaes
6.1 Wholesale Discount Rates
6.1.1 Southern Idaho
6.1.1.1 Basic Exchanae Residential Line Service 18.25%18.25%B B
6.1.1.2 Basic Exchanae Business Line Service 18.25%18.25%B B
6.1.1.3 Intra LATA Toll 18.25%18.25%B B
6.1.1.4 PackaQe I Special Services (e.Q., Centrex, Discounted Line/Feature PackaQes, ISDN,18.25%18.25%B B
6.1.1.5 ListinQs, CO Features & Information Services 18.25%18.25%B B
6.1.1.6 Private Line 18.25%18.25%B B
6.1.1.7 Ooerator Services I Directorv Assistance (OS/DA)18.25%18.25%B B
6.1.1.8 Volume Packaaed Services - HiQh Volume Customers 6.65%6.65%B B
6.1.1.9 Public Access Line (PAL) Service 0.00%0.00%B B
6.1.2 Northem Idaho
6.1.2.1 Basic ExchanQe Residential Line Service 19.37%19.37%B B
6.1.2.2 Basic Exchanae Business Line Service I PBX 19.37%19.37%B B
6.1.2.3 IntraLATA Toll 19.37%19.37%B B
6.1.2.4 Packaae I Special Services (e.Q., Centrex, Discounted LinelFeature PackaQes, ISDN,19.37%19.37%B B
6.1.2.5 ListinQs. CO Features & Information Services 19.37%19.37%B B
6.1.2.6 Private Line 19.37%19.37%B B
6.1.2.7 Ooerator Services I Direcorv Assistance OSIDA 19.37%19.37%B B
6.1.2.8 Volume Packaaed Services - Hiah Volume Customers 6.87%6.87%B B
6.1.2.9 Public Access Line PAL) Service 0.00%0.00%B B
6.2 Customer Transfer CharQe (CTC).
6.2.1 CTC for POTS Service
6.2.1.1 Manual
6.2.1.1.1 IFirst Line $16.22 B
6.2.1.1.2 lEach Additional Line $2.27 B
6.2.1.2 Mechanized
6.2.1.2.1 IFirst Line $0.63 B
6.2.1.2.2 lEach Additional Line $0.12 B
6.2.2 CTC for Private Line Transport Services
.6.2.2.1 I First Circuit $38.8 B
6.2.2.2 Additional Circuit, oer Circuit, same CSR $33.50 B
6.2.3 CTC for Advanced Communications Services, oer Circuit $46.81 B
12.010perational Support Systems
12.1 DeyeloDment and Enhancements, Der Order $5.00 B
i 12.210ngoing Maintenance, per Order $1.40 B
i 12.31Dai1Y Usaae Record File, per Record $0.000419 B
12.4 Trouble Isolation Charae See 9.20
I i i i i I i
NOTES:.Unless otherwise indicated, all rates are oursuant to Idaho Public Utiltes Commission Dockets:
A AT&T Arbitration Docket USW-T-96-15, Order No 27738, effective September 17,1998
B Cost Docket QWE-T-01-11 Order No. 29408 (Januarv 5, 2004) rates effective Januarv 5, 2004.
#Voluntary Rate Reducton Docket USW-T-00-3. effective 6/10/02. Reductions reflected in the 5/24/02 Exhibit A.
##Second Voluntarv Rate Reduction, Docket USW-T-00-3, effective 6/7/02. Reductions reflected in the 7/10102 Exhibit A.##Third Voluntary Rate Reduction Docket USW-T-00-3, effective 12/16/02, Reductions reflected in the 10/16/02 Exhibit A.
1 TELRIC rates orooosed in Cost Docket testimony fied on November 12, 2003
2 Market-based rates.
3 ICB, Individual Case Basis pricina.
4 The State of Idaho has retained the oversiQht on these rates. These rates are not under the iunsdiction of the FCC.
5 FCC ordered rates pursuant to the FCC's Order on Remand and Report and Order (Intercarrier Compensation for ISP-Bound Traffc) CC Docket 01-131 (FCC ISP
Order). effective June 14, 2001.
6 Effective August 1, 2003, Qwest will no longer bill the recurnng and nonrecurring charges for Channel Regeneration. Qwest reserves the nght to revert back to the
contracutal rate onlv after appropriate notice is aiven.
7 The preliminary Quote Preparation Fees (QPF) are included in the space construction charges. Upon completion of the collocation construction, the QPF will be
credited to the final space construction charge for the virtual, caged or cageless collocation job. These engineenng and planning charges are also included in the
Virtal Caaed and Caaeless Quote Preoaration Fees.
8 Eff. 11/04,Qwest (Q) will no longer perform Bndge Tap andlor Load Coil Removal to facilitate pravisioning of its Retail DSL offering.To permit CLECs to provision
xDSL Capable Loops.Q is now re-instituting the charge to continue Conditioning for the 2/4-Wire UBL,ADSL Compatible UBL,ISDN (BRI) Capable UBL, xDSL-1
Capable UBL, Non-Commercial Line Shanng, Line Splitting,Nan-Commercial SDL & Loop Splitting, eff. 3/14/05.Q can t bil the RC rate structre,but will bil the lower
of the two rates.
9 Qwest is voluntanly reducina this rate in order to keeo rate relationshio with the Fiber Transoort "oer Pair" rate element.
10 Qwest has not imolemented this UNE rate or charae in its billna svstem but reserves the riaht to assess such a charae in the future.
11 Market.based prices, All charges and increments shall be the same as the comparable charges and increments provided in Owest FCC. Retail Tariffs, Catalogs, or
Price Lists.
Page 1 of2
Exhibit A
Idaho
Page 2 of 2
Qwest$
Spirit of Service
Service Performance Indicator Definitions (PID)
14-State 271 PID Version 9.0
QWEST'S SERVICE PERFORMANCE INDICATOR DEFINITIONS (PID)
14-5tate 271 PID Version 9.0
Introduction
Qwest will report performance results for the service performance indicators defined herein. Qwest will report
separate performance results associated with the services it provides to Competitive Local Exchange Carriers
(CLECs) in aggregate (except as noted herein), to CLECs individually and, as applicable, to Qwests retail
customers in aggregate. Within these categories, performance results related to service provisioning and
repair will be reported for the products listed in each definition. Reports for CLECs individually will be subject
to agreements of confidentiality and/or nondisclosure.
The definitions in this version of the PID apply in the 14 states of Qwests local service region: Arizona,
Colorado, Idaho, Iowa, Minnesota, Montana, Nebraska, New Mexico, North Dakota, Oregon, South Dakota,
Utah, Washington and Wyoming. Individual state Performance Assurance Plans may specify and apply state
specific variations from the Performance Measure definitions and/or standards contained herein.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page i
Qwests Service Performance Indicator Definitions
Table of Contents
ELECTRONIC GATEWAY AVAILABILlTY...........................................................................1
GA-1 _ Gateway Availability-IMA-GUI..............................................................................1
GA-2 - Gateway Availability - IMA-EDI ....... ........... ........ ...... ................... ......... ......... .........2
GA-3 - Gateway Availability - EB-TA .................................................................................3
GA-4 - System Availability - EXACT .............................................. ........ ......... .............. .....4
GA-6 - Gateway Availability - GUI -- Repair................................ .................. ..... ........ ........5
GA-7 - Timely Outage Resolution following Softare Releases.........................................6
PRE-ORDER/ORDER......... ....................... ................................................................ ............7
PO-1 - Pre-Order/Order Response Times.... .............................................................. ........7
PO-2 - Electronic Flow-through.................................................. ..... ........................... ...... 1 0
PO-3 - LSR Rejection Notice Interval...................................... ..................................... ....12
PO-4 - LSRs Rejected......................... ............................................................... ..............13
PO-5 - Firm Order Confirmations (FOCs) On Time......................................................... .14
PO-6 - Work Completion Notification Timeliness... ......... ............. ....... .......... ............. .......17
PO-7 - Billing Completion Notification Timeliness....................... ..................................... 18
PO-8 - Jeopardy Notice Interval.......................................................................................20
PO-9 - Timely Jeopardy Notices.......................................................................................21
PO-15 - Number of Due Date Changes per Order ............. ...................................... ........ 22
PO-16 - Timely Release Notifications.... ...... ............... ....... .................................... ..... ..23
PO-19 - Stand-Alone Test Environment (SATE) Accuracy ........................................:......25
PO-20 (Expanded) - Manual Service Order Accuracy................. ....... ............... ....... ........28
ORDERING AND PROViSiONING......................................................................................34
OP-2 - Calls Answered within Twenty Seconds -Interconnect Provisioning Center........34
OP-3 - Installation Commitments Met. ............. ........... ....... ...... .................. ............ .......... .35
OP-4 - Installation Interval.... ................ .......... ............ ..... ....... ............... ........ ............ .......38
OP-5 - New Service Quality.................................................................................... ........ ..41
OP-6 - Delayed Days........................................................................................................46
OP-7 - Coordinated "Hot Cut" Interval- Unbundled Loop ................................................49
OP-8 - Number Portability Timeliness ..............................................................................50
OP-13 - Coordinated Cuts On Time - Unbundled Loop ...................................................51
OP-15 - Interval for Pending Orders Delayed Past Due Date...........................................53
OP-17 - Timeliness of Disconnects associated with LNP Orders .....................................56
MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR .............................................................................,.............58
MR-2 - Calls Answered within 20 Seconds - Interconnect Repair Center.. ......................58
MR-3 - Out of Service Cleared within 24 Hours................................................................59
MR-4 - All Troubles Cleared within 48 hours ....................................................................61
MR-5 - All Troubles Cleared within 4 hours ......................................................................63
MR-6 - Mean Time to Restore ............ .................... ............ .......... .......... ............ ...............65
MR-7 - Repair Repeat Report Rate..........................,.......................................................68
MR-8 _ Trouble Rate.........................................................................................................71
MR-9 - Repair Appointments Met ... ........................ ..................................... .....................74
MR-10 - Customer and Non-Qwest Related Trouble Reports ..........................................75
MR-11 - LNP Trouble Reports Cleared within Specified Timeframes ..............................77
BILLING...............................................................................................................................79
BI-1 - Time to Provide Recorded Usage Records ............................................................79
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page ii
Table of Contents (continued)
BI-2 - Invoices Delivered within 10 Days ........................................ ............ ............ ..........80
BI-3 - Billing Accuracy - Adjustments for Errors .......................... ... .................................. 81
BI-4 - Billng Completeness ................................ ................. .......................................... ...82
DATABASE UPDATES .......................................................................................................83
DB-1 - Time to Update Databases....................................................................................83
DB-2 - Accurate Database Updates .................................................................................85
DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE ................................................................................................86
DA-1 - Speed of Answer - Directory Assistance ..............................................................86
OPERATOR SERViCES......................................................................................................87
OS-1 - Speed of Answer - Operator Services ..................................................................87
NETWORK PERFORMANCE................................ ..............................................................88
NI-1 - Trunk Blocking........................................................................................................88
NP-1 - NXX Code Activation................................ ................................ .............................90
COLLOCATION ..................... ........... ................................ ...................................................92
CP-1 - Collocation Completion Interval.............................................................................92
CP-2 - Collocations Completed within Scheduled Intervals..............................................95
CP-3 - Collocation Feasibility Study Interval.....................................................................98
CP-4 - Collocation Feasibility Study Commitments Met ...................................................99
DEFINITION OF TERMS ...................................................................................................100
GLOSSARY OF ACRONyMS..........................................................................~................104
APPENDIX A.....................................................................................................................106
Feature Detail..................................................................................................................1 06
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page ii
Electronic Gateway Availability
. GA-1 - Gateway Availabilty -IMA-GUI
Purpose:
Evaluates the quality of GLEG access to the IMA-GUI electronic gateway and one associated system,
focusina on the extent thev are actually available to GLEGs.
Description:
GA-1A: Measures the availability of the IMA-GUI (Interconnect Mediated Access- Graphical User
Interface), and reports the percentage of Scheduled Availability Time the IMA-GUI interface is
available for view and/or input.
.Scheduled Up Time hours for preorder, order, and provisioning transactions are based on the
currently published hours of availability found on the following website:
http://www.qwest.com/wholesale/cmp/ossHours.html.
GA-1 D: Measures the availabilty of the SIA system, which facilitates access for the IMA-GUI interface
and the IMA-EDI interface (see GA-2), and reports the percentage of scheduled time the SIA
system is available. Scheduled availabilty times will be no less than the same hours as listed for
IMA-GUI and IMA-EDI
.Time Gateway is Available to GLEGs is equal to Scheduled Availability Time minus Outage Time..Scheduled Availabilty Time is equal to Scheduled Up Time minus Scheduled Down Time..Scheduled Down Time is time identified and communicated that the interface is not available due to
maintenance and/or upgrade work. Notification of Scheduled Down Time for routine maintenance
and/or upgrade work wil be provided no less than 48 hours in advance..An outage is a critical or serious loss of functionality, attributable to the specified gateway or
component (i.e., IMA-GUI, SIA), affecting Owests ability to serve its customers. An outage is
determined by Owest technicians through the use of verifiable data, collected from the affected
customer(s) and/or from mechanized event management systems.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons: GLEG aggregate Disaggregation Reporting: Region-wide leveL.
results Results will be reported as follows:
GA-1A IMA Graphical User Interface Gateway
GA-1 D SIA system
Formula:
((Number of Hours and Minutes Gateway is Available to GLEGs During Reporting Period) + (Number of
Hours and Minutes of Scheduled Availability Time During Reporting Period)) x 100
Exclusions: None ..
Product Reporting: None Standard:99.25 percent
.
Availabilty:Notes:
Available
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 1
GA-2 - Gateway Availabilty -IMA-EDI
Purpose:
Evaluates the quality of CLEC access to the IMA-EDI electronic gateway, focusing on the extent the
gateway is actually available to CLECs.
Description:
Measures the availability of IMA-EDI (Interconnect Mediated Access - Electronic Data Interchange)
interface and reports the percentage of scheduled availability time the IMA-EDI Interface is available
for view and/or input. All times during which the interface is scheduled to be operating during the
reporting period are measured..Scheduled Up Time hours for IMA-EDI based on the currently published hours of availability found
on the following website: http://ww.qwest.com/wholesale/cmp/ossHours.html. Time Gateway is
Available to CLECs is equal to Scheduled Availabilty Time minus Outage Time..Scheduled Availability Time is equal to Scheduled Up Time minus Scheduled Down Time..Scheduled Down Time is time identified and communicated that the interface is not available due
to maintenance and/or upgrade work. Notification of Scheduled Down Time for routine
maintenance and/or upgrade work will be provided no less than 48 hours in advance..An outage is a critical or serious loss of functionality, attributable to the specified gateway or
component (i.e., IMA-EDI), affecting Qwests ability to serve its customers. An outage is
determined by Qwest technicians through the use of verifiable data, collected from the affected
customer(s) and/or from mechanized event management systems.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC Disaggregation Reporting: Region-wide leveL.
aqqreqate results (See GA-1D for reporting of SIA system availabititv.)
Formula:
((Number of Hours and Minutes Gateway is Available to CLECs During Reporting Period) + (Number
of Hours and Minutes of Scheduled Availability Time During Reporting Period) ) x 100
Exclusions: None
.
Product Reporting: None Standard:99.25 percent
Availabilty:Notes:
Available
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 2
GA-3 - Gateway Availabilty - EB-TA
Purpose:
Evaluates the quality of CLEG access to the EB-TA interface, focusing on the extent the gateway is
actuallv available to GLEGs.
Description:
Measures the availability of EB~TA (Electronic Bonding - Trouble Administration) interface and reports
the percentage of scheduled availability time the EB-TA Interface is available..Scheduled Up Time hours are based on the currently published hours of availability found on the
following website: http://www.qwest.com/wholesale/cmp/ossHours.html..Time Gateway is Available to GLEGs is equal to Scheduled Availability Time minus Outage Time..Scheduled Availability Time is equal to Scheduled Up Time minus Scheduled Down Time..Scheduled Down Time is time identified and communicated that the interface is not available due
to maintenance and/or upgrade work. Notification of Scheduled Down Time for routine
maintenance and/or upgrade work will be provided no less than 48 hours in advance..An outage is a critical or serious loss of functionality, attributable to the specified gateway or
component (Le., EB-TA), affecting Qwests abilty to serve its customers. An outage is determined
by Qwest technicians through the use of verifiable data, collected from the affected customer(s)
and/or from mechanized event manaaement svstems.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons: GLEG aggregate results Disaggregation Reporting: Region-wide leveL.
Formula:
((Number of Hours and Minutes Gateway is Available to GLEGs During Reporting Period) 7 (Number
of Hours and Minutes of Scheduled Availability During Reporting Period)) x 100
Exclusions: None
Product Reporting: None Standard:99.25 percent
Availabilty:Notes:
Available
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 3
GA-4 - System Availabilty - EXACT
Purpose:
Evaluates the quality of CLEC batch access to the EXACT electronic access service request system,
focusina on the extent the system is actually available to CLECs.
Description:
Measures the availability of EXACT system and reports the percentage of scheduled availability time
the EXACT system is available..Scheduled Up Time hours are based on the currently published hours of availability found on the
following website: http://ww.gwest.com/wholesale/cmp/ossHours.html..Time System is Available to CLECs is equal to Scheduled Availabilty Time minus Outage Time..Scheduled Availability Time is equal to Scheduled Up Time minus Scheduled Down Time..Scheduled Down Time is time identified and communicated that the system is not available due to
maintenance and/or upgrade work. Notification of Scheduled Down Time for routi ne maintenance
and/or upgrade work will be provided no less than 48 hours in advance..An outage is a critical or serious loss of functionality, attributable to the specified gateway or
component (i.e., EXACT), affecting Qwests ability to serve its customers. An outage is
determined by Qwest technicians through the use of verifiable data, collected from the affected
customer(s) and/or from mechanized event manaaement svstems.
Reporting Period:. One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate results Disaggregation Reporting: Region-wide leveL.
Formula:
((Number of Hours and Minutes EXACT is Available to CLECs During Reporting Period) + (Number of
Hours and Minutes of Scheduled Availability During Reporting Period)) x 100
Exclusions: None
Product Reporting: None Standard:99.25 percent
Availabilty:Notes:
Available
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 4
GA-6 - Gateway Availabilty - GUI- Repair
Purpose:
Evaluates the quality of GLEG access to the GUI Repair electronic gateway, focusing on the extent the
gateway is actually available to GLEGs.
Description:
Measures the availability of the GUI (Graphical User Interface) repair electronic interface and reports
the percentage of scheduled availability time the interface is available for view and/or input. All times
during which the interface is scheduled to be operating during the reporting period are measured..Scheduled Up Time" hours are based on the currently published hours of availability found on the
following website: http://ww.qwest.com/wholesale/cmp/ossHours.html..Time Gateway is Available to GLEGs is equal to Scheduled Availability Time minus Outage Time..Scheduled Availability Time is equal to Scheduled Up Time minus Scheduled Down Time..Scheduled Down Time is time identified and communicated that the interface is not available due
to maintenance and/or upgrade work. Notification of Scheduled Down Time for routine
maintenance and/or upgrade work wil be provided no less than 48 hours in advance..An outage is a critical or serious loss of functionality, attributable to the specified gateway or
component (i.e., GUI-Repair), affecting Qwests ability to serve its customers. An outage is
determined by Qwest technicians through the use of verifiable data, collected from the affected
customer(s) and/or from mechanized event management systems.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons: GLEG Disaggregation Reporting: Region-wide leveL.
aaareaate results
Formula:
(Number of Hours and Minutes Gateway is Available to GLEGs During Reporting Period 7 Number of
Hours and Minutes of Scheduled Availability Time During Reporting Period) x 100
Exclusions: None
Product Reporting: None Standard:99.25 percent
Availabilty:Notes:
Available
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 5
GA-7 - Timely Outage Resolution following Softare Releases
Purpose:
Measures the timeliness of resolution of gateway or system outages attributable to software releases for
specified OSS intenaces, focusing on GLEG-affecting software releases involving the specified gateways
or systems.
Description:
.Measures the percentage of gateway or system outages, which are attributable to OSS system
software releases and which occur within two weeks after the implementation of the OSS system
software releases, that are resolved NOTE 1 within 48 hours of detection by the Qwest monitoring group
or reporting by a GLEG/co-provider..Includes softare releases associated with the foiiowing OSS intenaces in Qwest: IMA-GUI, IMA-
EDI, and GEMR, Exchanii Access, Gontrol, & Tracking (EXAGT)NOTE 2, Electronic Bonding- Trouble
Administration (EB - T A) TE 3
.An outage for this measurement is a critical or serious loss of functionality, attributable to the
specified gateway or component, affecting Qwests ability to serve its customers or data loss NOTE 4 on
the Qwest side of the intenace. An outage is determined by Qwest technicians through the use of
verifiable data, collected from the affected customer(s) and/or from mechanized event management
systems..The outage resolution time interval considered in this measurement starts at the time Qwests
monitoring group detects a failure, or at the date/time of the first transaction sent to Qwest that cannot
be processed (i.e. lost data), and ends with the time functionality is restored or the lost data is
recovered.
Reporting Period: Monthly Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons: GLEG AQQreQate Disaggregation Reporting: Reçiion-wide leveL.
Formula:
((Total outages detected within two weeks of a Software Release that are resolved within 48 hours of the
time Qwest detects the outage) + (Total number of outages detected within two weeks of Software
Releases resolved in the Reporting Period)) x 100
Exclusions:
.Outages in releases prior to any GLEG migrating to the release..Duplicate reports attributable to the same software defect.
Product Reporting: None Standards:
Volume = 1-20: 1 miss
Volume;; 20:95%
Availabilty:Notes:
1. "Resolved" means that service is restored to the reporting GLEG, as
Available experienced by the GLEG.
2.EXAGT is a Telecordia system. Only releases for changes initiated by
Qwest for hardware or connectivity will be included in this measurement.
3. Outages reported under EB- TA are the same as outages in MEDIAGG.
4. For data loss to be considered for GA-7, a functional acknowledgement
must have been provided for the data in question (e.g., EDI 997, LSR 10
or trouble ticket number).
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 6
Pre-order/Order
P0-1 - Pre-Order/Order Response Times
Purpose:
Evaluates the timeliness of responses to specific preordering/ordering queries for CLECs through the use of
Qwests Operational Support Systems (OSS). Qwests OSS are accessed through the specified gateway
interface.
Description:
PO-1A & PO-1B:
Measures the time interval between query and response for specified pre-order/order transactions through the
electronic interface.
· Measurements are made using a system that simulates the transactions of requesting pre-
ordering/ordering information from the underlying existing OSS. These simulated transactions are made
through the operational production interfaces and existing systems in a manner that reflects, in a
statistically-valid manner, the transaction response times experienced by CLEC service representatives in
the reporting period.
· The time intervai between query and response consists of the period from the time the transaction request
was "sent" to the time it is "received" via the gateway interface.
· A query is an individual request for the specified type of information.
PO-1C:
· Measures the percentage of all IRTM Queries measured by PO-1A & 18 transmitted in the reporting
period that timeout before receiving a response.
PO-1D:
. Measures the average response time for a sampling of rejected queries across preorder transaction types.
The response time measured is the time between the issuance of a pre-ordering transaction and the
receipt of an error message associated with a "rejected query." A rejected query is a transaction that
cannot be successfully processed due to the provision of incomplete or invalid information by the sender,
which results in an error message back to the sender. NOTE 1Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure:
PO-1A, PO-18, & PO-1D: Seconds
PO-1 C: Percent
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit 8 June 26, 2007 Page 7
P0-1 - Pre-Order/Order Response Times (continued)
Reporting
Comparisons:
CLEC aggregate.
Disaggregation Reporting: Region-wide leveL. Results are reported as follows:
PO-1A Pre-Order/Order Response Time for IMA-GUI
PO-1 B Pre-Order/Order Response Time for IMA-EDI
Results are reported separately for each of the following transaction types: NOTE 2
1. Appointment Scheduling (Due Date Reservation, where appointment is required)
2. Service Availability Information
3. Facility Availability
4. Street Address Validation
5. Customer Service Records
6. Telephone Number
7. Loop Qualification Tools NOTE 3
8. Left intentionally blank to preserve numbering
9. Connecting Facil ity Assignment NOTE 4
10. Meet Point Inquiry NOTE 5
For PQ-1A (transactions via IMA-GUI), in addition to reporting total response time,
response times for each of the above transactions wil be reported in two parts: (a) time
to access the request screen, and (b) time to receive the response for the specified
transaction. For PO-1A 6, Telephone Number, a third part (c) accept screen, will be
reported.
For PQ-1B (transactions via IMA-EDI), request/response will be reported as a combined
number.
PO-1 C Results for PQ-1 C will be reported according to the gateway interface used:
1. Percent of Preorder Transactions that Timeout IMA-GUI
2. Percent of Preorder Transactions that Timeout IMA-EDI
Formula:
PO-1A & PO-1B = ¿((Query ResponseDate & Time) - (Query Submission Date & Time)) -; (Number of
Queries Submitted in Reporting Period)
PO-1 D Results for PO-1 D will be reported according to the gateway interface used:
1. Rejected Response Times for IMA-GUI
2. Reiected Response Times for IMA-EDI
PO-1C = ((Number of IRTM Queries measured by PO-1A & 1 B that Timeout before receiving
response) -; (Number of IRTM Queries Transmitted in Reporting Period)) x 100
PO.1D = ¿((Rejected Query Response Date & Time) - (Query Submission Date & Time))-;
(Number of Rejected Query Transactions Simulated by IRTM)
Exclusions:
PO-1A & PO-1B:
· Rejected requests/errors, and timed out transactions
PO-1C:
. Rejected requests and errors
PO-1D:
. Timed out transactions
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 8
P0-1 - Pre-Order/Order Response Times (continued)
.
Product Reporting: None Standards:IMA-GUI IMA-EDI
Total Response Time:
1.Appointment Scheduling .:10 seconds .:10 seconds
2.Service Availability .:25 seconds .:25 seconds
Information
3.Facility Availability .:25 seconds6 .:25 seconds6
4.Street Address Validation .:10 seconds .:10 seconds
5.Customer Service Records .:12.5 seconds6 .:12.5 seconds6
6.Telephone Number .:10 seconds .:10 seconds
7.L00eR Qualification Tools ~ 20 seconds 7 ~ 20 secondsNOT 3
8.Left intentionally blank to
preserve numbering
9.Connecting Facility ~ 25 seconds ~ 25 seconds
Assignment
10. Meet Point Inquiry ~ 30 seconds ~ 30 seconds
PO-1C-1
PO-1C-2
PO-1D-1 & 2
Notes:
1. Rejected query types used in PO-1 D are those developed for internal
Qwest diagnostic purposes.
2. As additional transactions, currently done manually, are mechanized,
they wil be measured and added to or included in the above list of
transactions, as applicable.
3. Results based on a weighted combination of ADSL Loop Qualification
and Raw Loop Data TooL.
4. Results based on Connecting Facility Assignment by Unit Query.
5. Results based on meet Point Query, POTS Splitter option for Shared
loops.
6. Times reflect non-complex services, including residential, simple
business, or POTS account. Does not include ADSL or accounts:25
lines.
7. Benchmark applies to response time only. Request time and Total
time will also be reported.
0.5%
0.5%
Diagnostic
Availabilty:
Available
Qwest Idaho SGATThird Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 9
Po-2 - Electronic Flow-through
Purpose:
Monitors the extent Qwests processing of CLEC Local Service Requests (LSRs) is completely
electronic, focusing on the degree that electronically-transmitted LSRs flow directly to the service
order processor without human intervention or without manual retyping.
Description:
PO-2A - Measures the percentage of all electronic LSRs that flow from the specified electronic
gateway interface to the Service Order Processor (SOP) without any human intervention.
· Includes all LSRs that are submitted electronically through the specified interface during the
reporting period, subject to exclusions specified below.
PO-2B - Measures the percentage of all flow-through-eligible LSRs NOTE 1 that flow from the specified
electronic gateway interface to the SOP without any human intervention.
· Includes all flow-through-eligible LSRs that are submitted electronically through the specified
interface durina the reoortina oeriod, subiect to exclusions specified below.
Reporting Period: One month I Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level (per multi-
aggregate, individual CLEC state system serving the state).
Results for PO-2A and PQ-2B will be reported
according to the gateway interface* used to submit the
LSR:
1 LSRs received via IMA-GUI
2 LSRs received via IMA-EDI
*CO also reports an aggregate of IMA-GUI and IMA-EDI
results.
Formula:
PO-2A = ((Number of Electronic LSRs that pass from the Gateway Interface to the SOP without
human intervention) + (Total Number of Electronic LSRs that pass through the Gateway
Interface)) x 100
PO-2B = ((Number of flow-through-eligible Electronic LSRs that actually pass from the Gateway
Interface to the SOP without human intervention) + (Number of flow-through-eligible
Electronic LSRs received through the Gateway Interface)) x 100
Exclusions:
. Rejected LSRs and LSRs containing CLEC-caused non-fatal errors.
· Non-electronic LSRs (e.g., via fax or courier).
. Records with invalid product codes.
· Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
· Duplicate LSR numbers. (Exclusion to be eliminated upon implementation of IMA capability to
disallow duplicate LSR #'s.)
. Invalid start/stop dates/times.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 10
P0-2 - Electronic Flow-through (continued)
Product Reporting: Standards:
.Resale fQ.Unbundled Loops (with or Diagnostic
without Local Number
Portability)PO-2B:
.Local Number Portability.UNE-P (POTS) and UNE-P Resale:95%
(Centrex 21)Unbundled Loops:85%.Line Sharing LNP:95%
UNE-P (POTS & Centrex 21):95%
Line Sharina:Diaanostic NUlc L
Availabilty:Notes:
Available 1.The list of LSR types classified as eligible for flow through is contained in
the "LSRs Eligible for Flow Through" matrix.. This matrix also includes
availability for enhancements to flow through. Matrix wil be distributed
through the CMP process.
2.The standard and future disaggregated reporting of the Line Sharing
product is T8D, pending resolution of TRO issues.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit 8 June 26, 2007 Page 11
Po-3 - LSR Rejection Notice Interval
Reporting Comparisons:
CLEC aggregate and
individual CLEC results
Purpose:
Monitors the timeliness with which Qwest notifies CLECs that electronic and manual LSRs were
reiected.
Description:
Measures the interval between the receipt of a Local Service Request (LSR) and the rejection of the
LSR for standard categories of errors/reasons.
· Includes all LSRs submitted through the specified interface that are rejected during the reporting
period.
· Standard reasons for rejections are: missing/incomplete/mismatching/unintellgible information,
duplicate request or LSR/PON (purchase order number), no separate LSR for each account
telephone number affected, no valid contract, no valid end user verification, account not working in
Qwest territory, service-affecting order pending, request is outside established parameters for
service, and lack of CLEC response to Qwest question for clarification about the LSR.
· Included in the interval is time required for efforts by Qwest to work with the CLEC to avoid thé
necessity of rejecting the LSR.
· With hours: minutes reporting, hours counted are (1) business hours for manual rejects (involving
human intervention) and (2) published Gateway Availability hours for auto-rejects (involving no
human intervention). Business hours are defined as time during normal business hours of the
Wholesale Delivery Service Centers, except for PO-3C in which hours counted are workweek
clock hours. Gateway Availability hours are based on the currently published hours of availability
found on the followina website: htto:l/www.awest.com/wholesale/cm%ssHours.html.Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure:
PO-3A-1, PO-3B-1 & PO~3C - Hrs: Mins.
PO-3A-2 & PO-3B-2 - Mins: Secs.
Disaggregation Reporting:
Results for this indicator are reported according to the gateway interface
used to submit the LSR:
· PO-3A-1, LSRs received via IMA-GUI and rejected manually:
Statewide
· PO-3A -2, LSRs received via IMA-GUI and auto-rejected: Region
wide
· PO-3B-1, LSRs received via IMA-EDI and rejected manually:
Statewide
· PO-3B -2, LSRs received via IMA-EDI and auto-rejected: Region
wide
· PO-3C, LSRs received via facsimile: Statewide
Formula:
L ((Date and time of Rejection Notice transmittal) - (Date and time of LSR receipt)) + (Total number of
LSR Rejection Notifications)
Exclusions:
· Records with invalid product codes.
· Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
· Duplicate LSR numbers. (Exclusion to be eliminated upon implementation of IMA capability to
disallow duplicate LSR #'s.)
· Invalid startstop dates/times.
Product Reporting: Not applicable (reported by
ordering interface).
Standards:
. PO-3A-1 and -3B-1: :: 12 business hours
. PO-3A -2 and -3B -2: :: 18 seconds. PO-3C: :: 24 work week clock
hours
Availabilty:Notes:
Available
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 12
PO-4 - LSRs Rejected
Purpose:
Monitors the extent LSRs are rejected as a percentage of all LSRs to provide information to help
address potential issues that miaht be raised by the indicator of LSR rejection notice intervals.
Description:
Measures the percentage of LSRs rejected (returned to the GLEG) for standard categories of
errors/reasons..Includes all LSRs submitted through the specified interface that are rejected or FOG'd during the
reporting period..Standard reasons' for rejections are: missing/incomplete/mismatching/unintellgible information;
duplicate request or LSRlPON (purchase order number); no separate LSR for each account
telephone number affected; no valid contract; no valid end user verification; account not working in
Qwest territory; service-affecting order pending; request is outside established parameters for
service' and lack of GLEG response to Qwest uestion for clarification about the LSR.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent of LSRs
Reporting Comparisons: GLEG aggregate and Disaggregation Reporting:
individual GLEG results Results for this indicator are reported according to
the gateway interface used to submit the LSR:
PO-4A-1 LSRs received via IMA-GUI and
rejected manually - Region wide
PO-4A -2 LSRs received via IMA-GUI and
auto-rejected - Region wide
PO-48-1 LSRs received via IMA-EDI and
rejected manually - Region wide
P0-48 -2 LSRs received via IMA-EDI and
auto-rejected - Region wide
PO-4G LSRs received via facsimile -
Statewide
Formula:
((Total number of LSRs rejected via the specified method in the reporting period) 7 (Total of all LSRs
that are received via the specified interface that were rejected or FOC'd in the reporting period)) x 100
Exclusions:.Records with invalid product codes..Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID..Duplicate LSR numbers. (Exclusion to be eliminated upon implementation of IMA capability to
disallow duplicate LSR #'s.).Invalid startstop dates/times.
Product Reporting: Not applicable (reported by Standard: Diagnostic
orderinq interface).
Availabilty:Notes:
Available
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit 8 June 26,2007 Page 13
PO-5 - Firm Order Confirmations (FOCs) On Time
Purpose:
Monitors the timeliness with which Qwest returns Firm Order Confirmations (FOCs) to CLECs in
response to LSRs/ASRs received from CLECs, focusing on the degree to which FOCs are provided
within specified intervals.
Description:
Measures the percentage of Firm Order Confirmations (FOCs) that are provided to CLECs within the
intervals specifed under "Standards" below for FOC notifications.
· Includes all LSRs/ASRs that are submitted through the specified interface or in the specified
manner (i.e., facsimile) that receive an FOC during the reporting period, subject to exclusions
specified below. (Acknowledgments sent separately from an FOC (e.g., EDI 997 transactions are
not included.)
· For PO-5A, the interval measured is the period between the LSR received date/time (based on
scheduled up time) and Qwests response with a FOC notification (notification date and time).
· For PO-5B, 5C, and 5D, the interval measured is the period between the application date and time,
as defined herein, and Qwests response with a FOC notification (notification date and time).
· "Fully electronic" LSRs are those (1) that are received via IMA-GUI or IMA-EDI, (2) that involve no
manual intervention, and (3) for which FOCs are provided mechanically to the CLEC. NOTE 2
· "Electronic/manual" LSRs are received electronically via IMA-GUI or IMA-EDI and involve manual
processing.
· "Manual" LSRs are received manually (via facsimile) and processed manually.
· ASRs are measured only in business days.
· LSRs will be evaluated according to the FOC interval categories shown in the "Standards" section
below, based on the number of lines/services requested on the LSR or, where multiple LSRs from
the same CLEC are related, based on the combined number of lines/services requested on the
related LSRs.Reporting Period: One month I Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level (per multi-state system
Comparisons: CLEC serving the state).
aggregate and individual Results for this indicator are reported as follows:CLEC results . PO-5A:* FOCs provided for fully electronic LSRs received via:
- PO-5A-1 IMA-GUI
- PO-5A-2 IMA-EDI
· PO-5B:* FOCs provided for electronic/manual LSRs received via:
- PO-5B-1 IMA-GUI
- PO-5B-2 IMA-EDI
. PO-5C:* FOCs provided for manual LSRs received via Facsimile.
. PO-5D: FOCs provided for ASRs requesting LIS Trunks.
Formula:
PO-5A = ((Count ofLSRs for which the original FOC's "(FOC Notification Date & Time) - (LSR received
date/time (based on scheduled up time))" is within 20 minutes) + (Total Number of original
FOC Notifications transmitted for the service category in the reporting periodn x 100
* Each of the PO-5A, PO-5B and PO-5C measurements listed above
wil be further disaggregated as follows:
- (a) FOCs provided for Resale services and UNE-P
- (b) FOCs provided for Unbundled Loops and specified
Unbundled Network Elements
- (c) FOCs provided for LNP
PO-5B, 5C, & 5D = ((Count of LSRs/ASRs for which the original FOC's "(FOC Notification Date & Time)
- (Application Date & Time)" is within the intervals specified for the service category involved)
+ (Total Number of original FOC Notifications transmitted for the service category in the
reoortina oeriodH x 100
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 14
Po-S - Firm Order Confirmations (FOCs) On Time (continued)
Exclusions:.LSRs/ASRs involving individual case basis (ICB) handling based on quantities of lines, as specified
in the "Standards" section below, or service/request types, deemed to be projects..Hours on Weekends and holidays. (Except forPO-5A which only excludes hours outside the
scheduled up time)..LSRs with CLEC-requested FOC arrangements different from standard FOC arrangements..Records with invalid product codes..Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
.Duplicate LSR numbers. (Exclusion to be eliminated upon implementation of IMA capability to
disallow duplicate LSR #'s.).Invalid startstop dates/times.
Additional PO-5D exclusion:.Records with invalid a mlication or confirmation dates.
Product Reporting:Standards:
.For PO-5A (aii):95% within 20 minutes NOTE 2
.For PO-5A, -5B and .For PO-5B (aii):90% within standard FOC intervals
-5C:(specified below)
(a) Resale services .For PO-5C (manual):90% within standard FOC intervalsUNE-P (POTS)snecified below PLUS 24 hours NOTE 3and UNE-P Centrex .For PO-5D (LIS Trunks):85% within eiaht business davs(b) Unbundled Loopsand specified Standard FOC Intervals for PO-58 and PO-5CUnbundled Network
Elements.Product Group NOTE 1 FOC Interval(c) LNP Resale
For PO-5D: LIS Residence and Business POTS 1-39 lines .ISDN-Basic 1-10 linesTrunks.Conversion As Is 24 hours--Adding/Changing features-Add primary directory listing to established loop-Add call appearance
Centrex Non- Design 1-19 lines
with no Common Block Configuration
Centrex line feature chanaes/adds/removals (all)
LNP 1-24 lines
Unbundled Loops 1-24 loops
2/4 Wire analog
DS3 CaoableSub-loop 1-24 sub-loops
rincluded in Product Reoortina arouo (b)l
Line Sharing/Line Splittng/Loop Splitting
1-24 shared loops
rincluded in Product Reportina arouo (b)l
Unbundled Network Element-Platform (UNE-P POTS)
1 - 39 lines
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 15
Po-S - Firm Order Confirmations (FOCs) On Time (continued)
1-10 lines
48 hours
1-3
1-24 trunks
1-24
1-24
1-3
25-49 lines
Resale
Centrex (including Centrex 21, Non-design,
Centrex 21 Basic ISDN, Centrex-Plus,
Centron, Centrex Primes) 1-10 lines
- With Common Block Configuration required
- Initial establishment of Centrex CMS services
- Tie lines or NARs activity
- Subsequent to initial Common Block
- Station lines
- Automatic Route Selection
- Uniform Call Distribution
- Additional numbersUNE-P Centrex 1-10 lines
UNE-P Centrex 21 1-10 lines
Unbundled Loops with Facilty ChecklNOTE2,3) 1 - 24 loops
2/4 wire Non-loaded
ADSL compatible
ISDN capable
XDSL-I capable
DS1 capable
Resale
ISDN-PRI (Trunks)
ForPO-5D:
LIS Trunks
Notes:
1. LSRs with quantities above the highest number specified for
each product type are considered ICB.
2. Unbundled Loop with Facility Check can be processed
electronically; however, because this category always carries a
72-hour FOC interval the FOC results for this product will
appear in PO-5B if received electronically or PO-5C if received
manually.
3. Unbundled Loop with Facility Check will not add an additional
24 hours to the 72-hour interval if the LSR is submitted
manually.
72 hours
1-12 trunks 96 hours
8 business
days1-240 trunk circuits
Availabiliy:
Available
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 16
PO-6 - Work Completion Notification Timeliness
Purpose:
To evaluate the timeliness of Qwest issuing electronic notification at an LSR level to CLECs that
provisioning work on all service orders that comprise the CLEC LSR have been completed in the
Service Order Processor and the service is available to the customer.
Description:
PO-6A& 6B:
.Includes all orders completed in the Qwest Service Order Processor that generate completion
notifications in the reporting period, subject to exclusions shown below..The start time is the date/time when the last of the service orders that comprise the CLEC LSR is
posted as completed in the Service Order Processor..The end time is when the electronic order completion notice is made available (IMA-GUI) NOTE 1 or
transmitted (IMA-EDI) to the CLEC via the ordering interface used to place the local service
request. The notification is transmitted at an LSR level when all service orders that comprise the
CLEC LSR are complete..With hours: minutes reporting, hours counted are during the published Gateway Availability hours.
Gateway Availabilty hours are based on the currently published hours of availability found on the
followinq website: http://ww.qwest.com/wholesale/cmp/ossHours.html.
Reporting Period:
I Unit of Measure:One month PO-6A - 6B:Hrs:Mins
Reporting Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide leveL.
Comparisons: CLEC
aggregate and individual .PO-6A Notices transmitted via IMA-GUI
CLEC results..PO-6B Notices transmitted via IMA-EDI
Formula:
For completion notifications generated from LSRs received via IMA-GUI'
Pü-A = ¿((Date and Time Completion Notification made available to CLEC) - (Date and Time the
last of the service orders that comprise the CLEC LSR is completed in the Service Order Processor)) +
(Number of completion notifications made available in reporting period)
For completion notifications generated from LSRs received via IMA-EDI:
Po-6B = ¿((Date and Time Completion Notification transmitted to CLEC) - (Date and Time the last of
the service orders that comprise the CLEC LSR is completed in the Service Order Processor.)) +
(Number of completion notifications transmitted in reporting period)
Exclusions:
PO- 6A &6B:.Records with invalid completion dates..LSRs submitted manually (e.g., via facsimile)..ASRs submitted via EXACT.
Product Reporting:Standard:
PO - 6A & 6B Aggregate reporting for all products ordered through 6 hours
IMA-GUI and, separatelv, IMA-EDI (see disaqqreqation reportinq).
Availabilty:Notes:
Available 1.The time a notice is "made available" via the IMA-GUI is the time Qwest stores
a status update related to the completion notice in the IMA Status Updates
database. When this occurs, the notice can be immediately viewed by the
CLEC using the Status Updates window or by using the LSR Notice Inquiry
function.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 17
Po-7 - Biling Completion Notification Timeliness
Purpose:
To evaluate the timeliness with which electronic billing completion notifications are made available or
transmitted to CLECs, focusing on the percentage of notifications that are made available or
transmitted (for CLECs) or posted in the bilinç: system (for Qwest retail) within five business davs.
Description:
PO-7A & 7B:
· This measurement includes all orders posted in the CRIS biling system for which biling completion
notices are made available or transmitted in the reporting period, subject to exclusions shown
below.
· Intervals used in this measurement are from the time a service order is completed in the SOP to
the time billng completion for the order is made available or transmitted to the CLEC.
- The time a notice is "made available" via the IMA-GUI consists of the time Qwest stores the
completion notice in the IMA Status Updates database. When this occurs, the notice can be
immediately viewed by the CLEC using the Status Updates window.
- The time a notice is "transmitted" via IMA-EDI consists of the time Qwest actually transmits the
completion notice via IMA-EDI. Applicable only to those CLECs who are certified and setup to
receive the notices via IMA-EDI.
· The start time is when the completion of the service order is posted in the Qwest SOP. The end
time is when, confirming that the order has been posted in the CRIS biling system, the electronic
billng completion notice is made available to the CLEC via the same ordering interface (IMA-GUI
or IMA-EDI) as used to submit the LSR.
· Intervals counted in the numerator of these measurements are those that are five business days or
less.2.:
· This measurement includes all retail orders posted in the CRIS Billing system in the reporting
period, subject to exclusions shown below.
· Intervals used in this measurement are from the time an order is completed in the SOP to the time
it is posted in the CRIS billing system.
· The start time is when the completion of the order is posted in the SOP. The end time is when the
order is posted in the CRIS biling system.
· Intervals counted in the numerator of this measurement are those that are five business days or
less.
Reporting Period: One month
Reporting Comparisons:
PO-7A and -7B: CLEC
aggregate and individual CLEC
results.
PO-7C: Qwest retail results.
Formula:
For wholesale service orders Qwest generates for LSRs received via IMA:
PO-7A = (Number of electronic billing completion notices in the reporting period made available
within five business days of posting complete in the SOP) + (Total Number of electronic
biling completion notices made available during the reporting period)
(Number of electronic billing completion notices in the reporting period transmitted
within five business days of posting complete in the SOP) + (Total Number of electronic
biling completion notices transmitted during the reporting period)
I Unit of Measure: Percent
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide leveL.
. PO-7A Notices made available via IMA-GUI
. PO-7B Notices transmitted via IMA-EDI
. PO-7C Billing system posting completions for Qwest Retail
.
PO-7B =
For service orders Qwest generates for retail customers (i.e.. the retail analogue for PO-7A & -7B):
PO-7C = (Total number of retail service orders posted in the CRIS billng system in the reporting
period that were posted within 5 business days) + (Total number of retail service orders
oosted in the CRIS bilina svstem in the reoortina oeriod)
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 18
P0-7 - Biling Completion Notification Timeliness (continued)
Exclusions:
PO-7A, 7B & 7C.Services that are not billed through CRIS, e.g. Resale Frame Relay..Records with invalid completion dates.
PO-7A & 7B.LSRs submitted manually..ASRs submitted via EXACT.
Product Reporting:Standard:
Aggregate reporting for all products ordered through IMA-PO-7A and -7B: Parity with PO-7C
GUI and, separately, IMA-EDI (see disaggregation
reporting).
Availabilty:Notes:
Available
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 19
po-a - Jeopardy Notice Interval
Purpose:
Evaluates the timeliness of jeopardy notifications, focusing on how far in advance of original due dates
jeopardy notifications are provided to CLECs (regardless of whether the due date was actually
missed).
Description:
Measures the average time lapsed between the date the customer is first notified of an order jeopardy
event and the original due date of the order.
.Includes all orders completed in the reportino period that received ieopardv notifications.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Average Business days NUlt: 1
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide leveL.
aggregate, individual CLEC and Qwest (This measure is reported by jeopardy notification processRetail results as used for the categories shown under Product
Reoortina. )
Formula:
If(Date of the original due date of orders completed in the reporting period that received jeo pardy
notification - Date of the first jeopardy notification) 7 Total orders completed in the reporting period
that received jeopardy notification)
Exclusions:.Jeopardies done after the original due date is past..Records involving offcial company services..Records with invalid due dates or application dates..Records with invalid completion dates..Records with invalid product codes..Records missina data essential to the calculation of the measurement oer the PID.
Product Reporting:Standards:
A Nolr Designed Services A Parity with Retail POTS
B Unbundled Loops (with or without B Parity with Retail POTS
Number Portability)
C LIS Trunks C Parity with Feature Group D (FGD) services
D UNE-P (POTS)0 Parity with Retail POTS
Availabilty:Notes:
Available 1. For PO-8A and -D, Saturday is counted as a
business.day for all non-dispatched orders for
Resale Residence, Resale Business, and UNE-P
(POTS), as well as for the retail analogues
specified above as standards. For dispatched
orders for Resale Residence, Resale Business,
and UNE-P (POTS) and for all other products
reported under PO-8B and -8C, Saturday is
counted as a business day when the service order
is due on Saturday.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 20
PO-g - Timely Jeopardy Notices
Purpose:
When original due dates are missed, measures the extent to which Qwest notifies customers in
advance of ieopardized due dates.
Description:
Measures the percentage of late orders for which advance jeopardy notification is provided..Includes all inward orders (Change, New, and Transfer order types) assigned a due date by
Qwest and which are completed/closed in the reporting period that missed the original due date.
Change order types included in this measurement consist of all C orders representing inward~..Missed due date orders with jeopardy notifications provided on or after the original due date is
cast will be counted in the denominator of the formula but will not be counted in the numerator.
Reporting Period: One month
I Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide leveL.
aggregate, individual CLEC and (This measure is reported by jeopardy notification process asQwest Retail results used for the cateQories shown under Product Reoortina.)
Formula:
((Total missed due date orders completed in the reporting period that received jeopardy notification in
advance of original due date) + (Total number of missed due date orders completed in the reporting
period)) x 100
Exclusions:
.Orders missed for customer reasons..Records with invalid product codes..Records involving official company services..Records with invalid due dates or application dates..Records with invalid completion dates..Records with invalid product codes..Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
Product Reporting:Standards:
A Non- Designed Services A Parity with Retail POTS
B Unbundled Loops (with or without Number B Parity with Retail POTS
Portability)
C LIS Trunks C Parity with Feature Group D (FGD) Services
D UNE-P (POTS)D Parity with Retail POTS
Availabilty:Notes:
Available
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 21
PO-15 - Number of Due Date Changes per Order
Purpose:
To evaluate the extent to which Qwest chanqes due dates on orders.
Description:
Measures the average number of Qwest due date changes per order..Includes all inward orders (Change, New, and Transfer order types) that have been assigned a
due date in the reporting period subject to the exclusions below. Change order types for
additional lines consist of all "C" orders representing inward activity.
.Counts all due date changes made for Qwest reasons following assignment of the original due
date.
Reporting Period: One month
I Unit of Measure: Average Number of Due Date Changes
Reporting Comparisons:Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide leveL.
CLEC aggregate, individual CLEC, and Qwest
retail results.
Formula:
¿(Count of Qwest due date changes on all orders) + (Total orders in reporting period)
Exclusions:.Customer requested due date changes..Records involving offcial company services..Records with invalid due dates or application dates..Records with invalid product codes..Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
Product Reporting:Standard:
None Diagnostic
Availability:Notes:
Available
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 22
P0-16 - Timely Release Notifications
Purpose:
Measures the percent of release notifications for changes to specified ass interfaces sent by Qwest to
CLECs within the intervals and scope specified within the change management plan found on Qwests
Chanqe Manaqement Process, (CMP) website at htto://ww.Qwest.com/wholesale/cmo/whatiscmO.html.
Description:
· Measures the percent of release notices that are sent by Qwest within the intervals/timeframes
prescribed by the release notification procedure on Qwests CMP website. NOTE 1
- Release notices measured are:
- Draft Technical Specifications (for App to App interfaces only);
- Final Technical Specifications (for App to App interfaces only);
- Draft Release Notices (for IMA-GUI interfaces only);
- Final Release Notices (for IMA-GUI interfaces only); and
- OSS Interface Retirement Notices. NOTE 2
- For the following ass interfaces:
- IMA-GUI, IMA-EDI;
- CEMR;
- Exchange Access, Control, & Tracking (EXACT); NOTE 3
- Electronic Bonding - Trouble Administration (EB _ TA); NOTE 4
- lABS and CRIS Summary Bil Outputs; NOTE 5
- Loss and Completion Records; NOTE 5
- New OSS interfaces (for introduction notices only.) NOTE 6
- Also included are notifications for connectivity or system function changes to Resale Product
Database.
- Includes OSS interface release notifications by Qwest relating to the following products and
service categories: LIS/Interconnection, Collocation, Unbundled Network Elements (UNE),
Ancillary, and Resale Products and Services.
- Includes OSS interface release notifications by Qwest to CLECs for the following OSS
functions: Pre-Ordering, Ordering, Provisioning, Repair and Maintenance, and Biling.
- Includes Types of Changes as specified in the "Qwest Wholesale Change Management
Process Document" (Section 4 - Types of Changes).
- Includes all OSS interface release notifications pertaining to the above OSS systems, subject to
the exclusions specified below.
· Release Notifications sent on or before the date required by the CMP are considered timely. A
release notification "sent date" is determined by the date of the e-mail sent by Qwest that provides the
Release Notification. NOTE 7
· Release Notifications sent after the date required by the (CMP) are considered untimely: Release
Notifications required but not sent are considered untimely.
Reporting Period: One month
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC Aggregate
Unit of Measure: Percent
Disaggregation Reporting: Region-wide leveL.
Formula:
((Number of required release notifications for specified ass interface changes made within the reporting
period that are sent on or before the date required by the change management plan (CMP) + Total
number of required release notifications for specified OSS interface changes within reporting period)Jx100
Exclusions:
· Changes to be implemented on an expedited basis (exception to ass notification intervals) as
mutually agreed upon by CLECs and Qwest through the CMP.
· Chanqes where Qwest and CLECs agree, through the CMP, that notification is unnecessary.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 23
Po-16 Timely Release Notifications (continued)
Product Reporting:None Standards:
.
Availability:
Available
Vol. 1-10: No more than one
untimely notification ..
Vol. ~ 10: 92.5% timelv notifications
Notes:
1 _ The Qwest Wholesale Change Management Process Document specifies the
intervals for release notifications-by type of notification. These intervals are
documented in the change management plan.
2. The documents described in section "9.0 - Retirement of Existing ass
Interfaces" of the "Qwest Wholesale Change Management Process Document"
as "Initial Retirement Notice" and "Final Retirement Notice."
3. EXACT is a Telecordia system. Only release notifications for changes initiated
by Qwest for hardware or connectivity will be included in this measurement.
4. EB- TA is the same system as MEDIACC.
5. CRIS, lABS, and Loss and Completions will adhere to the notification intervals
documented in section 8.1 - Changes to Existing Application to Application
Interface.
6. The documents described in section ''70 -Introduction of New ass Interface" of
the "Qwest Wholesale Change Management Process Document" as "Initial
Release Announcement and Preliminary Implementation Plan" (new App to App
only), "Initial Interface Technical Specification" (new App to App only), "Final
Interface Technical Specifications (new App to App only), "Release Notification"
(new GUI only). CMP notices for "Introduction of a New aSS" are to be included
in this measurement even though the new system is not explicitly listed in the
"Description" section of this PID. However, once implemented, the system wil
not be added to the measurement for purposes of measuring release, change
and retirement notifications unless specifically incorporated as an authorized
change to the PID.
7. The intervals used to determine timeliness are based on CMP guidelines.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 24
P0-19 -Stand-Alone Test Environment (SATE) Accuracy
Purpose:
Evaluates Qwests ability to provide accurate production-like tests to CLECs for testing new releases in
the SATE and oroduction environments and testinQ between releases in the SATE environment.
Description:
PO-19A
· Measures the percentage of test transactions that conform to the test scenarios published in the IMA
EDI Data Document - for the Stand Alone Test Environment (SATE) that are successfully executed
in SATE at the time a new IMA Release is deployed to SATE. In months where no release activity
occurs, measures the percentage of test transactions that conform to the test scenarios published in
the current IMA EDI Data Document-for the Stand Alone Test Environment (SATE) that are
successfully executed in SATE during the between -releases monthly performance test.
· Includes one test transaction for each test scenario published in the IMA EDI Data Document - for
the Stand Alone Test Environment (SATE).
· Test transactions wil be executed for each of the I MA releases supported in SATE utilizing all test
scenarios for each of the current versions of the IMA EDt Data Document - for the Stand Atone Test
Environment (SATE).
· The successful execution of a transaction is determined by the Qwest Test Engineer according to:
- The expected results of the test scenario as described in the tMA EDt Data Document - for the
Stand Atone Test Environment (SA TE) and the EDI disclosure document.
- The transactions strict adherence to business rules published in Qwests most current IMA EDI
Disclosure Documentation for each release and the associated Addenda. NOTE 1
· For this measurement, Qwest wil execute the test transactions in the Stand-Alone Test Environment.
- Release related test transactions will be executed when a full or point release of IMA is installed
in SATE. These transactions will be executed within five business days of the numbered release
being originally installed in SATE. This five-business day period wil be referred to as the "Testing
Window."
- Mid-release monthly performance test transactions will be executed in the months when no
Testing Window for a release is completed. These transactions wil be executed on the 15th, or
the nearest working day to the 15th of the month, in the months when no release related test
transactions are executed.
· Test transaction results will be reported by release and included in the Reporting Period during which
the release transactions or mid-release test transactions are completed.
PO-19B
· Validates the extent that SATE mirrors production by measuring the percentage of IMA EDI test
transactions that produce comparable results in SATE and in production.
- Transactions counted as producing comparable results are those that return correctly formatted
data and fields as specified in the release's EDI disclosure document and developer worksheets
related to the IMA release being tested.
- Comparability will be determined by evaluating the data and fields in each EDI message for the
test transactions against the same data and fields for Preorder queries, LSRs, and
Supplementals, and returned as Query Responses, Acknowledgements, Firm Order
Confirmations (FOCs) for flow-through eligible products, and rejects.
· Test transactions are executed one time for each new major IMA release within 7 days after the IMA
release.
- Test transactions consist of a defined suite of Product/Activity combinations. Qwests three
regions will be represented. NOTE 2
- Pre-order, Order, and Post-order transactions (FOCs for flow-through products) are included.
· With respect to the comparability of the structure and content of results from SATE and production
environments, this measurement focuses only on the validity of the structure and the validity of the
content, per developer worksheets and EID mapping examples distributed as part of release
notifications. NOTE 3
Reporting Period:
PO-19A -- One month
PO-1gB: -- One month (for those months in
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007
Unit of Measure:Percent
Page 25
P0-19 Stand-Alone Test Environment (SATE) Accuracy (continued)
which release-related test transactions are
completed)
Reporting Comparisons: None Disaggregation Reporting:
PO-19A - Reported separately for each release tested
in the reporting period
PO-19B -- None
Formula:
PO-19A
((Total number of successfully completed SATE test transactions executed for a Software Release or
between-releases performance test completed in the Reporting Period) + (Total number of SATE test
transactions executed for each Softare Release or between-releases performance test completed in
the Reporting Period)) x 100
PO-19B
((Total number of completed IMA EDI test transactions executed in SATE and production that
produce comparable results for each new major IMA Softare Release completed in the Reporting
Period) + (Total number of completed IMA EDI test transactions executed in SATE and production for
each new major IMA Software Release completed in the Reporting Period)) x 100
Exclusions:
For PO-19B:
· Transactions that fail due to the unavailability of a content item (e.g., TN exhaustion in SATE or the
production environment) or a function in the SATE or production environments (e.g., address
validation query or CSR query) that is unsuccessful due to an outage in systems that interface with
IMA-EDI (e.g., PREMIS or SIA).
· Transactions that fail because of differences between the production and SATE results caused when
an IMA candidate is implemented into IMA and not SATE (i.e., where CMP decides not to implement
an IMA candidate in a SATE release: e.g., the Reject Duplicate LSR candidate in IMA 12.0). This
exclusion does not apply during reporting periods in which there are no differences between
oroduction IMA and SATE caused by SATE releases packaqed pursuant to CMP decisions.Product Reporting: None Standard:
PO-19A - 95% for each release tested
PO-19B -95%Availability: Notes:
Available 1. Transactions that are executed and found to
have inconsistencies with the data and format
rules wil be corrected and rerun. Rerun
volumes will not be counted in the denominator
for PO-19. Such corrections and re-executions
are intended to enforce strict adherence to
business rules published in Qwests most
current IMA EDI Data and Disclosure
Documents.
2. The product and activity combinations that
make up the test decks for PO-19B will be
updated after each major IMA software release
and provided to CLECs with the publication of
IMA EDI Draft Interface Technical
Specifications for the next major IMA software
release as defined in the CMP process. All
combinations with EDI transaction volumes ~
100 in the previous 12-month period wil be
included in the test deck. 75 days prior to the
execution of the test, Qwest will run a query
against IMA to determine which combinations
meet the criteria for inclusion (i.e., volumes ~
100).
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 26
PO-19 Stand-Alone Test Environment (SATE) Accuracy (continued)
3. The intent of this provision is to avoid including
the effects of circumstances beyond the SATE
environment that could cause differences in
SATE and production results that are not due
to problems in mirroring production. For
example, because of real-time data
manipulation in production, an appointment
availability query transaction in SATE will not
return the same list of available appointments
as in production. Available appointments in
production are fully dependent on real-time
activities that occur there, whereas available
appointments in SATE are based on a pre-
defined list that is representative of production.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 27
Po-20 (Expanded) - Manual Service Order Accuracy
Purpose:
Evaluates the degree to which Qwest accurately processes CLECs' Local Service Requests (LSRs), which
are electronically-submitted and manually processed by Qwest, into Qwest Service Orders, based on
mechanized comparisons of specified LSR-Service Order fields and focusing on the percentage of manually-
processed Service Orders that are accurate/error-free.
Description:
Measures the percentage of manually-processed Owest Service Orders that are populated correctly, in
specified data fields, with information obtained from CLEC LSRs.
. Includes only Service Orders created from CLEC LSRs that Qwest receives NOTE 1 electronically (via IMA-
GUI or IMA-EDI) and manually processes in the creation of Service Orders, regardless of flow through
eligibility, subject to exclusions specified below.
. Includes only Service Orders, from the product reporting categories specified below, that request inward
line or feature activity (Change, New, and Transfer order types), are assigned a due date by Qwest, and
are completed/closed in the reporting period. Change Service Order types included in this measurement
consist of all C orders with "I" and ''T action-coded line or feature USOCs.
. All Service Orders satisfying the above criteria are evaluated in this measurement. NOTE 2
. An inward line Service Order will be classified as "accurate" and thus counted in the numerator in the
formula below when the mechanized comparisons of this measurement determine that the fields
specified in the Service Order Fields Evaluated section below (when the source fields have been properly
populated on the LSR) are all accurate on the Service Order. An inward feature Service Order wil be
classified as "accurate" if the fields specified in the Service Order Fields Eval uated section below (when
the source fields have been properly populated on the LSR) are all accurate on the Service Order and if
no CLEC notifications to the call center have generated call center tickets coded to LSRlSO mismatch for
that order.
- Service Orders wil be counted as being accurate if the contents of the relevant fields, as recorded in
the completed Service Orders involved in provisioning the service, properly match or correspond to
the information from the specified fields as provided in the latest version of associated LSRs.
- Service orders generated from LSRs receiving a PIA (Provider Initiated Activity value will be counted
as being accurate if each and every mismatch has a correct and corresponding PIA value.
- Service Orders, including those otherwise considered accurate under the above-described
mechanized field comparison, will not be counted as accurate if Owest corrects errors in its Service
Order(s) as a result of contacts received from CLECs no earlier than one business day prior to the
original due date.
Reporting Period: One month, reported in Unit of Measure:
arrears (i.e., results first appear in reports one
month later than results for measurements that are
not reported in arrears), in order to exclude Service
Orders that are the subject of call center tickets
counted in OP-5B and OP-5T, as having new
service problems attributed to Service Order errors.
Percent
Reporting Comparisons:
CLEC Aggregate and individual CLEC
Disaggregation Reporting:
Statewide Level
Formula:
((Number of accurate, evaluated Service Orders) -T (Number of evaluated Service Orders completed in
the reporting period)) x 100
Exclusions:
. Service Orders that are the subject of call center tickets counted in OP-5B and OP-5T as having new
service problems attributed to Service Order errors.
. Cancelled Service Orders.
. Service Orders that cannot be matched to a corresponding LSR
. Records missina data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 28
Po-20 (Expanded) - Manual Service Order Accuracy (continued)
Product Reporting:
· Resale and UNE-P (POTS and Centrex 21)
Standard:
95%
· Unbundled Loops (Analog and Non-Loaded 214-wire, DS1
Capable, DS3 and higher Capable, ADSL Compatible,
XDSL-I Capable, ISDN-BRI Capable)
Availabilty:
Available
Notes:
1. To be included in the measurement, Service
Orders created from CLEC LSRs must be
received and completed in the same version of
IMA-GUI or IMA-EDI.
2. Consists of all manually-processed, qualifying
Service Orders per product reporting category
specified above, from throughout Qwests 14-
state local service region.
LSR-Service Order Fields Evaluated
Mechanized comparison of the fields from the Service Order to the LSR:
LSR Field
Form Code LSR Field Name Remarks/Service Order Field:
CCNA Customer Carrier CCNA field of LSR form compared to the RSID/ZCID field
Name identifier in the Extended ID section of the Service Order.
Abbreviation
PON Purchase Order PON field of LSR form compared to the PON field in Bil
Number Section of the Service Order.
D/TSENT Date and time The DITSENT field of LSR form from the Firm Order
sent Manager, using applied business day cut-off rules and
business typing rules, and compare to the APP (Application
Date) used on the Service Order.
CHC Coordinated Hot Applies only to Unbundled Loop.
Cut Requested Validate that the installation USOC used on the Service
LSR Order matches the Coordinated Cut request. (Evaluated in
coniunction with the TEST field to determine correct USOC.)
TEST Testing required Applies only to Unbundled Loop.
Validate that the installation USOC used on the Service
Order matches the TEST request. (Evaluated in conjunction
with the CHC field to determine correct USOC.)
NC Network Channel Applies only to Unbundled Loop. NCfield on the LSR form
Code compared to provisioning USOC for CKL1 on the Service
Order.
NCI Network Channel Applies only to Unbundled Loop NCI field on the LSR form
Interface Code compared to provisioning USOC for CKL 1 on the Service
Order.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 29
PO-20 (Expanded) - Manual Service Order Accuracy (continued)
LSR-Service Order Fields Evaluated
Mechanized comparison of the fields from the Service Order to the LSR:
LSR Field
Form Code LSR Field Name Remarks/Service Order Field:
SECNCI Secondary Applies only to Unbundled Loop orders.
Network Channel SECNCI field on the LSR form compared to the provisioning
Interface Code USOC for CKL2 on the Service Order.
PIC InterLATA Pre-PIC field on Resale or Centrex form compared to PIC
subscription populated on the "I" or "T" action lines in the Service and
Indicator Code Equipment section of the Service Order.
Note:
LSR PIC = None' S.O. PIC = NoneResale or LPIC IntraLATA Pre-LPIC field on Resale or Centrex form compared to LPIC
Centrex subscription populated on the "I" or "T" action lines in the Service and
Indicator Code Equipment section of the Service Order.
Note:
LSR LPIC = None; S.O. LPIC = 9199
LSR LPIC = DFL T; S.O. LPIC = 5123
TNS Telephone Validate that all telephone numbers in the TNS fields in the
Numbers Service Details section on the Resale or Centrex form
reauirina inward activity are addressed on the Service Order.
FN Feature When the FA = N, T, V
FEATURE Activity/Feature Validate line and feature USOCs provided in the FEATURE
Codes field on the Resale or Centrex form are addressed with "I"
Resale and/or "T" action lines on the Service Order.
or Note: Comparison will be based on the USOCs associated
Centrex with line and feature activity listed in the PO-20 USOC List
posted on Qwests public website, on the web page
containing the current PID
ww.qwest.com/wholesale/results). Qwest may add USOCs
to the list, delete grand-fathered/ discontinued or obsolete
USOCs, or update USOCs assigned to listed descriptions by
providing notice in the monthly Summary of Notes and
uodatina the list.
LS ECCKT Exchange Applies to LSRs with ACT - C (only when NC code has not
Company Circuit changed, M, or T.
ID
ECCKT field on the LS form compared to the CLS field in the
Service and Equipment section of the Service Order.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 30
PO-20 (Expanded) - Manual Service Order Accuracy (continued)
LSR-Service Order Fields Evaluated
Mechanized comparison of the fields from the Service Order to the LSR:.
LSR Field
Form Code LSR Field Name Remarks/Service Order Field:
LS/CFA Connecting CFA field on the LS or LSNP forms compared to the CFA
LSNP Facility field used in CKL 1 of the Service Order. (Verbal acceptance
Assignment of CFA changes will be FOC'd and PIA'd, which wil account
for the mismatch and eliminate it as an error in the PO-20
calculation.
LTY Listing Type L TY = 1 (Listed - appears in DA and the directory.) Validate
that there is a LN in the List section of the Service Order.
L TY = 2 (Non Listed - appears only in DA.) Validate that
there is non listing instructions in the LN field in the List
section of the Service Order.
Central/Western Region: Validate that the left handed field
is NLST and (NON-LIST) is contained in the NLST data field
in the List section of the Service order.
Eastern Region: Validate that the left handed field is NL
and (NON LIST) is contained in the NL data field in the List
section of the Service Order.
L TY = 3 (Non Pub - does not appear in the directory and
telephone number does not appear in DA.) Validate that
there is non published instructions in the LN field in the List-section of the Service Order.l!Central/Western Regions: Validate that the left handedi::¡field is NP and (NON-PUB) is contained in the NP data field
E :i in the List section of the Service Order.
.E i:Eastern Region: Validate that the left handed field is NP
l/ ëii and (NP LODA) or (NP NODA) is contained in the NP datagi :ã:¡ "i field in the List section of the Service Order.
.!i u TOA Type of Account Validate TOA entries (only reviewed when BRO field Orl DL
.. .9 form is not populated):;:.. ..TOA valid entries are B or RP.s .E .u ;:Validate that there is a semi colon (;) within the LN in theCI_.: i:List section of the Service Order.CO
I "'.TOA valid entries are R or BP..S Validate that there is a comma (,) within the LN in the ListC Cl.i section of the Service Order.
Cl Exception: When LSR-TOS = 3, TOA review is Notii-Applicable. Handled by Complex Listing Group. Requires
separate Service Order.
DML Direct Mail List DML field = 0 on DL form; Service Order LN contains
(OCLS).
NOSL No Solicitation Arizona Only
Indicator NOSL field = Y on DL form; Service Order LN contains
(NSOLl (OCLS),
TMKT Telemarketing Colorado Only
TMKT field = 0 on DL form; Service Order LN contains
(OATD).
When both the DML and the TMKT fields are populated, DML
validation applies.
LNLN and Listed Name LNLN andLNFN fields on DL form compared to the LN field
LNFN in the List section of the Service Order.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 31
P0-20 (Expanded) - Manual Service Order Accuracy (continued)
LSR-Service Order Fields Evaluated
Mechanized comparison of the fields from the Service Order to the LSR~
LSR Field
Form Code LSR Field Name Remarks/Service Order Field:
ADI Address Indicator ADI = 0 on DL form; Service Order LA contains (OAD).
LAPR Listed Address LAPR field of the Listing form compared to LA in the List
Number Prefix section of the Service Order.
LANO Listed Address LANO field of the Listing form compared to LA in the List
Number section of the Service Order.
LASF Listed Address LASF field of the Listing form compared to LA in the List
Number Suffx section of the Service Order.
LASD Listed Address LASD field of the Listing form compared to LA in the List
Street Directional section of the Service Order.
LASN Listed Address LASN field of the Listing form compared to LA in the List
Street Name section of the Service Order.
LATH Listed Address LATH field of the Listing form compared to LA in the List
Street Tvoe section of the Service Order.
LASS Listed Address LASS field of the Listing form compared to LA in the List
Street Directional section of the Service Order.
Suffix
LALOC Listed Address LALOC field of the Listing form compared to LA in the List
Localitv section of the Service Order.
LSR DSPTCH Dispatch Limited to Unbundled Loops where ACT = Z or V only.
If DSPTCH field on the LSR form = Y, validate dispatch
USOC in the Service and Equipment section of the Service
Order.
LTC Line Treatment Applies only to Centrex 21
Code LTC field numeric value on the Centrex form compared to the
data following the CAT field for the Line USOC on the
Centrex Service Order.
COS Class of Service Applies only to Centrex 21.
- Qwest Specific COS field of the Centrex form compared to the CS field in the
ID section of the Service Order.
Resale FEATURE Feature Details As specified in Appendix A of the 14 State Working PID.
or DETAILS Comparison would be based on the fields associated with the
Centrex USOC list referenced under Feature Activitv above.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 32
PO-20 (Expanded) - Manual Service Order Accuracy (continued)
LSR-Service Order Fields Evaluated
Mechanized comparison of the fields from the Service Order to the LSR:
LSR Field
Form Code LSR Field Name Remarks/Service Order Field:
Resale BLOCK Blocking Type For each LNUM provided in the Service Detail section of the
or (Stage 1)Resale or Centrex form when BA = -E
Centrex Note: The BLOCK field may have one or more alpha and/or
numeric values per LNUM. This review will only validate
based on BA/BLOCK fields and will not address blocking
information provided in the "Remark" section on the LSR or
the Feature Detail section of th~ LSR. The values listed
below will be considered as follows:
If BLOCK contains A, validate Fin TBE A is present on the
service order floated behind line USOC associated with the
TNS for that LNUM.
If BLOCK contains B, validate FID TBE B is present on the
service order floated behind line USOC associated with the
TNS for that LNUM.
If BLOCK contains C, validate FID TBE C is present on the
service order floated behind line USOC associated with the
TNS for that LNUM.
If BLOCK contains H, validate FID BLKD is present on the
service order floated behind line USOC associated with the
TNS for that LNUM.
DFDT Desired Frame Applicable only to orders for Resale and UNE-P (POTS and
Due Time Centrex 21)
DFDT field on the LSR form compared to the FDT field in the
Extended ID section of the Service Order.
LSR DDD Desired Due DDD field from the last FOC'd LSR compared to the original
Date or last subsequent due date in the Extended ID section on
the Service Order when no CFLAG/PIA is present on the
FOC. (i.e. Evaluation includes recognition of valid differences
between DDD and Service Order based on population of the
CFLAG/PIA field on the LSRC (FOC))
LTN Listed Telephone For Resale and UNE-P (POTS and Centrex 21):
ii
o íi
Number L TN field on the Listing mrm compared to the Main Accountt:Number of the Service Order.:¡.. gi.!!~....t: II:; 0'-.. E ..For Unbundled Loop: L TN field on the Listing form comparedo.."Ct:tí .e .e ïij to the TN floated after the LN in the Listing section of the~ ~ :!Service Order.ë ii iõ
i :: u LNPL Letter Name LNPL field on the Listing form = L, validate that LN on theW 0..-..Placement Service Order follows letter placement versus wordCplacement.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 33
Ordering and Provisioning
OP-2 - Calls Answered within Twenty Seconds - Interconnect Provisioning Center
Purpose:
Evaluates the timeliness of CLEC access to Qwests interconnection provisioning center(s) and retail
customer access to the Business Office focusina on the extent calls are answered within 20 seconds.
Description:
Measures the percentage of (Interconnection Provisioning Center or Retail Business Office) calls that
are answered by an agent within 20 seconds of the first ring..Includes all calls to the Interconnect Provisioning Center/Retail Business Offce during the
reporting period, subject to exclusions specified below.
.Abandoned calls and busy calls are counted as calls which are not answered within 20 seconds..First ring is defined as when the customer's call is first placed in queue by the ACD (Automatic
Call Distributor)..Answer is defined as when the call is first picked up by the Qwest agent.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate and Disaggregation Reporting: Region-wide leveL.
Qwest Retail results
Formula:
((Total Calls Answered by Center within 20 seconds) -; (Total Calls received by Center)) x 100
Exclusions: Time spent in the VRU Voice Response Unit is not counted.
Product Reporting: Not applicable Standard: Parity
Availability:Notes:
Available
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 34
OP-3 - Installation Commitments Met
Purpose:
Evaluates the extent to which Qwest installs services for Customers bv the scheduled due date.
Description:
Measures the percentage of orders for which the scheduled due date is met..All inward orders (Change, New, and Transfer order types) assigned a due date by Qwest and
which are completed/closed during the reporting period are measured, subject to exclusions
specified below.Change Qrder types included in this measurement consist of all Corders
representing inward activity. Also included are orders with customer-requested due dates longer
than the standard intervaL..Completion date on or before the Applicable Due Date recorded by Qwest is counted as a met due
date. The Applicable Due Date is the original due date or, if changed or delayed by the customer,
the most recently revised due date, subject to the following: If Qwest changes a due date for Qwest
reasons, the Applicable Due Date is the customer-initiated due date, if any, that is (a) subsequent to
the oriqinal due date and (b) prior to a Qwest-initiated, chanaed due date, if anv.
Reporting Period: One month
I Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide leveL.
Comparisons:.Results for product/services listed in Product Reporting under "MSA-Type
CLEC aggregate,Disaggregation" will be reported according to orders involving:
individual CLEC OP-3A Dispatches within MSAs;
and Qwest Retail OP-3B Dispatches outside MSAs; and
results OP-3C No dispatches..Results for products/services listed in Product Reporting under "Zone-type
Disaggregation" will be disaggregated according to installations:
OP-3D In Interval Zone 1 areas; and
OP-3E In Interval Zone 2 areas.
Formula:
((Total Orders completed in the reporting period on or before the Applicable Due Date) + (Total Orders
Completed in the Reporting Period)) x 100
Exclusions:
.Disconnect, From (another form of disconnect) and Record order types.
.Due dates missed for standard categories of customer and non-Qwest reasons. Standard
categories of customer reasons are: previous service at the location did not have a customer-
requested disconnect order issued, no access to customer premises, and customer hold for
payment. Standard categories of non-Qwest reasons are: Weather, Disaster, and Work Stoppage..Records involving official company services.
.Records with invalid due dates or application dates.
.Records with invalid completion dates..Records with invalid product codes..Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 35
OP - 3 Installation Commitments Met (continued)
Product Reporting:Standards:
MSA-TvnA Disaaareaation..Resale
Residential sinale line service Paritv with retail service
Business sinale line service Paritv with retail service
Centrex Paritv with retail service
Centrex 21 Paritv with retail service
DSO (non-desiqned provisionina)Paritv with retail service
PBX Trunks (non-desianed orovisionina)Paritv with retail service
Primarv ISDN (non-desianed orovisionina)Paritv with retail service
Basic ISDN (non-desianed provisionina)Paritv with retail service.Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with like retail service
(UNE-P) (POTS).Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex 21
(UNE-P) (Centrex 21 ).Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex
(UNE-P) (Centrex)
.Line Splitting 95%
.Loop Splitting NOTi: 1 Diagnostic
.Line Sharing 95%
..Sub-Loop Unbundling CO: 90%
All Other States: Diagnostic
Zone-Tvne Disannreaation -
.Resale
Primary ISDN (desiqned provisionina)Parity with retail service
Basic ISDN (desiqned orovisionina)Paritv with retail service
DSO (desianed orovisionina)Paritv with retail service
DS1 Paritv with retail service
PBX Trunks (desianed orovisionina)Paritv with retail service
DS3 and higher bit-rate services Parity with retail service
(aqqreqate)
Frame Relav Paritv with retail service.LIS Trunks Parity with Feature Group D (aggregate)
.Unbundled Dedicated Interoffice Transoort (UDIT)
UDIT - DS1 level Paritv with retail DS1 Private Line
UDIT - Above DS1 level Paritv with retail Private Lines above DS1 level
Dark Fiber - IOF Diaqnostic.Unbundled Looos:
Analoq Loop 90%
Non-loaded Loop (2-wire)90%
Non-loaded Looo (4-wire)Paritv with retail DS1 Private Line
DS1"caoable Looo .Paritv with retail DS1 Private Line
xDSL-1 caoable Looo 90%
ISDN-caoable Loop Paritv with retail ISDN BRI (desianed)
ADSL-aualified Looo 90%
Loop types of DS3 and higher bit-rates Parity with retail DS3 and higher bit-rate Private
(aaareaate)Line services (aaareaate)
Dark Fiber - Loop Diaanostic
Looos with Conditionina 90%.E911/911 Trunks Parity with retail E911/911 Trunks
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 36
OP - 3 Installation Commitments Met (continued)
.Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (D80 WA:90%
level)All Other States: Diaqnostic.Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (D81 90%
level).Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (D83 WA:90%
level)All Other States: Diagnostic
Availability:Notes:
Available 1.Reporting wil begin at the time CLECs order the product, in any quantity, for
three consecutive months.
Qwest Idaho 8GAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 37
OP-4 - Installation Interval
Purpose:
Evaluates the timeliness of Qwests installation of services for customers, focusing on the average
time to install service.
Description:
Measures the average interval (in business days) NOTE 1 between the application date and the
completion date for service orders accepted and implemented.
. Includes all inward orders (Change, New, and Transfer order types) assigned a due date by
Qwest and which are completed/closed during the reporting period, subject to exclusions specified
below. Change order types for additional lines consist of all C orders representing inward activity
. Intervals for each measured event are counted in whole days: the application date is day zero (0);
the day following the application date is day one (1).
. The Applicable Due Date is the original due date or, if changed or delayed by the customer, the
most recently revised due date, subject to the following: If Qwest changes a due date for Qwest
reasons, the Applicable Due Date is the customer-initiated due date, if any, that is (ab subsequent
to the original due date and (b) prior to a Qwest-initiated, changed due date, if any. N TE 2
. Time intervals associated with customer-initiated due date changes or delays occurring after the
Applicable Due Date, as applied in the formula below, are calculated by subtracting the latest
Qwest-initiated due date, if any, following the Applicable Due Date, from the subsequent
customer-initiated due date, if anv. NOTE 2
Reporting Period: One month I Unit of Measure: Average Business Days
Reporting Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide leveL.
Comparisons: . Results for product/services listed in Product Reporting under "MSA-Type
CLEC Disaggregation" wil be reported according to orders involving:
aggregate, OP-4A Dispatches within MSAs;
individual CLEC OP-4B Dispatches outside MSAs; andand Qwest OP-4C No dispatches.
Retail results . Results for products/services listed in Product Reporting under "Zone-type
Disaggregation" will be disaggregated according to installations:
OP-4D In Interval Zone 1 areas; and
OP-4E In Interval Zone 2 areas.
Formula:
I:(Order Completion Date) - (Order Application Date) - (Time interval between the Original Due Date
and the Applicable Date) - (Time intervals associated with customer-initiated due date changes or
delays occurring after the Applicable Due Date)) + Total Number of Orders Completed in the reporting
period
Explanation: The average installation interval is derived by dividing the sum of installation intervals for
all orders (in business days) NOTE 1 bv total number of service orders completed in the reportinq period.
Exclusions:
· Orders with customer requested due dates greater than the current standard intervaL.
· Disconnect, From (another form of disconnect) and Record order types.
. Records involving official company services.
. Records with invalid due dates or application dates.
. Records with invalid completion dates.
. Records with invalid product codes.
· Records missina data essential to the calculation of the measurement Der the PID.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 38
OP-4 - Installation Interval (continued)
Product Reporting:.1 Standards:
MSA- Tvne Disaaareaation -I.Resale
Residential sinqle line service Paritv with retail service
Business single line service Parity with retail service
Centrex Paritv with retail service
Centrex 21 Paritv with retail service
DSO (non-desiqned provisioninq)Paritv with retail service
PBX Trunks (non-desianed Drovisioninq)Paritv with retail service
Primary ISDN (non-designed Parity with retail serviceprovisionina)
Basic ISDN (non-desianed orovisionina)Paritv with retail service.Unbundled Network Element ~ Platform Parity with like retail service
(UNE-P) (POTS).Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex 21(UNE-P) (Centrex 21 ).Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex
(UNE-P) (Centrex).Line Splittina 3.3 davs.Looo Splittna NOTE 3 Diagnostic.Line Sharing 3.3 days.Sub-Loop Unbundling CO: 6 days
All Other States: DiaQnostic7nnA-TvnA Di~",nnrAn"'tinn _
.Resale
Primary ISDN (desianed Drovisioning)Parity with retail service
Basic ISDN(desianed provisionina)Parity with retail service
DSO (designed provisioninQ)Parity with retail service
DS1 Parity with retail service
PBX Trunks (desianed provisionina)Parity with retail serviceDS3 and higher bit-rate services Parity with retail service
(aooreaate)
Frame Relay Parity with retail service.LIS Trunks Parity with Feature Group D (aggregate)
.Unbundled Dedicated Interoffice TransDort (UDIT)
UDIT - DS1 level Parity with DS1 Private Line ServiceUDIT - Above DS1 level Parity with Private Lines above DS1 level
Dark Fiber - IOF Diaanostic.Unbundled Loops:
Analoa Loop 6 days
Non-loaded LOaD (2-wire)6 daysNon-loaded Loop (4-wire)Parity with retail DS1 Private Line
DS1-capable Loop Idaho, Iowa, Montana, Nebraska, North
Dakota, Oregon, Wyoming: Parity with retail
DS1 Private Line
Arizona, Colorado, Minnesota, New Mexico,
South Dakota, Utah Washinaton: 5.5 days
xDSL-1 capable LOOD 6 days
ISDN-capable Loop Paritv with retail ISDN BRI (desianed)
ADSL-qualified LOOD 6 days
Loop types of DS3 and higher bit-rates Parity with retail DS3 and higher bit-rate services
(aaareQate)(aaqreQate)Dark Fiber - Loop Diagnostic
Loops with ConditioninQ 15 days
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 39
OP-4 - Installation Interval (continued)
.E911/911 Trunks Paritv with retail E911/911 Trunks
.Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DSO Diagnostic
level).Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DS1 6 days
level).Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DS3 Diagnostic
level)
Availabilty:Notes:
Available 1.For OP-4C, Saturday is counted as a business day for all orders for
Resale Residence, Resale Business, and UNE-P (POTS), as well
as for the retail analogues specified above as standards. For all
other products under OP-4C and for all products under OP-4A, -4B,
-40, and -4E. Saturday is counted as a business day when the
service order is due or completed on Saturday.
2.According to this definition, the Applicable Due Date can change,
per successive customer-initiated due date changes or delays, up
to the point when a Qwest-initiated due date change occurs. At
that point, the Applicable Due Date becomes fixed (i.e., with no
further changes) as the date on which it was set prior to the first
Qwest-initiated due date change, if any. Following the first Qwest-
initiated due date change, any further customer-initiated due date
changes or delays are measured as time intervals that are
subtracted as indicated in the formula. These delay time intervals
are calculated as stated in the description. (Though infrequent, in
cases where multiple Qwest-initiated due date changes occur, the
stated method for calculating delay intervals is applied to each pair
of Qwest-initiated due date change and subsequent customer-
initiated due date change or delay. The intervals thus calculated
from each pairing of Qwest and customer-initiated due dates are
summed and then subtracted as indicated in the formula.) The
result of this approach is that Qwest-initiated impacts on intervals
are counted in the reported interval, and customer-initiated impacts
on intervals are not counted in the reported intervaL.
3.Reporting will begin at the time CLECs order the product, in any
quantity, for three consecutive months.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 40
OP-5 - New Service Quality
Purpose:
Evaluates the quality of ordering and installing new services (inward line service orders), focusing on the
percentage of newly-installed service orders that are free of CLEC/customer-initiated trouble reports during
the provisioning process and within 30 calendar days following installation completion, and focusing on the
quality of Qwests resolution of such conditions with respect to multiple reports.
Description:
Measures two components of new service provisioning quality (OP-5A and -58) and also reports a combined
result (OP-5T), as described below, each as a percentage of all inward line service orders completed in the
reporting period that are free of CLEC/customer-reported provisioning and repair trouble reports, as
described below. Also measures the percentage of all provisioning and repair trouble reports that constitute
multiple trouble reports for the affected service orders. (OP-5R)
· Orders for new services considered in calculating all components of this performance indicator are all
inward line service orders completed in the reporting period, including Change (C-type) orders for
additional lines/circuits, subject to exclusions shown below. Change order types considered in these
measurements consist -of all C orders representing inward activity NOTE 1
· Orders for new service installations include conversions (Retail to CLEC, CLEC to CLEC, and same
CLEC converting between products).
· Provisioning or repair trouble reports include both out of service and other service affecting conditions,
such as features on a line that are missing or do not function properly upon conversion, subject to
exclusions shown, below.
Qf: New Service Installation Quality Reported to Repair
· Measures the percentage of inward line service orders that are free of repair trouble reports NOTE 2
within 30 calendar days of installation completion, subject to exclusions below.
· Repair trouble reports are defined as CLEC/customer notifications to Qwest of out-of-service and
other service affecting conditions for which Qwest opens repair tickets in its maintenance and repair
management and tracking systems NOTE 3 that are closed in the reporting period or the following
month, NOTE 4 subject to exclusions shown below. NOTE 5
· Qwest is able to open repair tickets for repair trouble reports received from CLECs/customers once
the service order is completed in Qwests systems.
Qf: New Service provisioning Qyality
· Measures the percentage of inward line service orders that are free of provisioning trouble reports
during the provisioning process and within 30 calendar days of installation completion, subject to
exclusions shown below.
· Provisioning trouble reports are defined as CLEC notifications to Qwest of out of service or other
service affecting conditions that are attributable to provisioning activities, including but not limited to
LSR/service order mismatches and conversion outages. For provisioning trouble reports, Qwest
creates call center tickets in its call center database. Subject to exclusions shown below, call center
tickets closed in the reporting period or the foiiowing month NOTE 4 are captured in this measurement.
Call center tickets closed to Network reasons will not be counted in OP-58 when a repair trouble
report for that order is captured in OP-5A. NOTE 5, 6
OP-5T: New Service Installation Quality Total
· Measures the percentage of inward line service orders that are free of repair or provisioning trouble
reports during the provisioning process and within 30 calendar days of installation completion, subject
to exclusion shown below.
OP-5R: New Service Quality Multiple Report Rate
· Evaluates the quality of Qwests responses to repair and provisioning trouble reports for inward line
service orders completed in the reporting period. This measurement reports, for those service orders
that were not free of repair or provisioning trouble reports in OP-5A or OP-58, the percentage of
trouble reports affecting the same service orders that were followed by additional repair and
provisioning trouble reports, as specified below.
· Measures the percentage of all repair and provisioning trouble reports considered in OP-5A and
OP-58 that are additional repair or provisioning trouble reports received by Qwest for the same
service order durinq the provisionina process or within 30 calendar davs followina installation
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit 8 June 26, 2007 Page 41
op- 5 - New Service Qualitv (continued)
completion.
· Additional repair or provisioning trouble reports are defined as all such reports that are received
following the first report (whether the first report is represented by a call center ticket or a repair
ticket) relating to the same service order during the provisioning process or within 30 calendar days
following installation completion. In all cases, the trouble reports counted are those that are defined
for OP-5A and OP-5B above. NOTE 7
Reporting Period: One month, reported in arrears (i.e., results first appear
in reports one month later than results for measurements that are not
reoorted in arrears), in order to cover the 3D-day period followinQ installation.
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate, I Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level
individual CLEC and Qwest Retail results
Formulas:
OP-5A = (Number inward line service orders completed in the reporting period - Number of inward line
service orders with any repair trouble reports as specified above) + (Number of inward line service
orders completed in the reporting period) x 100
Unit of Measure:
Percent
OP-5B = (Number of inward line service orders completed in the reporting period - Number of inward line
service orders with any provisioning trouble reports as specified above) + (Number of inward line
service orders completed in the reporting period) x 100
OP-5T = ((Number of inward line service orders completed in the reporting period)- Number of inward line
service orders with repair or provisioning trouble reports as defined above under OP-5A or OP-5B,
as applicable) + (Number of inward line service orders completed in the reporting period) x 100
OP-5R = (Number of all repair and provisioning trouble reports, relating to inward line service orders closed in
the reporting period as defined above under OP-5A or OP-5B, that constitute additional repair and
provisioning trouble reports, within 30 calendar days following the installation date + Number of all
repair and provisioning trouble reports relating to inward line service orders closed In the reporting
period, as defined above under OP-5A or OP-5B) x 100
Exclusions:
Applicable to OP-5A. OP-5T and OP-5R:
· Repair trouble reports attributable to CLEC or coded to non-Qwest reasons as follows:
- For products measured from MTAS data, repair trouble reports coded to disposition codes for:
- Customer Action; Non-Telco Plant; Trouble Beyond the Network Interface; and Miscellaneous -
Non-Dispatch, non-Qwest (includes CPE, Customer Instruction, Carrier, Alternate Provider); and
Reports from other than the CLEC/customer that result in a charge if dispatched.
- For products measured from WFA (Workforce Administration) data, repair reports coded to codes for:
- Carrier Action (IEC); Customer Provided Equipment (CPE); Commercial power failure; Customer
requested service order activity; and Other non-Qwest.
- Repair reports coded to disposition codes for referral to another department (i.e., for non-repair ticket
resolutions of non-installation-related problems, except cable cuts, which are not excluded).
Applicable to OP-5B, OP-5T and OP-5R only:
· Provisioning trouble reports attributable to CLEC or non-Qwest causes.
· Call center tickets relating to activities that occur as part of the normal process of conversion (i.e., while
Qwest is actively and properly engaged in process of converting or installing the service). Provisioning
trouble reports involving service orders that, at the time of the calls, have fallen out for manual handling
and been disassociated from the related service order, as applicable, will be considered as not in the
normal process of conversion and will not be excluded.
Applicable to OP-5A OP-5B. OP-5T and OP-5R:
· Repair or provisioning trouble reports related to service orders captured as misses under measurements
OP-13 (CoordinatedCuts Timeliness) or OP-17 (LNP Timeliness).
· Subsequent repair or provisioning trouble reports of any trouble on the installed service before the
original repair or provisioning trouble report is closed.
· Service orders closed in the reoortina oeriod with ADD Dates earlier than eiaht months prior to the
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 42
op- 5- New Service Quality (continued)
beginning of the reporting period.
· Information tickets generated for internal Qwest system/network monitoring purposes.
· Disconnect, From (another form of disconnect) and Record order types. When out of service or service
affecting problems are reported to the call center on conversion and move requests, the resulting call
center ticket will be included in the calculation of the numerator in association with the related inward
order type even when the call center ticket reflects the problem was caused by the Disconnect or From
order.
· Records involving offcial Qwest company services.
Records missinci data essential to the calculation of the measurement as defined herein.
Product Reporting Categories: Standards:
. As specified below - one OP-5A:
percentage result reported for OP-5B:
each bulleted category under OP-5T:
the sub-measurements shown. OP-5R:
,
Parity with retail service
96.5%
Diagnostic
Diagnostic for six months foiiowing first reporting.
Possible standard (TBD)
(Where parity comparisons involve multiple service varieties in a
product category, weighting based on the retail analogue volumes may
be used if necessary to create a comparison that is not affected by
different proportions of wholesale and retail analogue volumes in the
same reoortina cateaorv.)
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 43
op- 5- New Service Quality (continued)
Product Reporting:I Standards:
Renorted under OP-5A OP-5B OP-5T and OP-5R:
OP-5A OP-5B OP-5T &
OP-5R
Resale
Residential single line Parity with retail service 96.5%Diagnostic
service
Business single line Parity with retail service 96.5%Diagnostic
service
Centrex Parity with retail service 96.5%Diaanostic
Centrex 21 Parity with retail service 96.5%Diaanostic
PBX Trunks Paritv with retail service 96.5%Diaanostic
Basic ISDN Paritv with retail service 96.5%Diaanostic
Primarv ISDN Paritv with retail service 96.5%Diaanostic
DSO Parity with retail service 96.5%Diaanostic
DS1 Paritv with retail service 96.5%Diaanostic
DS3 and higher bit-Parity with retail service 96.5%Diagnostic
rate services
(aaareaate)
Frame Relav Parity with retail service Diaanostic Diaanostic.Unbundled Network Parity with like retail 96.5%Diagnostic
Element - Platform service
(UNE-P) (POTS).Unbundled Network Parity with retail Centrex 96.5%Diagnostic
Element - Platform 21
(UNE-P) (Centrex 21 ).Unbundled Network Parity with retail Centrex 96.5%Diagnostic
Element - Platform
(UNE-P) (Centrex)
Line Splitting Parity with retail RES &96.5%Diagnostic
BUS POTS
Loop Splittina NOTE 8 Diaanostic Diaanostic Diaanostic
Line Sharing Parity with retail RES &96.5%Diagnostic
BUS POTS
Sub-Loon Unbundlina Diaanostic Diaanostic Diaanostic
Unbundled Loops:
Analog Loop Parity with retail Res &96.5%Diagnostic
Bus POTS with dispatch
Non-loaded Loop (2-Parity with retail ISDN 96.5%Diagnostic
wire)BRI (desicined)
Non-loaded Loop (4-Parity with retail DS1 96.5%Diagnostic
wire)
DS1-canable Loop Paritv with retail DS1 96.5%Diaanostic
xDSL-1 capable Loop Parity with retail DS1 96.5%Diagnostic
Private Line
ISDN-capable Loop Parity with retail ISDN 96.5%Diagnostic
BRI (designed)
ADSL-qualified Loop Parity with retail ISDN 96.5%Diagnostic
BRI (desianed)
Loop types of DS3 and Parity with retail DS3 96.5%Diagnostic
higher bit-rates and higher bit-rate
(aaareaate)services (acicireciate)
Dark Fiber - Loop Diacinostic Diaanostic Diaanostic
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 44
op- 5 - New Service Quality (continued)
.Enhanced Extended Loops Diagnostic until volume 96.5%Diagnostic
(EELs) - (DSO level)criteria are met
.Enhanced Extended Loops Parity with retail DS1 96.5%Diagnostic
(EELs) - (DS1 level)Private Line.Enhanced Extended Loops Diagnostic until volume 96.5%Diagnostic
(EELs) - (above DS1 criteria are met
level)
nniu OP_"iA ::nrl iinrie .... p~ (Der OP-5A SDI ifications\:
OP-5A OP-5R.LIS Trunks Parity with Feature Diagnostic
Grouo D (aaareaate\
Unbundled Dedicated Interoffice Transport (UDIT)
UDIT (DS1 Level)Parity with Retail Private Diagnostic
Lines (DS1)
UDIT (Above DS1 Level)Parity with Retail Private Diagnostic
Lines (Above DS1 level)
Dark Fiber - IOF Diaonostic Diaonostic.E911/911 Trunks Parity with Retail Diagnostic
E911/911 Trunks
Availabilty:Notes:
1.The specified Change order types representing inward activity exclude Change
Available orders that do not involve installation of lines (in both wholesale and retail results).
Specifically this measurement does not include changes to existing lines, such as
number changes and PIC changes.
2.Including consideration of repeat repair trouble reports (Le., additional reports of
trouble related to the same newly-installed line/circuit that are received after the
preceding repair report is closed and within 30 days following installation
completion) to complete the determination of whether the newly-installed line/circuit
was trouble free within 30 days of installation.
3.Qwests repair management and tracking systems consist of WFA (Work Force
Administration), MTAS (Maintenance Tracking and Administration System), and
successor repair systems, if any, as applicable to obtain the repair report data for
this measurement. Not included are Call Center Database systems supporting call
centers in logging calls from customers regarding problems or other inquiries (see
OP-5B and OP-5T).
4.The "following month" includes also the period of a few business days (typically four
or five) afterward, up to the lime when Qwest pulls the repair data to begin
processing results for this measurement.
5.Includes repair and provisioning trouble reports generated by new processes that
supersede or supplement existing processes for submitting repair and provisioning
trouble reports as specified in Qwests documented or agreed upon procedures.
6.For purposes of calculating OP-5B, a call center ticket for multiple orders with
provisioning trouble reports will result in all orders reporting trouble counting as a
miss in OP-5B. If a repair trouble report(s) is received for the same orders, the
number of orders counted as a miss in OP-5B for Network reasons will be reduced
by the number of orders with repair troubles counted as a miss in OP-5A.
7.OP-5R will be counted on a per ticket basis.
8.Reporting will begin at the time CLECs order the product, in any quantity, for three
consecutive months.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 45
OP-6 - Delayed Days
Purpose:
Evaluates the extent Qwest is late in installing services for customers, focusing on the average number of
davs that late orders are completed bevond the committed due date.
Description:
OP-6A - Measures the average number of business days NOTE 1 that service is delayed beyond the
Applicable Due Date for non-facility reasons attributed to Qwest.
· Includes all inward orders (Change, New, and Transfer order types) that are
completed/closed during the reporting period, later, due to non-facility reasons, than the
Applicable Due Date recorded by Qwest, subject to exclusions specified below.
OP-6B - Measures the average number of business days NOTE 1 that service is delayed beyond the
Applicable Due Date for facility reasons attributed to Qwest.
· Includes all inward orders (Change, New, and Transfer order types) that are
completed/closed during the reporting period later due to facility reasons than the original
due date recorded by Qwest, subject to exclusions specified below.
For both OP-6A and OP-6B:
· Change order types for additional lines consist of "C" orders representing inward activity.
· The Applicable Due Date is the original due date or, if changed or delayed by the customer, the most
recently revised due date, subject to the following: If Qwest changes a due date for Qwest reasons,
the Applicable Due Date is the customer-initiated due date, if any, that is (a) subsequent to the
original due date and (b) prior to a Qwest-initiated, changed due date, if any. NOTE 2
· Time intervals associated with customer-initiated due date changes or delays occurring after the
Applicable Due Date, as applied in the formula below, are calculated by subtracting the latest Qwest-
initiated due date, if any, following the Applicable Due Date, from the subsequent customer-initiated
due date, if any. NOTE 2
Reporting Period: One month I Unit of Measure: Average Business Days
Reporting Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide leveL.
Comparisons: . Results for products/services listed under Product Reporting under "MSA-type
CLEC aggregate, Disaggregation" wil be reported for OP-6A and OP-6B according to orders
individual CLEC involving:
and Qwest Retail 1. Dispatches within MSAs;
results 2. Dispatches outside MSAs; and
3. No dispatches.
· Results for products/services listed in Product Reporting under "Zone-type
Disaggregation" will be disaggregated according to installations:
4. In Interval Zone 1 areas; and
5. In Interval Zone 2 areas.
Formula:
OP-6A = ¿((Actual Completion Date of late order for non-facility reasons) - (Applicable Due Date of late
order) - (Time intervals associated with customer-initiated due date changes or delays
occurring after the Applicable Due Date)) + (Total Number of Late Orders for non-facility
reasons completed in the reporting period)
OP-6B = ¿((Actual Completion Date of late order for facility reasons) - (Applicable Due Date of late
order)) - (Time intervals associated with customer-initiated due date changes or delays
occurring after the Applicable Due Date) + (Total Number of Late Orders for facility reasons
completed in the reporting period)
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 46
op- 6 - Delayed Days (continued)
Exclusions:
.Orders affected only by delays that are solely for customer and/or CLEC reasons..Disconnect, From (another form of disconnect) and Record order types..Records involving offcial company services..Records with invalid due dates or application dates..Records with invalid completion dates..Records with invalid product codes..Records missina data essential to the calculation of the measurement oer the PID.
Product Reportimi:Standards:
M~A_T\ln...
.Resale
Residential sinale line service Parity with retail service
Business sinale line service Parity with retail service
Centrex Paritv with retail serice
Centrex 21 Paritv with retail service
DSO (non-desiqned orovisioninQ)Paritv with retail service
PBX Trunks (non-desiqned provisionina)Parity with retail service
Primarv ISDN (non-desiqned orovisioninq)Paritv with retail service
Basic ISDN Inon-desianed orovisionina)Parity with retail service.Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with like retail service .
(UNE-P) (POTS)
.Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex 21
(UNE-P) (Centrex 21 ).Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex
(UNE-P) (Centrex)
.Line Solittina Parity with retail Res and Bus POTS.Looo Solittina NOTE 3 Diagnostic.Line Sharinq Paritv with retail Res and Bus POTS.Sub-Looo Unbundlinq Diaqnostic
Zone-tvne Disaaareaation .
Resale ..
Primary ISDN (desiqned provisionina)Parity with retail service
Basic ISDN Idesiqned orovisioninq)Paritv with retail service
DSO Idesianed orovisionina)Paritv with retail service
DS1 Parity with retail service
PBX Trunks Idesiqned provisionina)Parity with retail service
DS3 and higher bit-rate services Parity with retail service
I aqareaate)-
Frame Relav Parity with retail service.LIS Trunks Parity with Feature Group D (aggregate)
.Unbundled Dedicated Interoffice Transoort IUDIT)
UDIT - DS1 level Paritv with retail DS1 Private Line- Service
UDIT - Above DS1 level Parity with retail Private Line- Services above DS1
level
Dark Fiber -IOF Diagnostic.Unbundled Looos:
Analoq Loop Parity with retail Res and Bus POTS with disoatch
Noiiloaded Loop (2-wire)Paritv with retail ISDN BRI (desiqned)
Noiiloaded Looo 14-wire)Parity with retail DS1 Private Line
DS1-caoable Looo Parity with retail DS1 Private Line
xDSL-1 caoable Looo Parity with retail ISDN BRI (desiqned)
ISDN-caoable Loop Parity with retail ISDN BRI Idesianed)
ADSL-aualified Looo Paritv with retail ISDN BRI (desianed)
Loop types of DS3 and higher bit-rates Parity with retail DS3 and higher bit-rate Private
(aqqreaate)Line services laqareaate)
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 47
op- 6 - Delayed Days (continued)
Dark Fiber - LOOD Diaqnostic.E911/911 Trunks Parity with retail E911/911 Trunks.Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DSO Diagnostic
leven.Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DS1 OP-6A: Parity with retail DS1 Private Line
level)OP-6B: Diagnostic.Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DS3 Diagnostic
leven
Availabilty:Notes:
Available 1.For OP-6A-3 and OP-6B-3, Saturday is counted as a business day for
all orders for Resale Residence, Resale Business, and UNE-P
(POTS), as well as for the retail analogues specified above as
standards. For all other products under OP-6A-3 and OP-6B-3, and
for all products under OP-6A-1, -6A-2, -6A-4, -6A-5, -6B-1, -6B-2, -
6B-4, and -6B-5, Saturday is counted as a business day when the
service order is due or completed on Saturday.
2.According to this definition, the Applicable Due Date can change, per
successive customer-initiated due date changes or delays. up to the
point when a Qwest-initiated due date change occurs. At that point,
the Applicable Due Date becomes fixed (i.e., with no further changes)
as the date on which it was set prior to the first Qwest-initiated due
date change, if any. Following the first Qwest-initiated due date
change, any further customer-initiated due date changes or delays are
measured as time intervals that are subtracted as indicated in the
formula. These delay time intervals are calculated as stated in the
description. (Though infrequent, in cases where multiple Qwest-
initiated due date changes occur, the stated method for calculating
delay intervals is applied to each pair of Qwest-initiated due date
change and subsequent customer-initiated due date change or delay.
The intervals thus calculated from each pairing of Qwest and
customer-initiated due dates are summed and then subtracted as
indicated in the formula.) The result of this approach is that Qwest-
initiated impacts on intervals are counted in the reported interval, and
customer-initiated impacts on intervals are not counted in the reported
intervaL.
3.Reporting will begin at the time CLECs order the product, in any
quantitv. for three consecutive months.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 48
OP-7 - Coordinated "Hot Cut" Interval- Unbundled Loop
Purpose:
Evaluates the duration of completing coordinated "hot cuts" of unbundled loops, focusing on the time
actuallv involved in disconnectinq the loop from the Qwest network and connecting/testing the loop.
Description:
Measures the average time to complete coordinated "hot cuts" for unbundled loops, based on intervals
beginning with the "lift" time and ending with the completion time of Qwests applicable tests for the
loop..Includes all coordinated hot cuts of unbundled loops that are completed/closed during the
reporting period, subject to exclusions specified below.."Hot cut" refers to moving the service of existing customers from Qwests switch/frames to the
CLEC's equipment, via unbundled loops, that will serve the customers.."Lift" time is defined as when Qwest disconnects the existing loop.."Completion time" is defined as when Qwest completes the applicable tests after connecting the
1000 to the CLEC.
Reporting Period: One month
I Unit of Measure: Hours and Minutes
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide leveL.
aggregate and individual CLEC
results
Formula:.
¿(Completion time - Lift time) + (Total Number of unbundled loops with coordinated cutovers
completed in the reporting period)
Exclusions:.Time intervals associated with CLEC-caused delays..Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID..Invalid startstoo dates/times or invalid scheduled date/times.
Product Reporting: Coordinated Unbundled Standard:
Loops - Reported separately for:CO: 1 hour.Analog Loops All Other States: Diagnostic in light of OP-13.All other Loop Types (Coordinated Cuts On Time)
Availabilty:Notes:
Available
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 49
OP-8 - Number Portabilty Timeliness
Purpose:
Evaluates the timeliness of cutovers of local number portabilitv (LNP).
Description:
OP-BB - LNP Timeliness with Loop Coordination (percentl: Measures the percentage of coordinated
LNP triggers set prior to the scheduled start time for the loop.
.All orders for LNP coordinated with unbundled loops that are completed/closed during
the reporting period are measured, subject to exclusions specified below.
OP-BC-LNP Timeliness without Loop Coordination (percent): Measures the percentage of LNP
triggers set prior to the Frame Due Time or scheduled start time for the LNP cutover as
applicable..All orders for LNP for which coordination with a loop was not requested that are
completed/closed during the reporting period are measured (including standalone LNP
coordinated with other than Qwest-provided Unbundled Loops and non-coordinated,
standalone LNP), subject to exclusions specified below..For purposes of these measurements (OP-BB and -BC), "trigger" refers to the "10-digit
unconditional trigger" or Line Side Attribute (LSA) that is set or translated by Qwest.."Scheduled start time" is defined as the confirmed appointment time (as stated on the FOC), or a
newly negotiated time. In the case of LNP cutovers coordinated with loops, the scheduled time
used in this measurement wil be no later than the "lay" time for the loop.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent of triggers set on time
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate and Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide leveL.
individual CLEC results
Formula:
OP-BB = ((Number of LNP triggers set before the scheduled time for the coordinated loop cutover) +
(Total Number of LNP activations coordinated with unbundled loops completed)) x 100
OP-8C = ((Number of LNP triggers set before the Frame Due Time or Scheduled Start Time) + (Total
Number of LNP activations without loop cutovers completed)) x 100
Exclusions:.CLEC-caused delays in trigger setting..LNP requests that do not involve automatic triggers (e.g., DID lines without separate, unique
telephone numbers and Centrex 21)..LNP requests for which the records used as sources of data for these measurements have the
following types of errors:-Records with no PON (purchase order number) or STATE.-Records where triggers cannot be set due to switch capabilities.-Records with invalid due dates, application dates or start dates.-Records with invalid completion dates.-Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.-Invalid startstop dates/times or invalid frame due or scheduled date/times.
Product Reporting: None Standard:95%
Availabilty:Notes:
Available
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 50
OP-13 - Coordinated Cuts On Time - Unbundled Loop
Purpose:
Evaluates the percentage of coordinated cuts of unbundled loops that are completed on time, focusing
on cuts completed within one hour of the committed order due time and the percent that were started
without CLEC approval.
Description:
· Includes all LSRs for coordinated cuts of unbundled loops that are completed/closed during the
reporting period, subject to exclusions specified below.
. OP-13A - Measures the percentage of LSRs (CLEC orders) for all coordinated cuts of unbundled
loops that are started and completed on time. For coordinated loop cuts to be counted as "on
time" in this measurement, the CLEC must agree to the start time, and Qwest must (1) receive
verbal CLEC approval before starting the cut or lifting the loop, (2) complete the physical work and
appropriate tests, (3) complete the Qwest portion of any associated LNP orders and (4) call the
CLEC with completion information, all within one hour of the time interval defined by the
committed order due time.
. OP-13B - Measures the percentage of all LSRs for coordinated cuts of unbundled loops that are
actually started without CLEC approvaL.
. "Scheduled start time" is defined as the confirmed appointment time (as stated on the FOC), or a
newly negotiated appointment time.
· The "committed order due time" is based on the number and type of loops involved in the cut and
is calculated by adding the applicable time interval from the following list to the scheduled start
time:
- Analog unbundled loops:1 to 16 lines: 1 Hour
17 to 24 lines: 2 Hours
25+ lines: Project*
- All other unbundled loops:1 to 5 lines: 1 Hour
6 to 8 lines: 2 Hours
9 to 11 lines: 3 Hours12 to 24 lines: 4 Hours
25+ lines: Project*
*For Projects scheduled due dates and scheduled start times will be negotiated between CLEC
and Qwest, but no committed order due time is established. Therefore, projects are not included
in OP-13A (see exclusion below).
· "Stop" time is defined as when Qwest notifies the CLEC that the Qwest physical work and the
appropriate tests have been successfully accomplished, including the Qwest portion of any
coordinated LNP orders.
· Time intervals following the scheduled start time or during the cutover process associated with
customer-caused delays are subtracted from the actual cutover duration.
. Where Qwests records of completed coordinated cut transactions are missing evidence of CLEC
aooroval of the cutover the cut will be counted as a miss under both OP-13A and OP-13B.Reporting Period: One month I Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide leveL.
aggregate and individual CLEC Results for this measurement will be reported according to:
results OP-13A Cuts Completed On Time
OP-13B Cuts Started Without CLEC Approval
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 51
OP-13 - Coordinated Cuts On Time - Unbundled Loop (continued)
Formula:
OP-13A =((Count of LSRs for Coordinated Unbundled Loop cuts completed "On Time") + (Total
Number of LSRs for Coordinated Unbundled Loop Cuts completed in the reporting period))
x 100
OP-13B = ((Count of LSRs for Coordinated Unbundled Loop cuts whose actual start time occurs
without CLEC approval) + (Total Number of LSRs for Coordinated Unbundled Loop Cuts
completed in the reporting period)) x 100
Exclusions:
Applicable to OP-13A:.Loop cuts that involve CLEC-requested non-standard methodologies, processes, or timelines.
OP-13A & OP-13B:.Records with invalid completion dates..Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID which are not
otherwise designated to be "counted as amiss"..Invalid startstop dates/times or invalid scheduled date/times..Proiects involvina 25 or more lines.
Product Reporting: Coordinated Unbundled Standards:
Loops - Reported separately for:OP-13A:
.Analog Loops AZ: 90 Percent or more
.All Other Loops All Other States: 95 Percent or more
OP-13B:Diagnostic
Availability:Notes:
Available
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 52
OP-15 -Interval for Pending Orders Delayed Past Due Date
Purpose:
Evaluates the extent to which Qwests pending orders are late, focusing on the average number of days the
pendinq orders are delaved past the Applicable Due Date, as of the end of the reportinq period.
Description:
OP-15A - Measures the average number of business days that pending orders are delayed beyond the
Applicable Due Date for reasons attributed to Qwest..Includes all pending inward orders (Change, New, and Transfer order types) for which the Applicable
Due Date recorded by Qwest has been missed, subject to exclusions specified below. Change order
types included in this measurement consist of all "C" orders representing inward activity..The Applicable Due Date is the original due date or, if changed or delayed by the customer, the most
recently revised due date, subject to the following: If Qwest changes a due date for Qwest reasons, the
Applicable Due Date is the customer-initiated due date, if any, that is (a) subsequent to the original due
date and (b) prior to a Qwest-initiated, changed due date, if any. NOTE 1.Time intervals associated with customer-initiated due date changes or delays occurring after the
Applicable Due Date, as applied in the formula below, are calculated by subtracting the latest Qwest-
initiated due date, if any, following the Applicable Due Date, from the subsequent customer-initiated due
date, if any. NOTE 1
OP-15B - Reports the number of pending orders measured in the numerator of OP -15A that were delayed
for Qwest facility reasons.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure:
OP-15A - Average Business Days NOTE 2
OP-15B - Number of orders oendina facilities
Reporting Comparisons:Disaggregation Reporting:
CLEC aggregate, individual CLEC, Qwest retail Statewide
Formula:
OP-15A = ¿((Last Day of Reporting Period) - (Applicable Due Date of Late Pending Order) - (Time
intervals associated with customer-initiated due date changes or delays occurring after the
Applicable Due Date)) + (Total Number of Pending Orders Delayed for Qwest reasons as of the
last day of Reporting Period)
OP-15B =Count of pending orders measured in numerator of OP-15A that were delayed for Qwest facility
reasons
Exclusions:
· Disconnect, From (another form of disconnect) and Record order types.
. Records involving official company services.
· Records with invalid due dates or application dates.
. Records with invalid product codes.
· Records missina data essential to the calculation of the measurement oer the PID.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 53
OP-15 -Interval for Pending Orders Delayed Past Due Date (continued)
Product Reporting:Standards: OP-15B - diagnostic only
For OP-15A.Resale
Residential sinqle line service Diaqnostic Expectation: Parity with retail service
Business sinqle line service Diaanostic Exoectation: Parity with retail service
Centrex Diaqnostic Expectation: Paritv with retail service
Centex 21 Diaqnostic Expectation: Parity with retail service
PBX Trunk Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail service)
Basic ISDN Diaqnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail service
Primary ISDN Diaqnostic (Expectation: Paritv with retail service
DSO Diaanostic (Exoectation: Parity with retail service)
DS1 Diaqnostic (Expectation: Paritv with retail service'
DS3 and higher bit-rate services Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail service)
(aqqreqate)
Frame Relav Diaanostic (Exoectation: Parity with retail service).Unbundled Network Element - Platform Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail service)
(UNE-P) (POTS).Unbundled Network Element - Platform Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail Centrex 21)
(UNE-P) (Centrex 21 ).Unbundled Network Element - Platform Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail Centrex)
(UNE-P) (Centrex).Line Splitting Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail Res and
Bus POTS).Loop Splittinq NOTE 3 Diaqnostic.Line Sharing Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail Res and
Bus POTS).Sub-Loop Unbundlina Diaqnostic.LIS Trunks Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with Feature Group D
(aaareaate)) (seoaratelv reoorted).Unbundled Dedicated Interoffice Transport (UDIT
UDIT - DS1 level Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with DS1 Private
Line- Service)
UDIT - Above DS1 level Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with Private Line-
Services above DS 1 level)
Dark Fiber - IOF Diaqnostic.Unbundled Loops:
Analog Loop Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail Res and
Bus POTS with dispatch)
Non-loaded Loop (2-wire)Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail ISDN BRI
(desiqned))
Non-loaded Loop (4-wire)Diaqnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail DS1)
DS1-capable Loop Diaqnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail DS 1)
ISDN-capable Loop Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with ISDN BRI
(desiqned))
ADSL-qualified Loop Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail ISDN BRI
(designed))
Loop types of DS3 or higher bit rate Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail DS3 and
(aqqreqate)hiqher bit-rate services (aqqreqate)
Dark Fiber - Loop Diaqnostic.E911/911 Trunks Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail E911/911
Trunks).Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs)Diaqnostic
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 54
OP-15 -Interval for Pending Orders Delayed Past Due Date (continued)
Availabilty:
Available
Notes:
1. According to this definition, the Applicable Due Date can change, per
successive customer-initiated due date changes or delays. up to the point
when a Qwest-initiated due date change occurs. At that point, the Applicable
Due Date becomes fixed (i.e., with no further changes) as the date on which it
was set prior to the first Qwest-initiated due date change, if any. Following
the first Qwest-initiated due date change, any further customer-initiated due
date changes or delays are measured as time intervals that are subtracted as
indicated in the formula. These delay time intervals are calculated as stated
in the description. (Though infrequent, in cases where multiple Qwest-
initiated due date changes occur, the stated method for calculating delay
intervals is applied to each pair of Qwest-initiated due date change and
subsequent customer-initiated due date change or delay. The intervals thus
calculated from each pairing of Qwest and customer-initiated due dates are
summed and then subtracted as indicated in the formula.) The result of this
approach is that Qwest-initiated impacts on intervals are counted in the
reported interval, and customer-initiated impacts on intervals are not counted
in the reported intervaL.
2. For OP-15A, Saturday is counted as a business day for all non-dispatched
orders for Resale Residence, Resale Business, and UNE-P (POTS), as well
as for non-dispatched orders in the retail analogues specified above as
standards. For all other non-dispatched products and for all dispatched
products under OP-15A, Saturday is not counted as a business day.
3. Reporting wil begin at the time CLECs order the product, in any quantity, for
three consecutive months.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 55
OP-17 - Timeliness of Disconnects associated with LNP Orders
Purpose:
Evaluates the quality of Qwest completing LNP telephone number porting, focusing on the degree to
which oortina occurs without imolementing associated disconnects before the scheduled time/date.
Description:
OP-17A
· Measures the percentage of all LNP telephone numbers (TNs), both stand alone and associated with
loops, that are ported without the incidence of disconnects being made by Qwest before the
scheduled time/date, as identified by associated qualifying trouble reports.
- Focuses on disconnects associated with timely GLEG requests for delaying the disconnects or no
requests for delays.
- The scheduled time/date is defined as 11 :59 p.m. on (1) the due date of the LNP order recorded
by Qwest or (2) the delayed disconnect date requested by the GLEG, where the GLEG submits a
timely request for delay of disconnection.
- A GLEG request for delay of disconnection is considered timely if received by Qwest before 8:00
p.m. MT on the current due date of the LNP order recorded by Qwest.
OP-178
· Measures the percentage of all LNP telephone numbers (TNs), both stand alone and associated
with loops, that are ported without the incidence of disconnects being made by Qwest before the
scheduled time/date, as identified by associated qualifying trouble reports.
- Includes only disconnects associated with untimely GLEG requests for delaying the
disconnects.
- A GLEG request for delay of disconnection is considered "untimely" if received by Qwest
after 8:00 p.m. MT on the current due date of the LNP order recorded by Qwest and before
12:00 p.m. MT (noon) on the day after the current due date.
· Disconnects are defined as the removal of switch translations, including the 1 O-digit trigger.
. Disconnects that are implemented early, and thus counted as a "miss" under this measurement, are
those that the GLEG identifies as such to Qwest via trouble reports, within four calendar days of the
actual disconnect date, that are confirmed to be caused by disconnects being made before the
scheduled time.
· Includes all GLEG orders for LNP TNs completed in the reporting period, subject to exclusions
soecified below.Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons: GLEG Aggregate Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide
and Individual GLEG
Formula:
((Total number of LNP TNs ported pursuant to orders completed in the reporting period - Number of TNswith qualifying trouble reports notifying Qwest that disconnection before the scheduled time has occurred)
+ Total Number of LNP TNs ported pursuant to orders completed in the reporting period) x 100
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 56
OP-17 - Timeliness of Disconnects associated with LNP Orders (continued)
Exclusions:
OP-17Aonly
· Trouble reports notifying Qwest of early disconnects associated with situations for which the CLEC
has failed to submit timely requests to have disconnects held for later implementation.
OP-17A & B
· Trouble reports not related to valid requests (LSRs) for LNP and associated disconnects.
· LNP requests that do not involve automatic triggers (e.g., DID lines without separate, unique TNs,and Centrex 21). .
· Records with invalid trouble receipt dates.
· Records with invalid cleared, closed or due dates.
. Records with invalid product codes.
· Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
OP-17B only
· Trouble reports notifying Qwest of early disconnects associated with situations for which the CLEC
did not submit its untimely requests by 12:00 p.m. MT (noon) on the day after the LNP due date to
have disconnects held for later implementation.
Product Reporting: LNP Standards:
OP-17A - 98.25%
OP-17B - Diagnostic only, in light of its measuring
only requests for delay of disconnect
that are defined as untimelv.
Availability:Notes:
Available
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 57
Maintenance and Repair
MR-2 - Calls Answered within 20 Seconds -Interconnect Repair Center
Purpose:
Evaluates Customer access to Qwests Interconnection and/or Retail Repair Center(s), focusing on
the number of calls answered within 20 seconds.
Description:
Measures the percentage of Interconnection and/or Retail Repair Center calls answered within 20
seconds ofthe first ring..Includes all calls to the Interconnect Repair Center during the reporting period, subject to
exclusions specified below..First ring is defined as when the customer's call is first placed in queue by the ACD (Automatic
Call Distributor)..Answer is defined as when the call is first picked up by the Qwest agent..Abandoned calls and blisv calls are counted as calls which are not answered within 20 seconds.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
.
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate and Disaggregation Reporting: Region-wide leveL.
Qwest Retail levels.
Formula:
((Total Calls Answered by Center within 20 seconds) + (Total Calls received by Center)) x 100
Exclusions: Time spent in the VRU (Voice Response Unit) is not counted.
Product Reporting: None Standard: Parity
Availabilty:Notes:
Available
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 58
MR-3 - Out of Service Cleared within 24 Hours
Purpose:
Evaluates timeliness of repair for specified services, focusing on trouble reports where the out-of-
service trouble reports were cleared within the standard estimate for specified services (i.e., 24 hours
for out-of-service conditions ).
Description:
Measures the percentage of out of service trouble reports, involving specified services, that are
cleared within 24 hours of receipt of trouble reports from CLECs or from retail customers.
· Includes all trouble reports, closed during the reporting period, which involve a specified service
that is out-of-service (i.e., unable to place or receive calls), subject to exclusions specified below.
· Time measured is from date and time that Qwest is first notified of the trouble by CLEC to date
and time trouble is cleared.Reporting Period: One month I Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide leveL.
Comparisons: . Results for producUserviceslisted in Product Reporting under "MS-Type
CLEC aggregate, Disaggregation" will be disaggregated and reported according to trouble
individual CLEC reports involving:
and Qwest Retail MR-3A Dispatches within MSAs;
results MR-3B Dispatches outside MSAs; and
MR-3C No dispatches.
. Results for products/services listed in Product Reporting under "Zone-type
Disaggregation" will be disaggregated according to trouble reports involving:
MR-3D In Interval Zone 1 areas; and
MR-3E In Interval Zone 2 areas.
Formula:
((Number of Out of Service Trouble Reports closed in the reporting period that are cleared within 24
hours) + (Total Number of Out of Service Trouble Reports closed in the reporting period)) x 100
Exclusions:
. Trouble reports coded as follows:
- For products measured from MTAS data (products listed for MSA-type disaggregation),
trouble reports coded to disposition codes for: Customer Action; Non-Telco Plant; Trouble
Beyond the Network Interface; and Miscellaneous - Non-Dispatch, non-Qwest (includes CPE,
Customer Instruction, Carrier, Alternate Provider).
- For products measured from WFA (Workforce Administration) data (products listed for Zone-
type disaggregation) trouble reports coded to trouble codes for Carrier Action (IEC) and
Customer Provided Equipment (CPE).
· Subsequent trouble reports of any trouble before the original trouble report is closed.
. Information tickets generated for internal Qwest system/network monitoring purposes.
· Time delays due to "no access" are excluded from repair time for products/services listed in
Product Reporting under "Zone-type Disaggregation".
· For products measured from MTAS data (products listed for MSA-type disaggregation), trouble
reports involving a "no access" delay.
· Trouble reports on the day of installation before the installation work is reported by the
technician/installer as complete.
· Records involving offcial company services.
. Records with invalid trouble receipt dates.
· Records with invalid cleared or closed dates.
. Records with invalid product codes.
· Records missinq data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 59
MR-3 - Out of Service Cleared within 24 Hours (Continued)
Product Reporting:Standards:
MSA.Tvn.. Disaaareaation .
.Resale
Residential sinqle line service Paritv with retail service
Business sinale line service Parity with retail service
Centrex Paritv with retail service
Centrex 21 Parity with retail service
PBX Trunks Paritv with retail service
Basic ISDN Paritv with retail service.Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with appropriate retail service
(UNE-P) (POTS).Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex 21
(UNE-P) (Centrex 21 ).Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex
(UNE-P) (Centrex).Line Solittina Parity with retail RES and BUS POTS.Looo Solittina NOTE 1 Diagnostic
.Line Sharing Parity with retail RES and BUS POTS
.Sub-Loop Unbundling CO: Parity with retail ISDN-BRI
All Other States: Diagnostic
Zone-tvne Disannrenation -.Unbundled Looos
Analog Loop Parity with retail Res and Bus POTS
Non-loaded Loop (2 wire)Paritv with retailISDN-BRI (desiqned)
xDSL-1 caoable Looo Paritv with retail DS1 Private Line
ISDN-caoable Looo Paritv with ISDN-BRI (desianed)
ADSL-qualified Looo Parity with retailISDN-BRI (desiqned)
Availability:Notes:
Available 1.Reporting wil begin at the time CLECs order
the product, in any quantity, for three
consecutive months.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 60
MR-4 - All Troubles Cleared within 48 hours
Purpose:
Evaluates timelìness of repair for specified services, focusing on trouble reports of all types (both out
of service and service affecting) and on the number of such trouble reports cleared within the standard
estimate for soecified services (i.e., 48 hours for service-affectinQ conditions).
Description:
Measures the percentage of trouble reports, for specified services, that are cleared within 48 hours of
receipt of trouble reports from CLECs or from retail customers.
· Includes all trouble reports, closed during the reporting period, which involve a specified service,
subject to exclusions specified below.
· Time measured is from date and time that Qwest is first notified of the trouble by CLEC to date
and time trouble is cleared.Reporting Period: One month I Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide leveL.
Comparisons: . Results for product/services listed in Product Reporting under "MB Type
CLEC aggregate, Disaggregation" will be disaggregated and reported according to trouble
individual CLEC reports involving:
and Qwest Retail MR-4A Dispatches within MSAs;
results MR-4B Dispatches outside MSAs; and
MR-4C No dispatches.
. Results for products/services listed in Product Reporting under "Zone-type
Disaggregation" wil be disaggregated according to trouble reports involving:
MR-4D In Interval Zone 1 areas; and
MR-4Eln Interval Zone 2 areas
Formula:
((Total Trouble Reports closed in the reporting period that are cleared within 48 hours) + (Total Trouble
Reports closed in the reporting period)) x 100
Exclusions:
· Trouble reports coded as follows:
- For products measured from MTAS data (products listed for MSA-type disaggregation),
trouble reports coded to disposition codes for: Customer Action; Non-Telco Plant; Trouble
Beyond the Network Interface; and Miscellaneous - Non-Dispatch, non-Qwest (includes CPE,
Customer Instruction, Carrier, Alternate Provider).
- For products measured from WFA (Workforce Administration) data (products listed for Zone-
type disaggregation) trouble reports coded to trouble codes for Carrier Action (IEC) and
Customer Provided Equipment (CPE).
· Subsequent trouble reports of any trouble before the original trouble report is closed.
· Information tickets generated for internal Qwest system/network monitoring purposes.
· Time delays due to "no access" are excluded from repair time for products/services listed in
Product Reporting under "Zone-type Disaggregation".
· For products measured from MTAS data (products listed for MSA-type disaggregation), trouble
reports involving a "no access" delay.
· Trouble reports on the day of installation before the installation work is reported by the
technician/installer as complete.
· Records involving official company services.
· Records with invalid trouble receipt dates.
· Records with invalid cleared or closed dates.
. Records with invalid product codes.
· Records missinQ data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 61
MR-4 - All Troubles Cleared within 48 Hours (Continued)
Product Reportina:Standards:
MSA-Tvoe .-
.Resale
Residential sinale line service Parity with retail service
Business sinale line service Paritv with retail service
Centrex Parity with retail service
Centrex 21 Parity with retail service
PBX Trunks Parity with retail service
Basic ISDN Parity with retail service.Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with appropriate retail service
(UNE-P) (POTS).Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex 21
(UNE-P) (Centrex 21 ).Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex
(UNE-P) (Centrex).Line Splittino Parity with retail RES and BUS POTS.Loop Splittina NOTE 1 Diagnostic.Line Sharino Parity with retail RES and BUS POTS
.Sub-Loop UnbundlinQ OiaQnostic
7nnA-Tvne -
.Unbundled Loops:
Analoa Loop Parity with retail Res and Bus POTS
Non-loaded LOOD (2 wire)Paritv with retailISON-BRI (desioned)
xOSL-1 capable Loop Parity with retail OS1 Private Line
ISDN-capable Loop Paritv with retailiSON-BRI (desioned)
AOSL-aualified Loop Paritv with retailiSON-BRI (desioned)
Availabiliy:Notes:
Available 1.Reporting will begin at the time CLECs order
the product, in any quantity, for three
consecutive months.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 62
MR-5 - All Troubles Cleared within 4 hours
Purpose:
Evaluates timeliness of repair for specified services, focusing on all trouble reports of all types
(including out of service and service affecting troubles) and on the number of such trouble reportscleared within the standard estimate for specified services (Le., 4 hours).
Description:
Measures the percentage of trouble reports for specified services that are cleared within 4 hours of
receipt of trouble reports from CLECs or from retail customers..Includes all trouble reports, closed during the reporting period, which involve a specified service,
subject to exclusions specified below..Time measured is from date and time that Qwest is first notified of the trouble by CLEC to date and
time trouble is cleared.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons:Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide leveL.
CLEC aggregate, individual Results for listed products will be disaggregated according to trouble
CLEC and Qwest Retail results reports:
MR-5A In Interval Zone 1 areas; and
MR-5B In Interval Zone 2 areas.
Formula:
((Number of Trouble Reports closed in the reporting period that are cleared within 4 hours) + (Total
Trouble Reports closed in the reporting period)) x 100
Exclusions:
.Trouble reports coded as follows:-For products measured using WFA (Workforce Administration) data (products listed for Zone-
type disaggregation) trouble reports coded to trouble codes for Carrier Action (IEC) and
Customer Provided Equipment (CPE).
.Subsequent trouble reports of any trouble before the original trouble report is closed.
.Information tickets generated for internal Qwest system/network monitoring purposes..Time delays due to "no access" are excluded from repair time..Trouble reports on the day of installation before the installation work is reported by the
technician/installer as complete..Records involving official company services..Records with invalid trouble receipt dates..Records with invalid cleared or closed dates.
.Records with invalid product codes..Records missina data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 63
MR-5 - All Troubles Cleared within 4 hours (continued)
Product Reporting:Standards:
Zone-Type Disaggregation-.
.Resale
Primarv ISDN Paritv with retail service
DSO Parity with retail service
DS1 Parity with retail service
DS3 and higher bit-rate services Parity with retail service
(aqqreqate)
Frame Relav Paritv with retail service.LIS Trunks Parity with Feature Group D (aggregate)
.Unbundled Dedicated Interoffce Transport (UDIT)
UDIT - DS1 level Paritv with DS1 Private Line Service
UDIT -Above DS1 level Paritv with Private Line Services above DS1 level.Unbundled Loops:
Non-loaded Looo (4-wire)Paritv with retail DS1
DS1-caoable Looo Paritv with retail DS1
Loop types of DS3 and higher bit-rates Parity with retail DS3 and higher bit-rate services
(aaareaate)-(aqqreqate).E911/911 Trunks Parity with retail E911/911 Trunks.Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DSO Diagnostic
level)
.Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DS1 Parity with retail DS 1 Private Line
level).Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DS3 Diagnostic
level)
Availability:Notes:
Available
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 64
MR-6 - Mean Time to Restore
Purpose:
Evaluates timeliness of repair, focusina how lona it takes to restore services to proper operation.
Description:
Measures the time actually taken to clear trouble reports.
· Includes all trouble reports closed during the reporting period, subject to exclusions specified below.
. Includes customer direct reports, customer-relayed reports, and test assist reports that result in a
trouble report.
. Time measured is from date and time that Qwest is first notified of the trouble by CLEC to date and
time trouble is cleared.
Reporting Period: One month I Unit of Measure: Hours and Minutes
Reporting Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide leveL.
Comparisons: . Results for product/services listed in Product Reporting under"MS Type
CLEC aggregate, Disaggregation" wil be reported according to trouble reports involving:
individual CLEC MR-6A Dispatches within MBAs;
and Qwest Retail MR-6B Dispatches outside MSAs; and
results MR-6C No dispatches.
. Results for products/services listed in Product Reporting under "Zone-type
Disaggregation" will be disaggregated according to trouble reports involving:
MR-6D In Interval Zone 1 areas; and
MR-6E In Interval Zone 2 areas.
Formula:
¿((Date & Time Trouble Report Cleared) - (Date & Time Trouble Report Opened)) + (Total number of
Trouble Reports closed in the reporting period)
Exclusions:
· Trouble reports coded as follows:
- For products measured from MTAS data (products listed for MSA-type disaggregation), trouble
reports coded to disposition codes for: Customer Action; Non-Telco Plant; Trouble Beyond the
Network Interface; and Miscellaneous - Non-Dispatch, non-Qwest (includes CPE, Customer
Instruction, Carrier, Alternate Provider).
- For products measured from WFA (Workforce Administration) data (products listed for Zone-
type disaggregation) trouble reports coded to trouble codes for Carrier Action (IEC) and
Customer Provided Equipment (CPE).
· Subsequent trouble reports of any trouble before the original trouble report is closed.
. Trouble reports from MTAS or WFA that are coded as No Trouble Found or Test Okay and with
durations of less than or equal to 1 hour.
. Information tickets generated for internal Qwest system/network monitoring purposes.
. Time delays due to "no access" are excluded from repair time for products/services listed in Product
Reporting under "Zone-type Disaggregation".
. For products measured from MTAS data (products listed for MSA-type disaggregation), trouble
reports involving a "no access" delay.
. Trouble reports on the day of installation before the installation work is reported by the
technician/installer as complete.
. Records involving official company services.
. Records with invalid trouble receipt dates.
· Records with invalid cleared or closed dates.
. Records with invalid product codes.
· Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 65
MR-6 - Mean Time to Restore (Continued)
Product Reportina:Standards:
MSA- Tvne Disaaareaation .
.Resale
Residential sinale line service Paritv with retail service .
Business sinale line service Parity with retail service
Centrex Parity with retail service
Centrex 21 Paritv with retail service
PBX Trunks Parity with retail service
Basic ISDN Parity with retail service.Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with like retail service
(UNE-P) (POTS)
.Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex 21
(UNE-P) (Centrex 21 ).Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex
(UNE-P) (Centrex).Line Splittina Parity with retail RES and BUS POTS.Loop Splittina NOTE 1 Diaqnostic.Line Sharinq Parity with retail RES and BUS POTS.Sub-Loop Unbundling CO: Parity with retailISDN-BRI
All Other States: Diagnostic
Zone-Tvoe Disaaareaation-.Resale
Primary ISDN Parity with retail service
DSO Parity with retail service
DS1 Paritv with retail service
DS3 and higher bit-rate services Parity with retail service
(aaareaate )~
Frame Relav Parity with retail service.LIS Trunks Parity with Feature Group 0 (aggregate).Unbundled Dedicated Interoffice Transport (UDIT)
UDIT - DS1 level Parity with retail DS1 Private Line
UDIT - Above DS1 level Pari tv with retail Private Lines above DS1 level
Dark Fiber - IOF Diaanostic.Unbundled Loops:
Analoq Loop Paritv with retail Res and Bus POTS
Non-loaded Loop (2-wire)Paritv with retail ISDN BRI (desianed)
Non-loaded Loop (4-wire)Parity with retail DS1 Private Line
DS1-capable Loop Parity with retail DS1 Private Line
xDSL-1 caoable Looo Paritv with retail DS1 Private Line
ISDN-capable Loop Parity with retail ISDN BRI (designed)
ADSL-aualified Loop Paritv with retail ISDN BRI (desiqned)
Loop types of DS3 and higher bit-rates Parity with retail DS3 and higher bit-rate Private(aaareaate) .'Line services (aqqreqate)
Dark Fiber - Loop Diaanostic.E911/911 Trunks Parity with retail E911/911 Trunks.Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DSO Diagnostic
level).Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DS1 Parity with retail DS1 Private Line
level)
.Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DS3 Diagnostic
level)
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 66
MR-6 - Mean Time to Restore (Continued)Availability: Notes:
Available 1. Reporting will begin at the time GLEGs order
the product, in any quantity, for three
consecutive months.
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 67
MR-7 - Repair Repeat Report Rate
Purpose:
Evaluates the accuracy of repair actions, focusing on the number of repeated trouble reports received
for the same line/circuit within a specified period (30 calendar days).
Description:
Measures the percentage of trouble reports that are repeated within 30 days on end user lines and
circuits.
· Includes all trouble reports closed during the reporting period that have a repeated trouble report
received within thirty (30) days of the initial trouble report for the same service (regardless of
whether the report is about the same type of trouble for that service), subject to exclusions
specified below.
· In determining same service Qwest will compare the end user telephone number or circuit access
code of the initial trouble reports closed during the reporting period with reports received within 30
days of when the initial trouble report closed.
. Includes reports due to Qwest network or system causes, customer-direct and customer-relayed
reports.
· The 30-day period applied in the numerator of the formula below is from the date and time that the
initial trouble report is closed to the date and time that the next, or "repeat" trouble report is
received (i.e., opened).
Reporting Period: One month, reported in Unit of Measure: Percent
arrears (i.e., results first appear in reports one
month later than results for measurements that
are not reported in arrears), in order to cover the
3D-dav oeriod followinQ the initial trouble report.
Reporting Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide leveL.
Comparisons: . Results for product/services listed in Product Reporting under "MSA- Type
CLEC Disaggregation" wil be reported according to trouble reports involving:
aggregate, MR-7 A Dispatches within MSAs;
individual MR-7B Dispatches outside MSAs; andCLEC and MR-7C No dispatches.
Qwest Retail . Results for products/services listed in Product Reporting under "Zone-type
results Disaggregation" will be disaggregated according to trouble reports involving:
MR- 70 In Interval Zone 1 areas; and
MR-7E In Interval Zone 2 areas.
Formula:
((Total trouble reports closed within the reporting period that had a repeated trouble report received
within 30 calendar days of when the initial trouble report closed) -; (Total number of Trouble Reports
Closed in the reporting period)) x 100
Exclusions:
. Trouble reports coded as follows:
- For products measured from MTAS data (products listed for MSA-type disaggregation),
trouble reports coded to disposition codes for: Customer Action; Non-Telco Plant; Trouble
Beyond the Network Interface; and Miscellaneous - Non-Dispatch, non-Qwest (includes CPE,
Customer Instruction, Carrier, Alternate Provider).
- For products measured from WFA (Workforce Administration) data (products listed for Zone-
type disaggregation) trouble reports coded to trouble codes for Carrier Action (IEC) and
Customer Provided Equipment (CPE).
. Subsequent trouble reports of any trouble before the original trouble report is closed.
. Information tickets generated for internal Qwest system/network monitoring purposes.
· Trouble reports on the day of installation before the installation work is reported by the
technician/installer as complete.
. Records involving offcial company services.
· Records with invalid trouble receipt dates.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended ExhibitB June 26,2007 Page 68
MR-7 - Repair Repeat Report Rate (Continued)
.Records with invalid cleared or closed dates..Records with invalid product codes.
.Records missinq data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
Product Reporting:Standards:
MSA- Tvne Disaaareaation -
.Resale
Residential sinqle line service Parity with retail service
Business sinale line service Parity with retail service
Centrex Paritv with retail service
Centrex 21 Paritv with retail service
PBX Trunks Parity with retail service
Basic ISDN Paritv with retail service.Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with like retail service
(UNE-P) (POTS).Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex 21
(UNE-P) (Centrex 21 ).Unbundled Network Element - Platform (UNE-Parity with retail Centrex
P) (Centrex)
.Line Splitting Parity with retail Res and Bus POTS
.Loop Splitting NOTE 1 Diagnostic
.Line Sharing AZ & CO: Parity with retail Res and Bus POTS
All Other States: Diagnostic Comparison with
retail Res and Bus POTS.Sub-Loop Unbundling CO: Parity with Retail ISDN-BRI
All Other States: Diagnostic
Zone- TVDe Disaaareaation -
.Resale
Primarv ISDN Paritv with retail service
DSO Parity with retail service
DS1 Paritv with retail service
DS3 and higher bit-rate services Parity with retail service
(aqqreqate)
Frame Relav Paritv with retail service.LIS Trunks Parity with Feature Group D (aggregate)
.Unbundled Dedicated Interoffce Transport (UDIT)
UDIT - DS1 level Parity with retail DS1 Private Line
UDIT - Above DS1 level Paritv with retail Private Lines above DS1 level
Dark Fiber - IOF Diaqnostic.Unbundled Looos:
Analoa Looo Parity with retail Res and Bus POTS
Non-loaded Loop (2-wire)Paritv with retail ISDN BRI (desiqned)
Norrloaded Looo (4-wire)Paritv with retail DS1 Private Line
DS1-capable Loop Paritv with retail DS1 Private Line
xDSL-1 capable Loop Paritv with retail DS1 Private Line
ISDN-caoable Looo Paritv with retail ISDN BRI (desianed)
ADSL-aualified Loop Parity with retail ISDN BRI (desianed)
Loop types of DS3 and higher bit-rates Parity with retail DS3 and higher bit-rate Private
(aqqreqate)Line services (aaareaate)
Dark Fiber - Looo Diaanostic
.E911/911 Trunks Parity with retail E911/911 Trunks
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 69
MR-7 - Repair Repeat Report Rate (Continued)
.Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DSO Diagnostic
level).Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DS1 Parity with retail DS1 Private Line
level)
.Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DS3 Diagnostic
level)
Availability:Notes:
Targeted availability with July 2004 1.Reporting wil begin at the time CLECs order
results reported in September 2004 the product, in any quantity, for three
consecutive months.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 70
MR-8 - Trouble Rate
Purpose:
Evaluates the overall rate of trouble reports as a percentage of the total installed base of the service or
element.
Description:
Measures trouble reports by product and compares them to the number of lines in service..Includes all trouble reports closed during the reporting period; subject to exclusions specified
below..Includes all applicable trouble reports, including those that are out of service and those that are
onlv service-affectina.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate,Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide leveL.
individual CLEC and Qwest Retail results
Formula:
((Total number of trouble reports closed in the reporting period involving the specified service
grouping) 7 (Total number of the specified services that are in service in the reporting period)) x 100
Exclusions:.Trouble reports coded as follows:-For products measured from MTAS data, trouble reports coded to disposition codes for:
Customer Action; Non-Telco Plant; Trouble Beyond the Network Interface; and Miscellaneous
- Non-Dispatch, non-Qwest (includes CPE, Customer Instruction, Carrier, Alternate Provider).-For products measured from WFA data trouble reports coded to trouble codes for Carrier
Action (IEC) and Customer Provided Equipment (CPE)..Subsequent trouble reports of any trouble before the original trouble report is closed..Information tickets generated for internal Qwest system/network monitoring purposes..Trouble reports on the day of installation before the installation work is reported by the
technician/installer as complete..Records involving offcial company services..Records with invalid trouble receipt dates..Records with invalid cleared or closed dates..Records with invalid product codes..Records missina data essential to the calculation of the measurement oer the PID.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 71
MR-8 - Trouble Rate (continued)
Product Reporting:Standards:
.Resale
Residential sinale line service Paritv with retail service
Business sinale line service Parity with retail service
Centrex Parity with retail service
Centrex 21 Parity with retail service
PBX Trunks Parity with retail service
Basic ISDN Parity with retail servicePrimary ISDN Paritv with retail service
DSO Parity with retail service
DS1 Parity with retail serviceDS3 and higher bit-rate services Parity with retail service(aaaregate)
Frame Relav Parity with retail service.Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with like retail service
(UNE-P) (POTS).Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex 21
(UNE-P) (Centrex 21 ).Unbundled Network Element -Parity with retail Centrex
Platform(UNE-P) (Centrex).Line SDlittnq Parity with retail RES and BUS POTS.Loop Splittna NOTE 1 Diaanostic.Line Sharing Parity with retail RES and BUS POTS.Sub-Loop Unbundling CO: Parity with retaillSDN-BRI
All Other States: Diagnostic.LIS Trunks Parity with Feature Group D (agareaate).Unbundled Dedicated Interoffice TransDort (UDIT)
UDIT - DS1 level Paritv with retail DS 1 Private Line Service
UDIT - Above DS1 level Parity with retail Private Lines above DS1 level
Dark Fiber - IOF Diaanostic.Unbundled LOODS:
Analoa Loop Parity with retail Res and Bus POTS
Non-loaded LOOD (2-wire)Paritv with retail ISDN BRI (desianed)Non-loaded Loop (4-wire)Parity with retail DS 1 Private Line
DS1-capable LOOD Paritv with retail DS1 Private Line
xDSL-1 caDable LOOD Paritv with retail DS 1 Private Line
ISDN-caDable LOOD .Parity with retail ISDN BRI (desianed)
ADSL-qualified LOOD Parity with retail ISDN BRI (desianed)Loop types of DS3 and higher bit-rates Parity with retail DS3 and higher bit-rate services(aaareqate)(aqqreaate)
Dark Fiber - LOOD Diaanostic.E911/911 Trunks Parity with retail E911/911 Trunks.Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DSO Diagnostic
level).Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DS1 Parity with retail DS1 Private Line
level).Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DS3 Diagnostic
level)
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 72
MR-8 - Trouble Rate (continued)
Availability:
Available
Notes:
1. Reporting will begin at the time CLECs order
the product, in any quantity, for three
consecutive months.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 73
MR-9 - Repair Appointments Met
Purpose:
Evaluates the extent to which Qwest repairs services for Customers by the appointment date and time.
Description:
Measures the percentage of trouble reports for which the appointment date and time is met.
.Includes all trouble reports closed during the reporting period, subject to exclusions specified
below..Time measured is from date and time that Qwest is first notified of the trouble by CLEC to date
and time trouble is cleared.
Reporting Period: One month
I Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide leveL.
Comparisons: CLEC Results for listed services wil be disaggregated and reported
aggregate, individual according to trouble reports involving:
CLEC and Qwest Retail MR-9A Dispatches within MS;
results MR-9B Dispatches outside MSAs; and
MR-9C No disoatches.
Formula:
((Total Trouble Reports Cleared by appointment date and time) + (Total Trouble Reports Closed in the
Reporting Period)) x 100
Exclusions:.Trouble reports coded as follows:-For products measured from MTAS data, trouble reports coded to disposition codes for:
Customer Action; Non-Telco Plant; Trouble Beyond the Network Interface; and Miscellaneous
- Non-Dispatch, non-Qwest (includes CPE, Customer Instruction, Carrier, Alternate Provider)..Subsequent trouble reports of any trouble before the original trouble report is closed..Information tickets generated for internal Qwest system/network monitoring purposes..Time delays due to "no access" are excluded from repair time by using the rescheduled
appointment time to determine if the repair appointment is met..Trouble reports on the day of installation before the installation work is reported by the
technician/installer as complete.
.Records involving official company services.
.Records with invalid trouble receipt dates.
.Records with invalid cleared or closed dates.
.Records with invalid product codes.
.Records missina data essential to the calculation of the measurement oer the PID.
Product Reporting:Standard: Parity
Resale:
Residential single line service
Business single line service
Centrex
Centrex 21
PBX Trunks
Basic ISDN
Unbundled Elements - Platform (UNE-P)
(POTS)
Availabilty:Notes:
Available
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 74
MR-10 - Customer and Non-Qwest Related Trouble Reports
Purpose:
Evaluates the extent that trouble reports were customer related, and provides diagnostic information
to help address potential issues that might be raised by the core maintenance and repair performance
indicators.
Description:
Measures the percentage of all trouble reports that are attributed to the customer as a percentage of
all trouble reports resolved during the reporting period, subject to exclusions specified below.
Includes trouble reports closed during the reporting period coded as follows:.For products measured from MTAS data, trouble reports coded to disposition codes for: Customer
Action; Non-Telco Plant, Trouble Beyond the Network Interface; and Miscellaneous - Non-
Dispatch, non-Qwest (includes CPE, Customer Instruction, Carrier, Alternate Provider) and trouble
reports involving a "no access" delay for MSA type disaggregated products..For products measured from WFA (Workforce Administration) data trouble reports coded to
trouble codes for Carrier Action (IEC) and Customer Provided Equipment (CPE).
Reporti ng Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate,Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide leveL.
individualCLEC and Qwest Retail results
Formula:
((Number of Trouble Reports coded to disposition codes specified above) + (Total Number of Trouble
Reports Closed in the Reporting Period)) x 100
Exclusions:
.Subsequent trouble reports of any trouble before the original trouble report is closed.Information tickets generated for internal Qwest system/network monitoring purposes..Records involving official company services.
.Records with invalid trouble receipt dates.
.Records with invalid cleared or closed dates.
.Records with invalid product codes.
.Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
.Trouble reports on the day of installation before the installation work is reported by the
technician/installer as complete.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 75
MR-10 Customer and Non-Qwest Related Trouble Reports (continued)
Product Reoortina:I Standards:.Resale
Residential sinale line service Diagnostic
Business sinale line service Diaanostic
Centrex Diagnostic
Centrex 21 Diaanostic
PBX Trunks Diaanostic
Basic ISDN Diaanostic ..Unbundled Network Element - Platform Diagnostic
(UNE-P) (POTS).Unbundled Network Element - Platform Diagnostic
(UNE-P) (Centrex 21 ).Unbundled Network Element - Platform Diagnostic
(UNE-P) (Centrex)
.Resale
Primarv ISDN Diagnostic
DSO Diaanostic
DS1 Diagnostic .
DS3 and higher bit-rate services Diagnostic
(aaareaate)
Frame Relav Diagnostic.LIS Trunks Diagnostic
.Unbundled Dedicated Interoffice TransDort (UDIT)
UDIT - DS1 level Diaanostic
UDIT - Above DS1 level I Diaanostic.Unbundled Loops:
Analoa LOOD Diaanostic
Non-loaded LOOD (2-wire)Diaanostic
Non-loaded Loop (4-wire)Diagnostic
DS1-caDable LOOD Diagnostic
xDSL-1 caDable LOOD Diagnostic
ISDN-caDable LOOD Diagnostic
ADSL-aualified LOOD Diagnostic
Loop types of DS3 and higher bit-rates Diagnostic
(aaareaate).E911/911 Trunks Diaqnostic
Availability:Notes:
Available
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 76
MR-11 - LNP Trouble Reports Cleared within Specified Timeframes
Purpose:
Evaluates timeliness of clearing LNP trouble reports, focusing on the degree to which residence and
business, disconnect-related, out-of-service trouble reports are cleared within four business hours and all
LNP-related trouble reports are cleared within 48 hours.
Description:
MR-11A: Measures the percentage of specified LNP-only (Le., not unbundled-loop), residence and
business, out-of-service trouble reports that are cleared within four business hours of Qwest
receiving these trouble reports from GLEGs.
· Includes only trouble reports that are received on or before the currently-scheduled due date
of the actual LNP-related disconnect time/date, or the next business day, that are confirmed
to be caused by disconnects being made before the scheduled time, and that are closed
during the reporting period, subject to exclusions specified below.
MR-11 B: Measures the percentage of specified LNP-only trouble reports that are cleared within 48 hours
of Qwest receiving these trouble reports from GLEGs.
· Includes all LNP-only trouble reports, received within four calendar days of the actual LNP-
related disconnect date and closed during the reporting period.
· The "currently-scheduled due date/time" is the original due date/time established by Qwestin
response to GLEG/customer request for disconnection of service ported via LNP or, if GLEG submits
to Qwest a timely or untimely request for delay of disconnection, it is the GLEG/customer-requested
later date/time.
· A request for delay of disconnection is considered timely if received by Qwest before 8:00 p.m. MT
on the due date that Qwest has on record at the time of the request.
· A request for delay of disconnection is considered untimely if received by Qwest after 8:00 p.m. MTon the due date and before 12:00 p.m. MT (noon) on the day after the due date
· Time measured is from the date and time Qwest receives the trouble report to the date and time
trouble is cleared.Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons: GLEG Aggregate and
Individual GLEG
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level (all are
"non-dispatched").
Formula:
MR-11A = ((Number of specified out-of-service LNP-only Trouble Reports, for LNP-related troubles
confirmed to be caused by disconnects, that Qwest executed before the currently-scheduled
due date/time, that were closed in the reporting period and cleared within four business
hours)-; (Total Number of specified out of service LNP-only Trouble Reports for LNP-related
troubles confirmed to be caused by disconnects that Qwest executed before the currently-
scheduled due date/time, that were closed in the reporting period)) x 100
MR-11 B = ((Number of specified LNP-only Trouble Reports closed in the reporting period that were
cleared within 48 hours) -; (Total Number of specified LNP-only Trouble Reports closed in the
reporting period)) x 100
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 77
MR-11 - LNP Trouble Reports Cleared within Specified Timeframes (Continued)
Exclusions:
. Trouble reports attributed to customer or non-Qwest reasons
. Trouble reports not related to valid requests (LSRs) for LNP and associated disconnects.
. Subsequent trouble reports of LNP trouble before the original trouble report is closed.
. For MR-11 B only: Trouble reports involving a "no access" delay.
. Information tickets generated for internal Qwest system/network monitoring purposes.
. Records involving offcial company services.
. Records with invalid trouble receipt dates.
. Records with invalid cleared or closed dates.
. Records with invalid product codes.
. Records missinq data essential to the calculation of the measurement oer the PID.
Product Reporting: LNP Standards:
MR-11A-
. If OP-17 result meets its standard, the MR-11A standard is Diagnostic.
. If OP-17 result does not meet its standard, the MR-11A standard is as
follows:
- For 0-20 trouble reports*: No more than 1 ticket cleared in ;: four
business hours
- For;: 20 trouble reports*: The lesser of 95% or Parity with MR -3C
results for Retail Residence and Business
MR-11B:
. For 0-20 trouble reports**: No more than 1 ticket c1ea red;: 48 hours
. For;: 20 trouble reports**: The lesser of 95% or Parity with MR-4C
results for Retail Residence and Business
* Based on MR-11A denominator.
Based on MR-11 B denominator.
Availabiliy:
Available
Notes:
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 78
Biling
BI-1 - Time to Provide Recorded Usage Records
Purpose:
Evaluates the timeliness with which Qwest provides recorded daily usage records to CLECs.
Description:
Measures the average time interval from date of recorded daily usage to date usage records are
transmitted or made available to CLECs as applicable.
BI-1A - Measures recorded daily usage for UNEs and Resale and includesindust!i standard
electronically transmitted usage records for feature group switched access, N TE 1 local
measured usage, local message usage, toll usage, and local exchange service components
priced on a per-use basis, subject to exclusions specified below.
BI-1B - Measures the percent of recorded daily usage for Jointly provided switched access provided
within four days.This includes usage created by the CLEC and Qwest or IXC providing
access, usually via 2-way Feature Group X trunk groups for Feature Group A, Feature Group
B, Feature Group D, Phone to Phone IP Telephony, 8XX access, and 900 access and their
successors or similar Switched Access services.
BI-1C - Provides separate reporting for two elements captured in BI-1A above, as follows:.BI-1G-1 - Measures recorded daily usage for UNEs and Resale and includes industry
standard electronically transmitted usage records for feature group switched access, NOTE 1
subjectto exclusions specified below..BI-1 G-2 - Measures recorded daily usage for UNEs and Resale and includes industry
standard electronically transmitted usage records for local measured usage,local
message usage, toll usage, and local exchange service components priced on a per-use
basis, subiect to exclusions specified below.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure:
BI-1A, BI-1G-1, BI-1G-2:Average Business Days
BI-18:Percent
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate,Disaggregation Reporting: State leveL.
individual CLECs, and Qwest Retail results
Formula:
BI-1A, BI-1 C-1, BI-1C-2 (for specified products & records) = ¿(Date Record Transmitted or made
available - Date Usage Recorded) -7 (Total number of records)
BI-1 B = ((# of daily usage records for Jointly provided switched access sent within four days) -7 (Total
daily usage records for Jointly provided switched access in the report period)) x 100
Exclusions:.Instances where the CLEC requests other than daily usage transmission or availability..Duolicate records.
Product Reporting:Standards:.UNEs and Resale BI-1A: Parity with Qwest retaiL..Jointly-provided Switched Access BI-1B: 95% within 4 business days
BI-1 C-1, BI-1 C-2: Diagnostic Comparison with the
Qwest Retail results used in standard for
BI-1A
Availabilty:Notes:
Available 1."Feature group switched access" includes all
type 11 OXXX detail records for Feature
Grouos A, B, C, and D.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 79
BI-2 -- Invoices Delivered within 10 Days
Purpose:
Evaluates the timeliness with which Qwest delivers industry standard electronically transmitted bills to
CLECs, focusina on the percent delivered within ten calendar days.
Description:
Measures the percentage of invoices that are delivered within ten days, based on the number of days
between the bil date and bil delivery.
.Includes all industry standard electronicaiiy transmitted invoices for local exchange services and
toll, subiect to exclusions specified below.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons: Combined Qwest Disaggregation Reporting: State level
Retail/CLEC results (Parity by desiqn)
Formula:
((Count of Invoices for which Bill Transmission Date to Bil Date is ten calendar days or less) + (Total
Number of Invoices)) x 100
Exclusions:
.Bils transmitted via paper, magnetic tape, CD-ROM, diskette..Records with missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
Product Reporting:Standard:.UNEs and Resale Parity by design.
.
Availabilty:Notes:
Available
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 80
BI-3 - Biling Accuracy - Adjustments for Errors
Purpose:
Evaluates the accuracy with which Qwest bils CLECs, focusing on the percentage of billed revenue
adjusted due to errors.
Description:
Measures the billed revenue minus amounts adjusted off bills due to errors, as a percentage of total
billed revenue..Both the billed revenue and amounts adjusted off bills due to error are calculated from bills
rendered in the reporting period.."Amounts adjusted off bils due to errors" is the sum of all bil adjustments made in the reporting
period that involve, either in part or in total, adjustment codes related to billing errors. (Each
adjustment thus qualifvinq is added to the sum in its entiretv.)
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate,Disaggregation Reporting: State leveL.
individual CLECs, and Qwest Retail results
Formula:
¡¿(Total Billed Revenue Biled in Reporting Period - Amounts Adjusted Off Bills Due to Errors) 7 (Total
Billed Revenue billed in Reporting Period)) x 100
Exclusions:
. BI-3A - UNEs and Resale - None
. BI-3B - Reciprocal Compensation Minutes of Use - Billing adjustments as a result of CLEC-caused
errors in return of minutes of use
Product Reporting:Standards:.BI-3A - UNEs and Resale .BI-3A - UNEs and Resale: 98%.BI-3B - Reciprocal Compensation Minutes of .BI-3B - Reciprocal Compensation (MOU)-
Use (MOU)95%
Availabilty:Notes:
Available
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 81
BI-4 - Billng Completeness
Purpose:.UNEs and Resale - Evaluates the completeness with which Qwest reflects non-recurring and
recurring charges associated with completed service orders on the bills..Reciprocal Compensation Minutes of Use (MOU) - Evaluates the completenes~ with which Qwest
reflects the revenue for Local Minutes of Use associated with CLEC local traffic over Qwests
network on the bills.
Description:
BI-4A - UNEs and Resale: Measures the percentage of non-recurring and recurring charges
associated with completed service orders appear on the correct bil. *
BI-4B - Reciprocal Compensation (MOU): Measures the percentage of revenue associated with local
minutes of use appearing on the correct (current) bill.*
* Correct bill = next available bil
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate,Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide leveL.
individual CLECs, and Qwest Retail results
Formula:
BI-4A - UNEs and Resale = (¿(Count of service orders with non-recurring and recurring charges
associated with completed service orders on the bills that are billed on the correct bill .; total
count of service orders with non-recurring and recurring charges associated with completed
service orders billed on the bill)) x 100
BI-4B - Reciprocal Compensation MOU = (¿(Revenue for Local Minutes of Use billed on the correct*
bill.; Total revenue for Local Minutes of Use collected during the month)) x 100
Exclusions: None
Product Reporting:Standards:.UNEs and Resale BI-4A - UNEs and Resale: Parity with Qwest.Reciprocal Compensation (MOU)Retail bills.
BI-4B - Reciprocal Compensation (MOU): 95%
Availabilty:Notes:
Available
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 82
Database Updates
DB-1 - Time to Update Databases
Purpose:
Evaluates the time required for updates to the databases of E911, L1DB, and Directory Builder.
Description:.Measures the average time required to update the databases of E911, L1DB, and Directory
Builder..Includes all database updates as specified under Disaggregation Reporting completed during
the reporting period..For DB-1A the time to update the E911 database is provided by the third party vendor that
performs the update. The elapsed time is captured automatically by the database system. There
are no "individual E911 database update records" provided with which to measure the database
update process..The numerator of DB-1A is calculated by multiplying the vendor-calculated results (Average
Minutes in Process Time) by the denominator (Count of records Processed). This method
produces a result from the vendor data that is the same as that which would be produced by
totallna the uodate times from individual E911 database update records.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure:
E911 - Hrs: Mins.
L1DB & Directorv ListinQs - Seconds
Reporting Comparisons:Disaggregation Reporting:
DB-1A - E911: Combined results for Qwest Retail DB-1A:E911 for Qwest Retail and Reseller
and Reseller CLEC Aggregate;CLEC-8tate level
DB-1B - L1DB: Combined results for all Qwest DB-1B:L1DB for Qwest Retail, Reseller CLEC
Retail, Reseller CLEC and Facilities Based CLEC and Facilties Based CLEC - Multi
updates;state region-wide level
DB-1C-1 - Listings: Combined results for all DB-1C-1:Listings for all Provider types including
Provider types including Qwest Retail, Reseller Qwest Retail, Reseller CLEC, and
CLEC, and Facilities Based CLEC, ILEC and Facilities Based CLEC, ILEC and
Unknown Provider, Electronically Submitted,Unknown Provider, Electronically
Electronically Processed updates. NOTE 1 Submitted, Electronically Processed-
Sub-region applicable to state
Formula:
L((Date and Time of database update for each database update as specified under Disaggregation
Reporting in the reporting period) - (Date and Time of submissions of data for entry into the database
for each database update as specified under Disaggregation Reporting in the reporting period)) 7 Total
database updates as specified under Disaggregation Reporting completed in the reporting period
Exclusion:.Invalid start/stop dates/times.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit BJune 26,2007 Page 83
DB-1 - Time to Update Databases (continued)
Product Reporting:Standards:
Not applicable (Reported by database type)OB-1A-E911: Parity by design
OB-1 B-L10B: Parity by design
OB-1 G-1 - Listings: Parity by design
Availabilty:Notes:
Available 1.Because they cannot be separated, results for Qwest Retail, Reseller
GLEG, Facilities-based GLEGs, ILEG and Unknown Provider updates
are reported combined within these disaggregations.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 84
DB-2 - Accurate Database Updates
Purpose:
Evaluates the accuracv of database updates completed without errors in the reporting period.
Description:.Measures the percentage of database updates completed without errors in the reporting period..Includes all database updates as specified under Disaggregation Reporting completed during the
reportina period.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons:Disaggregation Reporting:
DB-2C-1 Listings - Combined results for all DB- 2C-1, Listings for Owest Retail, Reseller
Owest Retail, Reseller CLEC and Facilities-CLEC, and Facilities-Based CLEC Electronically
Based CLEC Electronically Submitted,Submitted, Electronically Processed updates:
Electronically Processed updates Statewide
.
Formula:
(Total database updates as specified under Disaggregation Reporting completed without errors in the
reporting period -; Total database updates as specified under Disaggregation Reporting completed in
the reporting period) x 100
Exclusions:
Invalid start/stop dates/times.
Product Reporting:Standards:
Not applicable (Reported by database type)DB-2C-1 - Listings: Parity by design NOTE 1
Availabiliy:Notes:
Available 1.Owest retail and Reseller CLECs are parity by design. Because
Facilities-based CLEC Electronically Submitted, Electronically
Processed cannot be separated out from Reseller CLECs they are
reported combined within this disaaareaation.
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 85
Directory Assistance
DA-1 - Speed of Answer - Directory Assistance
Purpose:
Evaluates timeliness of customer access to Qwests Directory Assistance operators, focusing on how
lona it takes for calls to be answered.
Description:
Measures the average time following first ring until a call is first picked up by the Qwest agent/system
to answer Directory Assistance calls..Includes all calls to Qwest directory assistance during the reporting period..Because a system (electronic voice) prompts for city, state, and listing requested before the actual
operator comes on the line, the first ring is defined as when the voice response unit places the call
into queue..Measurements are taken by sampling calls from the network queue at 10-second intervals. A
count of calls in the queue is taken for every sampling event (10-second snapshot), and this count
is multiplied by 10 to get a measurement of waiting intervals..Using this method, calls that enter the queue after a sample is taken but exit before the next
sample is taken are not counted, i.e., are effectively counted as a zero intervaL. However, this
situation is offset by calls that enter just prior to a sampling time, but exit before the next sampling
time, and which are counted as 10 seconds. The call intervals shorter than 10 seconds that are
counted as 10 seconds are offset bv those calls shorter than 10 seconds that are not counted.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Seconds
Reporting Comparisons: Results for Qwest and Disaggregation Reporting:
all CLECs are combined.Sub-region applicable to state
Formula:
L((Date and Time of Call Answer) - (Date and Time of First Ring)) + (Total Calls Answered by Center)
Exclusions: Abandoned Calls are not included in the total number of calls answered by the center.
Product Reporting: None Standard: Parity by design
Availabilty:Notes:
Available
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 86
Operator Services
OS-1 - Speed of Answer - Operator Services
Purpose:
Evaluates timeliness of customer access to Qwests operators, focusing on how long it takes for calls
to be answered.
Description:
Measures the time following first ring until a call is answered by the Qwest agent..Includes all calls to Qwests operator services during the reporting period, subject to exclusions
specified below..Measurements are taken by sampling calls from the network queue at 10-second intervals. A
count of calls in the queue is taken for every sampling event (10-second snapshot), and this count
is multiplied by 10 to get a measurement of waiting intervals..Using this method, calls- that enter the queue after a sample is taken but exit before the next
sample is taken are not counted, i.e., are effectively counted as a zero intervaL. However, this
situation is offset by calls that enter just prior to a sampling time, but exit before the next sampling
time, and which are counted as 10 seconds. The call intervals shorter than 10 seconds that are
counted as 10 seconds are offset bv those calls shorter than 10 seconds that are not counted.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Seconds
Reporting Comparisons: Qwest and all CLECs Disaggregation Reporting:
are aggregated in a single measure.Sub-region applicable to state
Formula:
L((Date and Time of Call Answer) - (Date and Time of First Ring))-; (Total Calls Answered by Center)
Exclusions: Abandoned Calls are not included in the total number of calls answered by the center.
Product Reporting: None Standard:Parity by design
Availabilty:Notes:
Available
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 87
Network Penormance
NI-1 - Trunk Blocking
Purpose:
Evaluates factors affecting completion of calls from Qwest end offices to CLEC end offices, compared with
the completion of calls from Qwest end offices to other Qwest end offices, focusing on average busy-hour
blockina percentaaes in interconnection or interoffice final trunks.
Description:
Measures the percentage of trunks blocking in interconnection and interoffce final trunks.
· Includes blocking percentages on all direct final and alternate final interconnection and interoffice trunk
arouos that are in service durina the reportina period subiect to exclusions specified below.Reporting Period: One month I Unit of Measure: Percent Blockage
Reporting Comparisons: Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide leveL.
CLEC aggregate, Reports the percentage of trunks blocking in interconnection final trunks,
individual CLEC, and reported by:
Qwest Interoffce trunk NI-1A Interconnection (LIS) trunks to Qwest tandem offices, with TGSR-
blocking results. related exclusions applied as specified below;
NI-1B LIS trunks to Qwest end offces, with TGSR-related exclusions
applied as specified below;
NI-1C LIS trunks to Qwest tandem offces, without TGSR-related
exclusions;
NI.1D LIS trunks to other Qwest end offces, without TGSR-related
exclusions.
Formula:
H¿(Blockage in Final Trunk Group of Specified Type)x(Number of Circuits in Trunk Group)) + (Total Number
of Final Trunk Circuits in all Final Trunk GroupsH x 100
Explanation: Actual average percentage of trunk blockage is calculated by dividing the equivalent average
number of trunk circuits blocking by the total number of trunk circuits in final trunks of the type being
measured.
Exclusions:
For NI-1 A and NI-1 B only:
· Trunk groups, blocking in excess of one percent in the reporting period, for which:
- A Trunk Group Service Request (TGSR) NOTES 1 & 2 has been issued in the reporting period; or
- CLECs do not submit, within 20 calendar days of receiving a TGSR:
.... a) Responsive ASRs (or have ASRs pending that are delayed for CLEC reasons NOTE 3);
b) Trouble Reports; or
c) Notification of traffic re-routing (as described in Note 1 below).
For NI-1A. NI-1B, NI-1C, and NI-1D:
· Trunk groups, blocking in excess of one percent in the reporting period, for which Qwest can identify, in
time to incorporate in the regular reporting of this measurement, the cause as being attributable to:
- Trunk group out-of-service conditions arising from cable cuts, severe weather, or force majeure
circumstances;
- The CLEC placing trunks in a "busy" condition;
- Lack of interconnection facilities to fulfill LIS requests for which the CLEC did not provide a timely
forecast to Qwest. (This portion of the exclusion is limited to being applied in (a) the month the LIS
requests could not be fulfilled, due to lack of facilities and (b) each month thereafter up to the month
following facility availability OR ~ to five months after the month the LIS requests could not be
fulfilled, whichever is sooner NOT 4); or
- Isolated incidences of blocking, about which Qwest provides notification to the CLEC, that (a) are
not recurring or persistent (affecting the same trunk groups), (b) do not warrant corrective action by
CLEC or Qwest, and (c) thus, do not require an actionable TGSR.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 88
NI-1 - Trunk Blocking (Continued)
· Trunk groups recently activated that have not been in service for a full "20-high-day, busy hour" review
period.
· Toll trunks, non-final trunks, and trunks that are not connected to the public switched network.
· One-way trunks originating at CLEC end offces.
· Qwest official services trunks, local interoffice operator and directory assistance trunks, and local
interoffce 911/E911 trunks.
· Records with invalid product codes.
· Records missina data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
Product Reporting: Standards:
LIS Trunks Where NI-1As: 1%:
Where NI-1A;: 1%:
Where NI-1B s: 1%:
Where NI-1B;: 1%:
NI-1C and NI-1D:
Availabilty:
Available
.
1 %
Parity with Qwest Interoffce Trunks to tandems
1 %
Parity with Qwest Interoffice Trunks to end offices
Diaçinostic NOTE 5
Notes:
1. Qwest uses TGSRs to notify CLECs when trunk blocking exceeds standard thresholds or is
determined to be persistent. To respond properly to TGSRs, a CLEC must (a) submit
within 20 days ASRs to provide necessary trunk augmentations to avoid further blocking,
(b) notify Qwest within 20 days that it is initiating a Trouble Report where Qwest traffic
routing problems are causing the blocking referenced by the TGSR, or (c) notify Qwest that
the CLEC wil undertake its own re-routing of traffic within 20 days to alleviate the blocking.
2. The TGSR-related exclusion is applied in the month in which the TGSR is issued and in
the month in which the above-specified 20-day response period ends. Thus, any trunk
group excluded in one month will not be excluded in the next month, unless there is (a) a
20-day period following a TGSR ends in that month, (b) there is another TGSR applicable
to the next month for the same trunk group or (c) an exception documented, in lieu of
issuing a subsequent TGSR, where the CLEC's response to the previous TGSR indicated
that, for its own reasons, it plans to take no action at any time to augment the trunk group.
3. GLEC delays are reflected by CLEC-initiated order supplements that move the due date
later.
a) Qwest-initiated due date delays, including supplements made pursuant to Qwest
requests to delay due dates, shall not be counted as GLEG delays in this
measurement.
b) Qwest-initiated due date changes to earlier dates that the GLEG does not meet shall
not be counted as a GLEC delay in this measurement unless the earlier dates were
mutually agreed-upon.
c) GLEC delays (e.g., "customer not ready" in advance of a due date) that do not
contribute to a Qwest-established due date being missed shall not be counted as a
GLEC delay in this measurement.
4. The limitation on part (3) of this exclusion is intended to bound its applicability to a period
of time that treats the unforecasted ASR as if it were, in effect, the first forecast for the
facilities needed.
a) Given that forecast advance intervals are currently six months, this provision allows the
exclusion to apply for no longer than that period of time.
b) Nevertheless, this limitation to the exclusion also recognizes that facilities may become
available sooner and, if so, reduces the limitation accordingly. In that context, this
limitation recognizes that, absent a CLEG forecast, Qwest still retains a responsibilty to
provide facilities for the ASR, although in a longer timeframe than for ASRs covered by
forecasts. NI-1 G and NI-1 D will be reported for information purposes only, with no
standard to be applied.
c) This limitation may change depending on the outcome of separate workshops dealing
with issues of interconnection forecasting.
5. NI-1C and NI-1D will be reported for information purposes only, with no standard to be
applied.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 89
NP.1- NXX Code Activation
Purpose:
Evaluates the timeliness of Owests NXX code activation prior to the LERG effective date or by the
"revised" effective date, as set forth herein.
Description:
NP-1A: Measures the percentage of NXX codes activated in the reporting period that are actually
loaded and tested prior to the LERG effective date or the "revised" date, subject to exclusions
shown below.
NP-1B: Measures the percentage of NXX codes activated in the reporting period that are delayed
beyond the LERGdate or "revised" date due to Owest-caused Interconnection facility delays,
subject to exclusions shown below. Included among activations counted as a Owest delay in
this sub-measurement are cases in which "2-6 codes" NOTE 1 associated with the Owest
interconnection facilities are provided late by Owest to the CLEC.
· Owest must receive complete and accurate routing information required for code activation, which
includes but is not limited to "2-6 codes" for all interconnection trunk groups associated with the
activation no less than 25 days prior to the LERG Due Date or Revised Due Date.
· The "revised" date, for purposes of this measurement, is a CLEC-initiated renegotiation of the
activation effective date that is no less than 25 days after Owest receives complete and accurate
routing information required for code activation, which includes but is not limited to "2-6 codes" for
all interconnection trunk groups associated with the activation.
· The NXX code activation notice is provided by the LERG (Local Exchange Routing Guide) to
Owest.
· NXX code activation is defined as complete when all translations associated with the new NXX are
complete by 11 :59 p.m. of the day prior to the date identified in the LERG or the "revised" date (if
different than the LERG date).
· The NXX code activation completion process includes testing, including calls to the test number
when provided.Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate, Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide.
individual CLEC and Owest Retail results.
Formula:
NP-1A = ((Number of NXX codes loaded and tested in the reporting period prior to the LERG effective
date or the "revised" date) + (Number of NXX codes loaded and tested in the reporting
period)) x 100
NP-1 B = ((Number of NXX codes loaded and tested in the reporting period that were delayed past the
LERG effective date or "revised" date affected by Owest Interconnection Facility Delays) +
(Number of NXX codes loaded and tested in the reporting period, including NXX codes
loaded and tested in the reporting period that were delayed past the LERG effective date or
the "revised" date due to Interconnection Facility Delays)) x 100
Exclusions:
NP-1A:
· NXX code activations completed after the LERG date or "revised" date due to delays in the
installation of Owest provided interconnection facilities associated with the activations. NOTE 2
NP-1A and NP-1B:
· NXX codes with LERG dates or "revised" dates resulting in loading intervals shorter than
industry standard (currently 45 calendar days).
· NXX codes where OWEST received complete and accurate routing information required for
code activations less than 25 days prior to the LERG due date or Revised due date.
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 90
NP-1- NXX Code Activation (continued)
Product Reporting: None Standards:
NP-1A: Parity
NP-1B: Diai:nostic
Availabilty:Notes:
Available 1."2-6 codes" are industry-standard
designators for local interconnection trunk
groups, consisting of 2 alpha letters and six
numeric digits.
2.Only Qwest-provided interconnection facilities
are noted in this exclusion, because delays
related to facilities provided by CLECs or
others are accounted for by revising the due
date.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 91
Collocation
CP;,1 - Collocation Completion Interval
Purpose:
Evaluates the timeliness of Qwests installation of collocation arrangements for CLECs, focusing on the
averaae time to comolete such arranaements.
Description:
Measures the interval between the Collocation Application Date and Qwests completion of the
collocation installation.
· Includes all collocations of types specified herein that are assigned a Ready for Service (RFS) date
by Qwest and completed during the reporting period, subject to exclusions specified below.
· Collocation types included are: physical cageless, thysical caged, shared physical caged, physical-
line sharing, cageless-Iine sharing, and virtuaL. NOT 1
· The Collocation Application Date is the date Qwest receives from the CLEC a complete and valid
application for collocation. In cases where the CLEC's collocation application is received by Qwest
on a weekend or holiday, the Collocation Application Date is the next business day following the
weekend or holiday.
· Major Infrastructure Modifications include conditioning the collocation space, obtaining permits, and
installing DC power plant, standby generators, heating, venting or air conditioning equipment.
· Completion of the collocation installation is the date on which the requested collocation arrangement
is "Ready For Service" as defined in the Definition of Terms section herein.
· Establishment of RFS Dates: RFS dates are established according to intervals specified in
interconnection agreements. Where an interconnection agreement does not specify intervals, or
where the CLEC requests, RFS dates are established as follows:
· Collocation Applications with Timely Quote Acceptance and, for Virtual Collocations, also
with Timely Equipment Ready - for collocation applications where the CLEC accepts the quote
in seven or fewer calendar days after the quote date and, for virtual collocations, where the CLEC
provides the equipment to be collocated to Qwest 53 calendar days or less after the Collocation
Application Date, the RFS date shall be:
Forecasted Collocations: 90 calendar days after the Collocation Application Date for
collocations for which the CLEC provides a complete forecast to Qwest 60 or more calendar
days in advance of the Collocation Application Date.
Unforecasted Collocations: 120 calendar days after the Collocation Application Date for
collocations for which the CLEC does not provide a forecast to Qwest 60 or more calendar
days in advance of the Collocation Application Date.
· Collocation Applications with Late Quote Acceptance and, for Virtual Collocations, also
with Timely Equipment Ready - for collocation applications where the CLEC accepts the quote
in eight or more calendar days after the quote date and, for virtual collocations, where the CLEC
provides the equipment to be collocated to Qwest 53 calendar days or less after the Collocation
Application Date, the RFS date shall be:
Forecasted Collocations: 90 calendar days after the quete acceptance date for collocations
for which the CLEC provides a complete forecast to Qwest 60 or more calendar days in
advance of the Collocation Application Date. .
Unforecasted Collocations: 120 calendar days after the quote acceptance date for
collocations for which the CLEC does not provide a forecast to Qwest 60 or more calendar
days in advance of the Collocation Application Date.
· Virtual Collocation Applications with Timely Quote Acceptance and Late Equipment Ready
- for virtual collocation applications where the CLEC (1) accepts the quote in seven or fewer
calendar days after the quote date and (2) provides the equipment to be collocated to Qwest
more than 53 calendar days after the Collocation Application Date, the RFS date shall be:
Forecasted Collocations: 45 calendar days after the equipment is provided to Qwest, for
collocations for which the CLEC provides a complete forecast to Qwest 60 or more calendar
days in advance of the Collocation Application Date.
Unforecasted Collocations: 75 calendar davs after the equipment is orovided to Qwest, for
Qwestldaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 92
CP-1- Collocation Completion Interval (continued)
collocations for which the CLEC does not provide a forecast to Qwest 60 or more calendar
days in advance of the Collocation Application Date.
· Virtual Collocation Applications with Late Quote Acceptance and Late Equipment Ready -
for virtual collocation applications where the CLEC (1) accepts the quote in eight or more .
calendar days after the quote date and (2) provides the equipment to be collocated to Qwest
more than 53 calendar days after the Collocation Application Date, the RFS date shall be:
- Forecasted Collocations: 45 calendar days after the equipment is provided to Qwest, for
collocations for which the CLEC provides a complete forecast to Qwest 60 or more calendar
days in advance of the Collocation Application Date.
- Unforecasted Collocations: 75 calendar days after the equipment is provided to Qwest, for
collocations for which the CLEC does not provide a forecast to Qwest 60 or more calendar
days in advance of the Collocation Application Date.
· All Collocations (physical, virtual. forecasted. or unforecasted) requiring Major
Infrastructure Modifications: the later of (1) up to 150 calendar days (as specified in the quote)
after the Collocation Application Date, or (2) for virtual collocations, 45 days following the date
equipment to be collocated is provided to Qwest for collocations in which Major Infrastructure
Modifications are required. Qwest wil provide to the CLEC, as part of the quotation, the need for,
and the duration of, such extended intervals.
· When a CLEC submits six (6) or more Collocation applications in a one-week period in any state,
completion intervals will be individually negotiated. These collocation arrangements will be
included in CP-1A, -1 B, or -1 C according to the interval criteria specified below for these
measurements.
· Where there is a CLEC-caused delay, the RFS Date is rescheduled
· RFS dates may be extended beyond the above intervals for CLEC reasons, or for reasons beyond
Qwests control, but not for Qwest reasons.
· Where CLECs do not accept the quote within thirty days of the quote date, the application is
considered expired.
CP-1A Measures collocation installations for which the scheduled interval from Collocation
Application Date to RFS date is 90 calendar days or less.
CP-18 Measures collocation installations for which the scheduled interval from Collocation
Application Date to RFS date is 91 to 120 calendar days.
CP-1C Measures collocation installations for which the scheduled interval from Collocation
Application Date to RFS date is 121 to 150 calendar davs.Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Calendar Days
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate and
individual CLEC results
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide.
Formula: (for CP-1A, CP-1B and CP-1C)
¿((Collocation Completion Date) ~ (Complete Application Date)) + (Total Number of Collocations
Completed in Reporting Period)
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 93
CP-1- Collocation Completion Interval (continued)
Exclusions:
· CP-1A: CLEC collocation applications with RFS dates yielding scheduled intervals longer than 90
calendar days from Collocation Application Date to RFS date.
· CP-1 B: CLEC collocation applications with RFS dates yielding scheduled intervals shorter than 91
calendar days or longer than 120 calendar days from Collocation Application Date to RFS date.
· CP-1C: CLEC collocation applications with RFS dates yielding scheduled intervals shorter than 121
calendar days or longer than 150 calendar days from Collocation Application Date to RFS date.
· Cancelled or exoired aoolications.
Product Reporting: None Standards:
CP-1A: 90 calendar days
CP-1 B: 120 calendar days
CP-1 C: 150 calendar days
Availabilty:
Available
Notes:
1. Collocations covered by this measurement are central office related. As
additional types of central office collocation are defined and offered, they
wil be included in this measurement. Non-central offce-based types of
collocation (such as remote collocation and field connection points) will be
considered for either inclusion in this measurement, or in new, separate
measurements, after the terms, conditions, and processes for such
collocation types become finalized, accepted, mature (i.e., six months of
experience from first installations), and ordered in volumes warranting
reoortina (i.e. consistentlv more than two oer month in anv state).
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 94
CP-2 - Collocations Completed within Scheduled Intervals
Purpose:
Evaluates the extent to which Qwest completes collocation arrangements for CLECs within the standard
intervals or intervals established in interconnection agreements.
Description:
Measures the percentage of collocation applications that are completed within standard intervals, including
intervals set forth in interconnection agreements.
· Includes all collocations of types specified herein that are assigned a Ready for Service Date RFS date by
Qwest and that are completed within the reporting period, including those with CLEC-requested RFS dates
longer than the standard interval and those with extended RFS dates negotiated with the CLEC (including
supplemented collocation orders that extend the RFS date) subject to exclusions specified below.
Collocation types included are: physical ca~eless, physical caged, shared physical caged, physical-line
sharing, cageless-line sharing, and virtuaL. OTE 1
· The Coiiocation Application Date is the date Qwest receives from the CLEC a complete and valid
application for collocation. In cases where the CLEC's collocation application is received by Qwest on a
weekend or holiday, the Collocation Application Date is the next business day foiiowing the weekend or
holiday.
· Major Infrastructure Modifications are defined as conditioning the collocation space, obtaining permits, and
installng DC power plant, standby generators, heating, venting or air conditioning equipment.
. A collocation arrangement is counted as met under this measurement if its RFS date is met.
· Establishment of RFS Dates: RFS dates are established as follows, except where interconnection
agreements require different intervals, in which case the intervals specified in the interconnection
agreements apply:
· Collocation Applications with Timely Quote Acceptance and, for Virtual Collocations, also with
Timely Equipment Ready - for collocation applications where the CLEC accepts the quote in seven
or fewer calendar days after the quote date and, for virtual collocations, where the CLEC provides the
equipment to be collocated to Qwest 53 calendar days or less after the Collocation Application Date,
the RFS date shall be:
- Forecasted Collocatjons: 90 calendar days after the Collocation Application Date for physical
collocations for which the CLEC provides a complete forecast to Qwest 60 or more calendar days
in advance of the Collocation Application Date.
- Unforecasted Collocations: 120 calendar days after the Collocation Application Date for physical
collocations for which the CLEC does not provide a forecast to Qwest 60 or more calendar days in
advance of the Collocation Application Date.
· Collocation Applications with Late Quote Acceptance and, for Virtual Collocations, also with
Timely Equipment Ready - for collocation applications where the CLEC accepts the quote in eight or
more calendar days after the quote date and, for virtual collocations, where the CLEC provides the
equipment to be collocated to Qwest 53 calendar days or less after the Collocation Application Date,
the RFS date shall be:
- Forecasted Collocations: 90 calendar days after the quote acceptance date for coiiocations for
which the CLEC provides a complete forecast to Qwest 60 or more calendar days in advance of the
Collocation Application Date.
- Unforecasted Collocations: 120 calendar days after the quote acceptance date for collocations
for which the CLEC does not provide a forecast to Qwest 60 or more calendar days in advance of
the Collocation Application Date.
· Virtual Collocation Applications with Timely Quote Acceptance and Late Equipment Ready - for
virtual collocation applications where the CLEC (1) accepts the quote in seven or fewer calendar days
after the quote date and (2) provides the equipment to be collocated to Qwest more than 53 calendar
days after the Collocation Application Date, the RFS date shall be:
- Forecasted Collocations: 45 calendar days after the equipment is provided to Qwest, for
collocations for which the CLEC provides a complete forecast to Qwest 60 or more calendar days
in advance of the Collocation Application Date.
- Unforecasted Collocations: 75 calendar days after the equipment is provided to Qwest, for
collocations for which the CLEC does not provide a forecast to Qwest 60 or more calendar days in
advance of the Collocation Application Date.
· Virtual Collocation Applications with Late Quote Acceptance and Late Equipment Readv - for
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 95
CP-2 - Collocations Completed within Scheduled Intervals (continued)
virtual collocation applications where the CLEC (1) accepts the quote in eight or more calendar days
after the quote date and (2) provides the equipment to be collocated to Owest more than 53 calendar
days after the Collocation Application Date, the RFS date shall be:
- Forecasted Collocations: 45 calendar days after the equipment is provided to Owest, for
collocations for which the CLEC provides a complete forecast to Owest 60 or more calendar days
in advance of the Collocation Application Date.
- Unforecasted Collocations: 75 calendar days after the equipment is provided to Owest, for
collocations for which the CLEC does not provide a forecast to Owest 60 or more calendar days in
advance of the Collocation Application Date.
· All Collocations (physical. virtual. forecasted. or unforecastedl requiring Major Infrastructure
Modifications: the later of (1) up to 150 calendar days (as specified in the quote) after the Collocation
Application Date, or (2) for virtual collocations, 45 calendar days following the date equipment to be
collocated is provided to Owest for collocations in which Major Infrastructure Modifications are
required. Owest wil provide to the CLEC, as part of the quotation, the need for, and the duration of,
such extended intervals.
. When a CLEC submits six (6) or more Collocation applications in a one-week period in any state,
completion intervals will be individually negotiated. These collocation arrangements wil be included in
CP-2A, -28, or -2C according to the criteria specified below for these measurements.
· Where there is a CLEC-caused delay, the RFS Date is rescheduled.
. Where CLECs do not accept the quote within thirty calendar days of the quote date, the application is
considered expired.
CP-2A Forecasted Collocations: Measures collocation installations for which CLEC provides a forecast
to Owest 60 or more calendar days in advance of the Collocation Application Date.
CP-28 Non-Forecasted and Late Forecasted Collocations: Measures collocation installations for
which CLEC does not provide a forecast to Owest 60 or more calendar days in advance of the
Collocation Application Date.
CP-2C All Collocations requiring Major Infrastructure Modifications and Collocations with
intervals longer than 120 days: Measures all collocation installations requiring Major
Infrastructure Modifications and collocations for which the RFS date is more than 120 calendar
days after the Collocation Application Date.
Reporting Period: One month
I Unit of Measure: Percent
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide leveL.Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate and
individual CLEC results
Formula: (for CP-2A, CP-28 and CP-2C)
((Count of Collocations for which the RFS is met) 7 (Total Number of Collocations Completed in the Reporting
Period)) x 100
Exclusions:
. RFS dates missed for reasons beyond Qwests control.
· Cancelled or expired requests.
Product Reporting: None Standards:
CP-2A & -28: 90%
CP-2C: 90%
Owest Idaho SGATThird Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit 8 June 26, 2007 Page 96
CP-2 - Collocations Completed within Scheduled Intervals (continued)
Availabilty:
Available
Notes:
1. Collocations covered by this measurement are central office related. As
additional types of central office collocation are defined and offered, they wil
be included in this measurement. Non-central office-based types of
collocation (Sllch as remote collocation and field connection points) will be
considered for either inclusion in this measurement, or in new, separate
measurements, after the terms, conditions, and processes for such
collocation types become finalized, accepted, mature (i.e., six months of
experience from first installations), and ordered in volumes warranting
reoortina (j.e. consistentlv more than two oer month in any state).
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 97
CP-3 - Collocation Feasibilty Study Interval
Purpose:
Evaluates the timeliness of the Qwest sub-process function of providing a collocation feasibility study
to the CLEC.
Description:
Measures average interval to respond to collocation studies for feasibility of installation..Includes feasibility studies, for collocations of types specified herein that are completed in the
reporting period, subject to exclusions specified below. Collocation types included are: physical
cageless, physical caged, shared physical caged, physical-line sharing, cageless-line sharing, and
virtuaL. NOTE 1.Interval begins with the Collocation Application Date and ends with the date Qwest completes the
Feasibility Study and provides it to the CLEC..The Collocation Application Date is the date Qwest receives from the CLEC a complete
application for collocation. In cases where the CLEC's application for collocation is received by
Qwest on a weekend or holiday, the Collocation Application Date is the next businéss day
followinq the weekend or holidav.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Calendar Days
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC açiçireçiate and Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide leveL.
individual CLEC results
Formula:
~((Date Feasibility Study provided to CLEC) - (Date Qwest receives CLEC request for Feasibility
Study)) + (Total Feasibility Studies Completed in the Reporting Period)
Exclusions:
.CLEC-caused delays of, or CLEC requests for feasibility study completions resulting in greater
than ten calendar days from Collocation Application Date to scheduled feasibility study completion
date.
Product Reporting:None Standard:10 calendar days or less
Availabiliy:Notes:
Available 1.Collocations covered by this measurement are central office related.
As additional types of central office collocation are defined and
offered, they will be included in this measurement. Non-central
offce-based types of collocation (such as remote collocatio'1 and
field connection points) will be considered for either inclusion in this
measurement, or in new, separate measurements, after the terms,
conditions, and processes for such collocation types become
finalized, accepted, mature (i.e., six months of experience from first
installations), and ordered in volumes warranting reporting (i.e.,
consistentlv more than two per month in anv state).
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 98
CP-4 - Collocation Feasibilty Study Commitments Met
Purpose:
Evaluates the degree that Qwest completes the sub-process function of providing a collocation
feasibiltv stud v to the CLEC as committed.
Description:
Measures the percentage of collocation feasibility studies for installations that are completed within the
Scheduled Interval.The Scheduled Interval is ten calendar days from the Collocation Application Date or, if
interconnection agreements call for different intervals, within intervals specified in the agreements,
or if otherwise delayed by the CLEC, the interval resulting from the delay..Includes all feasibility studies for collocations of types specified herein, that are completed in the
reporting period. Collocation types included are: physical cageless, physical caged, shared
physical caged, physical-line sharing, cageless-Iine sharing, and virtuaL. NOTE 1.Considers the interval from the Collocation Application Date to the date Qwest completes the
Feasibilty Study and provides it to the CLEC..The Collocation Application Date is the date Qwest receives from the CLEC a complete
application for collocation. In cases where the CLEC's application for collocation is received by
Qwest on a weekend or holiday, the Collocation Application Date is the next business day
following the weekend or holiday..Subject to superceding terms in the CLEC's interconnection agreement, when a CLEC submits six
(6) or more Collocation applications in a one-week period in any state, feasibility study intervals
wil be individually negotiated and the resulting intervals used instead of ten calendar days in this
measurement.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide leveL.
and individual CLEC results
Formula:
((Total Applicable Collocation Feasibility studies completed within Scheduled Intervals) + (Total
applicable Collocation Feasibility studies completed in the reporting period)) x 100
Exclusions: None
Product Reporting: None Standard:90 percent or more
Availabilty:Notes:
Available 1.Collocations covered by this measurement are central offce
related. As additional types of central office collocation are
defined and offered, they will be included in this measurement.
Non-central offce-based types of collocation (such as remote
collocation and field connection points) wil be considered for
either inclusion in this measurement, or in new, separate
measurements, after the terms, conditions, and processes for
such collocation types become finalized, accepted, mature (i.e.,
six months of experience from first installations), and ordered in
volumes warranting reporting (i.e., consistently more than two
per month in any state).
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 99
DEFINITION OF TERMS
Application Date (and Time) - The date (and time) on which Qwest receives from the CLEC a
complete and accurate local service request (LSR) or access service request (ASR) or retail order,
subject to the following:
· For the following types of requests/orders, the application date (and time) is the start of the next
business day:
(1) LSRs and ASRs received after 3:00PM MT for Designed Services and Local Number
Portability (except non-designed, flow-through LNP).
(2) Retail orders received after 3:00 PM local time for Designed Services.
(3) LSRs received after 7:00PM MT for POTS Resale (Residence and Business), Non-Design
Resale Centrex, non-designed UNE-P, Unbundled Loops, and non-designed, flow-through
LNP.
(4) Retail orders for comparable non-designed services cannot be received after closing time, so
the cutoff time is essentially the business office closing time.
· For all types of orders that are received from Friday at 7:00 PM MT through Sunday, or on
holidays, and do not flow through, the application date (and time) is the next, non-weekend
business day.
Automatic Location Information (ALI) - The feature of E911 that displays at the Public Safety
Answering Point (PSAP) the street address of the calling telephone number. This feature requires a
data storage and retrieval system for translating telephone numbers to the associated address. ALI
may include Emergency Service Number (ESN), street address, room or floor, and names of the
enforcement, fire and medical agencies with jurisdictional responsibility for the address. The
Management System (E911) database is used to update the Automatic E911 Location Information
databases.
Bil Date - The date shown at the top of the bill, representing the date on which Qwest begins to
close the bilL.
Blocking - Condition on a telecommunications network where, due to a maintenance problem or an
traffic volumes exceeding trunking capacity in a part of the network, some or all originating or
terminating calls cannot reach their final destinations. Depending on the condition and the part of the
network affected, the network may make subsequent attempts to complete the call or the call may be
completely blocked. If the call is completely blocked, the calling party will have to re-initiate the call
attempt.
Business Day - Workdays that Qwest is normally open for business. Business Day = Monday
through Friday, excluding weekends and Qwest published Holidays including New Year's Day,
Memorial Day, July 4th, Labor Day, Thanksgiving and Christmas. Individual measurement definitions
may modify (typically expanding) this definition as described in the Notes section of the measurement
definition.
Cleared Trouble Report - A trouble report for which the trouble has been cleared, meaning the
customer is "back in service".
Closed Trouble Report - A trouble report that has been closed out from a maintenance center
perspective, meaning the ticket is closed in the trouble reporting system following repair of the
trouble.
Code Activation (Opening) - Process by which new NPNNXXs (area code/prefix) is defined,
through software translations to network databases and switches, in telephone networks. Code
activation (openings) allow for new groups of telephone numbers (usually in blocks of 10,000) to be
made available for assignment to an ILEC's or CLEC's customers, and for calls to those numbers to
be passed between carriers.
Common Channel Signaling System 7 (CCSS7) - A network architecture used to for the exchange
of signaling information between telecommunications nodes and networks on an out-of-band basis.
Information exchanged provides for call set-up and supports services and features such as CLASS
and database query and response.
Common Transport - Trunk çiroups between tandem and end office switches that are shared by
more than one carrier, often including the traffc of both the ILEC and several CLECs.
Completion - The time in the order process when the service has been provisioned and service is
available.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 100
DEFINITION OF TERMS (continued)
Completion Notice - A notification the ILEC provides to the CLEC to inform the CLEC that the
requested service order activity is complete.
Coordinated Customer Conversion -- Orders that have a due date negotiated between the ILEC,
the CLEC, and the customer so that work activities can be performed on a coordinated basis under
the direction of the receiving carrier.
Customer Requested Due Date - A specific due date requested by the customer which Îs either
shorter or longer than the standard interval or the interval offered by the ILEC.
Customer Trouble Reports - A report that the carrier providing the underlying service opens when
notified that a customer has a problem with their service. Once resolved, the disposition of the
trouble is changed to closed.
Dedicated Transport - A network facility reserved to the exclusive use of a single customer, carrier
or pair of carriers used to exchange switched or special, local exchange, or exchange access traffic.
Delayed Order - An order which has been completed after the scheduled due date and/or time.
Directory Assistance Database - A database that contains subscriber records used to provide live
or automated operator-assisted directory assistance. Including 411, 555-1212, NPA-555-1212.
Directory Listings - Subscriber information used for DA and/or telephone directory publishing,
including name and telephone number, and optionally, the customer's address.
DS-O - Digital Service Level O. Service provided at a digital signal speed commonly at 64 kbps, but
occasionally at 56 kbps.
DS-1 - Digital Service Level 1. Service provided at a digital signal speed of 1.544 Mbps.
DS-3 - Digital Service Level 3. Service provided at a digital signal speed of 44.736 Mbps.
Due Date - The date provided on the Firm Order Confirmation (FOC) the ILEC sends the CLEC
identifying the planned completion date for the order.
End Office Switch - A switch from which an end users' exchange services are directly connected
and offered.
Final Trunk Groups - Interconnection and interoffice trunk groups that do not overflow traffic to
other trunk groups when busy.
Firm Order Confirmation (FOC) - Notice the ILEC sends to the CLEC to notify the CLEC that it has
received the CLECs service request, created a service order, and assigned it a due date.
Flow-Through -The term used to describe whether a LSR electronically is passed from the OSS
interface system to the ILEC legacy system to automatically create a service order. LSRs that do not
flow through require manual intervention for the service order to be created in the ILEC legacy
system.
Interval Zone 1/Zone 2 - Interval Zone 1 areas are wire centers for which Qwest specifies shorter
standard service intervals than for Interval Zone 2 areas.
Installation - The activity performed to activate a service.
Installation Troubles - A trouble, which is identified after service order activity and installation, has
completed on a customer's line. It is likely attributable to the service activity (within a defined time
period).
Interconnection Trunks - A network facility that is used to interconnect two switches generally of
different local exchange carriers
Inward Activity - Refers to all orders for new or additional lines/circuits. For change order types,
additional lines/circuits consist of all C orders with "I" and ''T action coded line/circuit USOCs that
represent new or additional lines/circuits, including conversions from retail to CLEC and CLEC to
CLEC.
Jeopardy - A condition experienced in the service provisioning process which results potentially in
the inability of a carrier to meet the committed due date on a service order
Jeopardy Notice - The actual notice that the ILEC sends to the CLEC when a jeopardy has been
identified.
Lack of Facilities - A shortage of cable facilities identified after a due date has been committed to a
customer, including the CLEC. The facilities shortage may be identified during the inventory
assignment process or during the service installation process, and typically triggers a jeopardy.
Local Exchange Routing Guide (LERG) - A Bellcore master file that is used by the telecom
industry to identify NPA-NXX routing and homing information, as well as network element and
equipment designations. The file also includes scheduled network changes associated with activity
within the North American Numbering Plan (NANP).
Local Exchange Traffic - Traffic originated on the network of a LEC in a local callng area that
terminates to another LEC in a local callng area.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 101
DEFINITION OF TERMS (continued)
Local Number Portabilty (formerly defined under Permanent Number Portabilty and also
known as - Long Term Number Portabilty) - A network technology which allows end user
customers to retain"their telephone number when moving their service between local service
providers. This technology does not employ remote call forwarding, but actually allows the
customer's telephone number to be moved and redefined in the network of the new service provider.
The activity to move the telephone number is called "porting."
Local Service Request (LSR) - Transaction sent from the CLEC to the ILEC to order services or to
request a change(s) be made to existing services.
MSAlNon-MSA - Metropolitan Statistical Area is a government defined geographic area with a
population of 50,000 or greater. Non-Metropolitan Statistical Area is a government defined
geographic area with population of less than 50,000. Owest depicts MSA Non-MSA based on NPA
NXX. Where a wire center is predominantly within an MSA, all lines are counted within the MSA.
Mechanized Bill - A bill that is delivered via electronic transmission.
NXX, NXX Code or Central Offce Code - The three digit switch entity indicator that is defined by
the "0", "E", and "F" digits of a 10-digit telephone number within the NANP. Each NXX Code
contains 10,000 station numbers.
Plain Old Telephone Service (POTS) - Refers to basic 2-wire, non-complex analog residential and
business services. Can include feature capabilities (e.g., CLASS features).
Projects - Service requests that exceed the line size and/or level of complexity which would allow for
the use of standard ordering and provisioning processes. Generally, due dates for projects are
negotiated, coordination of service installations/changes is required and automated provisioning may
not be practicaL.
Query Types - Pre-ordering information that is available to a CLEC that is categorized according to
standards issued by OBF and/or the FCC.
Ready For Service (RFS) - The status achieved in the installation of a collocation arrangement
when all "operational" work has been completed. Operational work consists of the following as
applicable to the particular type of collocation:
. Cage enclosure complete;
· DC power is active (including fuses available, BDFB (Battery Distribution Fuse Board) in place,
and cables between the CLEC and power terminated);
. Primary AC outlet in place;
· Cable racking and circuit terminations are complete (e.g. fiber jumpers placed between the
Outside Plant Fiber Distribution Panel and the Central Offce Fiber Distribution Panel serving the
CLEC). and
· The following items complete, subject to the CLEC having made required payments to Owest
(e.g., final payment): (If the required CLEC payments have not been made, the following items
are not required for RFS):
Key turnover made available to CLEC.
APOT/CFA complete, as defined/required in the CLEC's interconnection agreement
and
Basic telephone service and other services and facilities complete, if ordered by CLEC in
time to be provided on the scheduled RFS date (per Owests published standard installation
intervals for such telephone service).
Ready for Service Date (RFS date) - The due date assigned to a collocation order (typically
determined by regulatory rulings, contract terms, or negotiations with CLEC) to indicate when
collocation installation is scheduled to be ready for service, as defined above.
Reject - A status that can occur to a CLEC submitted local service request (LSR) when it does not
meet certain criteria. There are two types of rejects: (1) syntax, which occur if required fields are not
included in the LSR; and (2) content, which occur if invalid data is provided in a field. A rejected
service request must be corrected and re-submitted before provisioning can begin.
Repeat Report - Any trouble report that is a second (or greater) report on the same telephone
number/circuit 10 and at the same premises address within 30 days. The original report can be any
category, including excluded reports, and can carry any disposition code.
Service Group Type - The designation used to identify a category of similar services, .e.g., UNE
loops.
Service Order - The work order created and distributed in ILECs systems and to ILEC work groups
in response to a complete, valid local service request.
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 102
DEFINITION OF TERMS (continued)
Service Order Type - The designation used to identify the major types of provisioning activities
associated with a local service request.
Standard Interval - The interval that the ILEC publishes as a guideline for establishing due dates for
provisioning a service request. Typicaiiy, due dates will not be assigned with intervals shorter than
the standard. These intervals are specified by service type and type of service modification
requested. ILECs publish these standard intervals in documents used by their own service
representatives as well as ordering instructions provided to CLECs in the Qwest Standard Interval
Guidelines.
Subsequent Reports - A trouble report that is taken in relation to a previously-reported trouble prior
to the date and time the initial report has a status of "closed."
Tandem Switch - Switch used to connect and switch trunk circuits between and among Central
Office switches.
Time to Restore - The time interval from the receipt, by the ILEC, of a trouble report on a
customer's service to the time service is fully restored to the customer.
Unbundled Network Element - Platform (UNE-P) - Combinations of network elements, including
both new and conversions, involving POTS (i.e., basic services providing dial tone);
Unbundled Loop - The Unbundled Loop is a transmission path between a Qwest Central Office
Distribution Frame, or equivalent, and the Loop Demarcation Point at an end user premises. Loop
Demarcation Point is defined as the point where Qwest owned or controlled facilities cease, and
CLEC, end user, owner or landlord ownership of facilities begins.
Usage Data - Data generated in network nodes to identify switched call data on a detailed or
summarized basis. Usage data is used to create customer invoices for the calls.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 103
GLOSSARY OF ACRONYMS
ACRONYM DESCRIPTION
ACD Automatic Call Distributor
ADSL Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line
ALI Automatic Line Information (for 911/E911 systems)
ASR Service Request (processed via Exact system)
BRI Basic Rate Interface (tvpe of ISDN service)
CABS Carrier Access Billing System .
CKT Circuit
CLEC Competitive Local Exchanae Carrier
CO Central Offce
CPE Customer Premises Eauipment
CRIS Customer Record Information System
CSR Customer Service Record
DA Directorv Assistance
DB Decibel
DB Database
DSO Digital Service 0
DS1 Diaital Service 1
DS3 Digital Service 3
E911 MS E911 Manaaement Svstem
EAS Extended Area Service
EB-TA Electronic Bonding - Trouble Administration
EDI Electronic Data Interchanae
EELS Enhanced Extended Loops
ES Emerqencv Services (for 911/E911)
FOC Firm Order Confirmation
GUI Graphical User Interface
HDSL High-Bit- Rate Digital Subscriber Line
HICAP High Capacity Digital Service
IEC Interexchange Carrier
ILEC Incumbent Local Exchange Carrier
INP Interim Number Portability
10F Interoffce Facilities (refers to trunk facilities located between
Qwest central offices)
ISDN Intearated Services Diaital Network
IMA Interconnect Mediated Access
LATA Local Access Transport Area
LERG Local Exchange Routing Guide
L1DB Line Identification Database
LIS Local Interconnection Service Trunks
LNP Long Term Number Portability
LSR Local Service Reauest
N, T, C Service Order Types - - N (new), T (to or transfer), C
(chanae)
NANP North American Numbering Plan
NDM Network Data Mover
NPAC Number Portability Administration Center
NXX Telephone number prefix
OBF Ordering and Billing Forum
OOS Out of service (tvpe of trouble condition)
OSS Operations Support Systems
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 104
GLOSSARY OF ACRONYMS (continued)
ACRONYM DESC
PBX Private Branch Exchanqe
PON Purchase Order Number
POTS Plain Old T eleohone Service
PRI Primarv Rate Interface (tvpe of ISDN service)
RFS Readv for Service (refers to collocation installations)
SIA SAAFE (Strategic Application Architecture Framework and
Environment) Information Access
SOP Service Order Processor
SOT Service Order Tvoe
SS7 Siqnalinq Svstem 7
STP Signaling Transfer Point
TN Telephone Number
UDIT Unbundled Dedicated Interoffice Transport
UNE Unbundled Network Element
UNE-P Unbundled Network Element - Platform
VRU Voice Response Unit
WFA Work Force Administration
XDSL (x) Digital Subscriber Line. (The ux" prefix refers to DSL
generically. An "XU replaced by an "AU refers to Asymmetric
DSL, and by an uH" refers to HiQh-bit-rate DSL.)
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 105
APPENDIX A
PO-20 Feature Detail Fields
Feature Detail
Resale and UNE-P (POTS and Centrex 21):
CFN
Validate the call forwarding TN
CFNB
Validate the call forwarding TN
CFND
Validate the call forwarding TN
RCYC
FID associated with a call forwarding don't answer USOC that determines how many rings before the call
forwards to the TN provided with the CFN or CFND FIDs.
HLN (HLA Hot Line)
FID associated with the USOC HLA (which is on our USOC list to validate.) The Hot Line feature call forwards
automatically to a pre-programmed number. This TN is provided following the HLN FID. The data provided in
the Feature Detail section on the LSR will be validated against the HLN FID on the service order to determine
whether the FID is present and the TN provided on the LSR with the FID is correct on the service order.
LINK (HME CALL FORWARDING TO CELLULAR)
FID assocìated with the USOC HME (which is on our USOC list to validate.) The HME feature call forwards a
call from the landline telephone number to a cellular telephone number. The LINK FID, along with the PCS
telephone number provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR, will be validated against the LINK FID on
the service order to determine whether the FID is present and the telephone number provided on the LSR
matches the telephone number on the service order.
DES on DID MBB
If the CLEC requests a DID voice mailbox the DID number will follow the FID DES on the LSR in the Feature
Detail section and on the service order. The DES FID along with the DID telephone number provided in the
Feature Detail section on the LSR will be validated against the DES FID on the service order to determine
whether the FID is present and the DID telephone number provided on the matches the telephone number on
the service order.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 106
APPENDIX A (continued)
TN on Custom Ring USOC (RGG1A etc.)
We currently have 9 custom ring USOCs on our PO-20 USOC list. Along with the custom ring USOC is the
TN FlO. The TN FlO along with the custom ring telephone number provided in the Feature Detail section on
the LSR wil be validated against the TN FlO on the service order to determine whether the FlO is present and
the custom ring telephone provided on the LSR with the FlO is correct on the service order. (The validation
would only apply if the USOC and FlO were present in the Feature Detail section of the LSR.)
CAS (It provided on LSR tor SEA)
Call Screening Code Assignment is a FlO associated with the selective class of call feature (which is on our
USOC list to validate.) Along with the CAS FlO is a two-digit number that indicates what type of screening is
being requested. The CAS FlO along with a two-igit number is provided in the Feature Detail section on the
LSR. The PQ-20 review will validate that the FlO is floated on the service order behind the feature USOC and
that the two-digit number matches the two-digit number provided on the LSR.
WW (it provided on LSR tor TFM)
Working With is a FlO associated with the transfer mailbox feature (which is on our USOC list to validate.)
Alongwith the WW FlO is a ten-digit number that indicates where the voice mailbox is located. The WW FlO
along with the ten-digit number is provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review wil
validate that the FlO is floated on the service order behind the feature USOC and that the ten-digit number
matches the ten-digit number provided on the LSR.
MBOA (it provided on LSR tor VFN)
Mailbox out-dial notification is a FlO associated with the message notification feature (which is on our USOC
list to validate.) Along with the MBOA FlO is a two-digit alphanumeric combination that indicates where the
notification wil be sent (i.e., identifies pager type.) The MBOA FlO along with the two-digit alphanumeric
combination is provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review will validate that the FlO
is floated on the service order behind the feature USOC and that the two-igit alphanumeric matches the two"
digit alphanumeric provided on the LSR.
DES on VGT (it provided on LSR)
Description is a FlO associated with the scheduled greeting feature (which is on our USOC list to validate.)
Along with the DES FlO is a ten-digit telephone number that reflects the DID mailbox number. The DES FlO
along with the ten-digit telephone number is provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-20
review wil validate that the FlO is floated on the service order behind the feature USOC and that the ten-digit
telephone number matches the ten-digit telephone number provided on the LSR.
WL T (WLS Warm Line)
Warm line timeout is a FlO associated with the warm line feature. Along with the WL T FlO is a one or two
numeric value that indicates the number of seconds that must elapse before the OMS-1 00 switch sets up the
connection for a warm line service number. The WL T FlO along with the one or two numeric value is provided
in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review will validate that the FlO is floated on the service
order behind the feature USOC and that the one or two numeric value matches the one or two numeric value
provided on the LSR.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26,2007 Page 107
APPENDIX A (continued)
FIDs associated with WFA (800 service line feature which is on our USOC list to validate):
SIT (if provided on LSR for WFA)
Special identifying telephone number is a FlO associated with the 800 service line feature. Along with
the SIT FlO is a ten-digit telephone number that reflects the 800,888,877, or 866 service line feature.
The SIT FlO along with the ten-digit telephone number is provided in the Feature Oetail section on the
LSR. The P0-20 review wil validate that the FlO is floated on the service order behind the feature
USOC and that the ten-digit telephone number matches the ten-digit telephone number provided on
the LSR.
SIS (if provided on LSR for WFA)
. Special Identifying Telephone Number Supplemental is a FlO associated with the 800 service line
feature. The SiS FlO along with a one-digit number is provided in the Feature Oetail section on the
LSR. The P0-20 review wil validate that the FlO is floated on the service order behind the feature
USOC and that the one-digit number matches the one-digit number provided on the LSR.
ELN (if provided on LSR for WFA)
800 Service listed name is a FlO associated with the 800 service line feature. Along with the ELN FlO
is a listed name, which follows the format of a business name. The ELN FlO along with the name is
provided in the Feature Oetail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review will validate that the FlO is
floated on the service order behind the feature USOC and that the name matches the name provided
on the LSR.
ELA (if provided on LSR for WFA)
800 listed address is a FlO associated with the 800 service line feature. Along with the ELA FlO is an
address, which follows the format of a listed address plus LATA, State, and zip code. The ELA FlO
along with the address is provided in the Feature Oetail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review wil
validate that the FlO is floated on the service order behind the feature USOC and that the address
matches the address provided on the LSR.
AOS (if provided on LSR for WFA)
Area of service is a FlO associated with the 800 service line feature. Along with the AOS FlO are one
to two alphanumeric characters and three numeric characters which represents LATA and AC of the
address. The AOS FlO along with the additional characters are provided in the Feature Oetail section
on the LSR. The PO-20 review will validate that the FlO is floated on the service order behind the
feature USOC and that the additional characters match the additional characters provided on the LSR.
ALC (if provided on LSR for WFA)
IntraLATAcarrier is a FlO associated with the 800 service line feature. It indicates the IntraLATA
carrier for the 800 service. Along with the ALC FlO is the three-digit code (OTC) for the IntraLATA
carrier. The ALC FlO along with the three-digit code is provided in the Feature Oetail section on the
LSR. The P0-20 review will validate that the FlO is floated on the service order behind the feature
USOC and that the three-digit code matches the three-digit code provided on the LSR.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 108
APPENDIX A (continued)
Resale and UNE.P Centrex 21
FIDs associated with S03, S05, SFB, C2TAX (Electronic Business Set USOCs which are on our USOC
list to validate):
KEY (lfprovided on LSR for Electronic Business Set EBS USOCs)
Key Designation (KEY number) is a FID associated with the Electronic Business Set feature. Along
with the KEY FID is a numeric value that indicates the key designated for different features or lines on
the EBS. The KEY FID along with the numeric value is provided in the Feature Detail section on the
LSR. The PO-20 review wil validate that the FID is floated on the service order behind the feature
USOC and that the numeric value matches the numeric value provided on the LSR.
MADN (If provided on LSR for Electronic Business Set EBS USOCs)
Multiple Appearance Directory Number Call Arrangement is a FID associated with the Electronic
Business Set feature. Along with the MADN FID is a set of alpha values that indicate the type,
appearance and ring status desired for different features or lines on the EBS. The KEY FID along with
the alpha values is provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review wil validate
that the FID is floated on the service order behind the feature USOC and that the alpha values match
the alpha values provided on the LSR.
ROL (If provided on LSR for Electronic Business Set EBS USOCs)
Ring On Line is a FID associated with the Electronic Business Set feature. Along with the ROL FID is
an alpha value that indicates if the line will ring (Y or N). The ROL FID along with the alpha value is
provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review will validate that the FID is
floated on the service order behind the feature USOC and that the alpha value matches the alpha
value provided on the LSR.
TTYD (If provided on LSR for C2TAX)
Terminal Type is a FID associated with the adjunct module feature. Along with the TTYD FID is a 4
character alpha value based on customer equipment. The TTYD FID along with the 4 character alpha
value is provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review wil validate that the FID
is floated on the service order behind the feature USOC and that the 4 character alpha value matches
the 4 character alpha value provided on the LSR.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 109
APPENDIX A (continued)
FIDs associated with E3PPK (CALL PICK-UP feature which is on our USOC list to validate):
CPG (If provided on LSR for E3PPK)
Call Pickup Group is a FlO associated with the CALL PICK-UP feature. Along with the CPG FlO is a
1-3 digit numeric value that identifies the call pickup group. The CPG FlO along with the 1-3 digit
numeric value is provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review will validate that
the FlO is floated on the service order behind the feature USOC and that the 1-3 digit numeric value
matches the 1-3 digit numeric value provided on the LSR.
CPUO (If provided on LSR for E3PPK)
Call Pickup-Originating is a FlO associated with the CALL PICK-UP feature. Along with the CPUO FlO
is an alphanumeric value that identifies the call pickup group. The CPUO FlO along with the
alphanumeric value is provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review wil
validate that the FlO is floated on the service order behind the feature USOC and that the
alphanumeric value matches alphanumeric value provided on the LSR.
CPUT (If provided on LSR for E3PPK)
Call Pickup-Terminating is a FlO associated with the CALL PICK-UP feature. Along with the CPUT
FlO is an alphanumeric value that identifies the call pickup group. The CPUT FlO along with the
alphanumeric value is provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review wil
validate that the FlO is floated on the service order behind the feature USOC and that the
alphanumeric value matches alphanumeric value provided on the LSR.
FIDs associated with GVJ, EZJ, GVZ, GV2, EVH, GVV (Speed Call feature USOCs that are on our USOC
list to validate):
SCG (If provided on LSR for Speed call USOCs)
Speed Call Group is a FlO associated with the Speed call feature. Along with the SCG FlO is a 7 digit
numeric value that identifies the controller of the group. The SCG FlO along with the 7 digit numeric
value is provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review wil validate that the FlO
is floated on the service order behind the feature USOC and that the 7 digit numeric value matches 7
digit numeric value provided on the LSR.
CSL (If provided on LSR for Speed call USOCs)
Change Speed Calling Group List is a FlO associated with the Speed call feature. Along with the CSL
FlO is a 2 digit numeric value that identifies the size of the group list. The SCG FlO along with the 7
digit numeric value is provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review will
validate that the FlO is floated on the service order behind the feature USOC and that the 2 digit
numeric value matches 2 digit numeric value provided on the LSR.
SCF (If provided on LSR for Speed call USOCs)
Speed Calling Feature Name is a FlO associated with the Speed call feature. Along with the SCF FlO
is an alphanumeric value that identifies the controller of the shared list. The SCF FlO along with the
alphanumeric value is provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review will
validate that the FlO is floated on the service order behind the feature USOC and that the
alphanumeric value matches alphanumeric value provided on the LSR.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Eighth Amended Exhibit B June 26, 2007 Page 110
Exhibits C - J
EXHIBITC Intentionally Left Blank
EXHIBIT 0 Intentionally Left Blank
EXHIBITE Intentionally Left Blank
EXHIBIT F Intentionally Left Blank
EXHIBITG Intentionally Left Blank
EXHIBITH Intentionally Left Blank
EXHIBIT I Intentionally Left Blank
EXHIBIT J Intentionally Left Blank
Resale Exhibits C - J, Version 2.0, April 30, 2007
Exhibit K
PERFORMANCE ASSURANCE PLAN
1.0 Introduction
1.1 As set forth in this Agreement, Qwest and CLEC voluntarily agree to the
terms of the following Performance Assurance Plan ("PAP"), initially prepared in
conjunction with Qwests application for approval under Section 271 of the
Telecommunications Act of 1996 (the "Act") to offer in-region long distance service
and subsequently modified in accordance with the Commission's orders and, where
applicable, by operation of law.
2.0 Plan Structure
2.1 The PAP is a two-tiered, self-executing remedy plan. CLEC shall be provided
with Tier 1 payments if, as applicable, Qwest does not provide parity between the
service it provides to CLEC and that which it provides to its own retail customers, or
Qwest fails to meet applicable benchmarks.
2.1.1 As specified in section 7.0, if Qwest fails to meet parity and benchmark
standards on an aggregate CLEC basis, Qwest shall make Tier 2 payments to a
Fund established by the state regulatory commission or, if required by existing law, to
the state general fund.
2.2 As specified in sections 6.0 and 7.0 and Attachments 1 and 2, payment is
generally on a per occurrence basis, (i.e., a set dollar payment times the number of
non-conforming service events). For the performance measurements which do not
lend themselves to per occurrence payment, payment is on a per measurement
basis, (i.e., a set dollar payment). The level of payment also depends upon the
number of consecutive months of non-conforming performance, (i.e., an escalating
payment the longer the duration of non-conforming performance) unless otherwise
specified.
2.3 Qwest shall be in conformance with the parity standard when service Qwest
provides to CLEC is equivalent to that which it provides to its retail customers. The
PAP relies upon statistical scoring to determine whether any difference between
CLEC and Qwest performance results is significant, that is, not attributable to simple
random variation. Statistical parity shall exist when performance results for CLEC
and for Qwest retail analogue result in a z-value that is no greater than the critical z-
values listed in the Critical Z-Statistical Table in section 5.0.
2.4 For performance measurements that have no Qwest retail analogue, agreed
upon benchmarks shall be used. Benchmarks shall be evaluated using a "stare and
compare" method. For example, if the benchmark is for a particular performance
measurement is 95% or better, Qwest performance results must be at least 95% to
meet the benchmark. Percentage benchmarks will be adjusted to round the
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26, 2007
- 1-
Exhibit K
allowable number of misses up or down to the closest integer, except when a
benchmark standard and low CLEC volume are such that a 100% performance result
would be required to meet the standard and has not been attained in which case
section 3.1.2 applies.
3.0 Performance Measurements
3.1 The performance measurements that are in the PAP and either (1) subject to
the PAP payment mechanisms or (2) not subject to the PAP payment mechanisms
but subject to the Reinstatement/Removal Process set forth in section 3.2 below are
identified in Attachment 1 and sections 6.3 and 7.4. Each performance measurement
identified is defined in the Performance Indicator Definitions ("PIDs") included in the
SGAT at Exhibit B.
3.1.1 On Attachment 1, the measurements have been designated as Tier 1,
Tier 2, or both Tier 1 and Tier 2 and given a High, Medium, or Low
designation.
3.1.2 Where applicable elsewhere in the PAP, this provision modifies other
provisions and operates as follows: For any Tier 1 or Tier 2 benchmark or
non-interval parity performance sub-measure, Qwest shall apply one
allowable miss to a sub-measure disaggregation that otherwise would require
100% performance before the performance is considered as non-conforming
to standard (1) if at the CLEC-aggregate level, the performance standard is
met or (2) where the CLEC-aggregate performance must be 100% to meet
the standard, the CLEC-aggregate performance is conforming after applying
one allowable miss at that leveL.
3.2 The following measures, which are listed in Attachment 1 or section 7.4, are
not subject to the payment mechanisms of the PAP; however, they are subject to the
PID Reinstatement/Removal Process. All other measures listed in Attachment 1,
section 6.3 or section 7.4 are subject to the PAP payment mechanisms, but they are
not subject to the PID Reinstatement/Removal Process.
GA-3 Gateway Availability EB-TA
GA-4 System Availability EXACT
GA-7 Timely Outage Resolution following Software Releases
PO-3 LSR Rejection Notice Interval
PO-5D Firm Order Confirmations (FOCs) On Time (ASRs for LIS Trunks)
PO-7 Billing Completion Notification Timeliness
PO-8 Jeopardy Notice Interval
PO-16 Timely Release Notifications
OP-17 Timeliness of Disconnects Associated with LNP Orders
MR-11 LNP Trouble Reports Cleared within Specified Timeframes
BI-4 Biling Completeness
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26,2007
- 2-
Exhibit K
NI-1 Trunk Blocking
NP-1 NXX Code Activation
3.3 PID Reinstatement/Removal Process: If Owests performance for any sub-
measure of the PIDs listed in section 3.2 above does not conform to the established
PID standard as set forth in the PAP for three consecutive months, that sub-measure
will be reinstated (i.e., be subject to the PAP payment mechanisms) subject to the
retroactive payment provision of section 3.3.2 and subject to the PAP payment
mechanisms effective in the month following the three consecutive months. The
determination of whether a PID sub-measure is reinstated is made no later than at
the end of the second month following the third consecutive month of non-conforming
performance. The sub-measure wil remain subject to the PAP payment mechanisms
until Owests performance for that sub-measure satisfies the established standards
for three consecutive months. Effective the month following such conforming
performance, the sub-measure will no longer be subject to the PAP payment
mechanisms but will continue to be subject to the PID Reinstatement/Removal
Process. The determination of whether a PID sub-measure is removed from being
subject to the PAP payment mechanisms is made no tater than the end of the second
month following the third consecutive month of conforming performance. Where
applicable elsewhere in the PAP, this PID Reinstatement/Removal Process modifies
other provisions and operates as follows:
3.3.1 Disaggregation and Reporting Levels: Performance will be evaluated
at the lowest level of disaggregation defined in Exhibit B of the SGA T on a
CLEC-aggregated or other-aggregated basis such that performance is
evaluated for the purposes of administering the Reinstatement/Removal
Process on a statewide or regionwide level, as applicable per the PID.
3.3.2 Retroactive Payments: To calculate retroactive payments for the sub-
measures reinstated, PAP payment mechanisms will be applied to the three
consecutive months in which the standard was missed, which triggered
reinstatement. These retroactive payments will be made to applicable CLECs
or the Tier 2 Fund, depending upon the tier designation of the PID, at the end
of the third month after the month in which performance triggered re-
instatement.
3.3.2.1 Accounting for Payments: In support of retroactive payments
(section 3.3.2 above), Owest will account separately for PAP payments
that would have been made to individual CLECs or to the Tier 2 Fund
for a sub-measure as though it had been subject to the PAP payment
mechanisms, where automatic reinstatement applies, and account
separately in the same manner for the time between when it is
determined that a sub-measure met the standard for automatic removal
and the effective date of removal (the month following the three
consecutive "met" months). With regard to sub-measures that are
subsequently removed again through this process, any PAP payments
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26, 2007
- 3-
Exhibit K
made during the three consecutive months which triggers automatic
removal will not be recovered by Owest.
3.3.2.2 Interest: In the case of automatic reinstatement, retroactive
payments will include interest calculated at the prime rate as reported in
the Wall Street Journal from the date a payment would have been
made to the date the payment is actually made.
3.3.2.3 Tracking: Owest will track and report service and payment
results, including retroactive and avoided (Le., during periods of
removal) PAP payments and the disposition of the avoided payments
on a CLEC, rio sub-measure and aggregate basis each month.
3.3.3 Public Website: Owest will maintain a public website showing the
PAP status of each PID or sub-measure with respect to the applicability of the
PAP payment mechanisms (Le., reinstated or removed), which eliminates the
requirement to make fiings with the Commission to modify the PAP due to
the application of the PID Reinstatement/Removal Process.
4.0 Statistical Measurement
4.1 Owest uses a statistical test, namely the modified "z-test," for evaluating the
difference between two means (Le., Owest and CLEC service or repair intervals) or
two percentages (e.g., Owest and CLEC proportions), to determine whether a parity
condition exists between the results for Owest and the CLEC(s). The modified z-
tests shall be applicable if the number of data points are greater than 30 for a given
measurement. For testing measurements for which the number of data points are 30
or less, Owest will use a permutation test to determine the statistical significance of
the difference between Owest and CLEC.
4.2 Owest shall be in conformance when the monthly performance results for
parity measurements (whether in the form of means, percents, or proportions and at
the equivalent level of disaggregation) are such that the calculated z-test statistics
are not greater than the critical z-values as listed in Table 1, section 5.0.
4.3 Owest shall be in conformance with benchmark measurements when the
monthly performance result equals or exceeds the benchmark, if a higher value
means better performance, and when the monthly performance result equals or is
less than the benchmark if a lower value means better performance.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26,2007
- 4-
Exhibit K
The formula for determining parity using the modified z-test is:
z = DIFF / O'DIFF
Where:
DIFF = Mowest - MCLEC
Mow EST = Qwest average or proportion
MCLEC = CLEC average or proportion
O'DIFF = square root DO'DQwest (1/ n CLEC + 1/ n Owest))
ç¡20west = calculated variance for Qwest
nOwest = number of observations or samples used in Qwest
measurement
nCLEC = number of observations or samples used in CLEC
measurement
The modified z-tests will be applied to reported parity measurements that contain
more than 30 data points.
In calculating the difference between Qwest and CLEC performance, the above
formula applies when a larger Qwest value indicates a beUer level of performance. In
cases where a smaller Qwest value indicates a higher level of performance, the order
is reversed, i.e., MCLEC - MOWEST.
4.3.1 For parity measurements where the number of data points is 30 or less,
Qwest will apply a permutation test to test for statistical significance. Permutation
analysis will be applied to calculate the z-statistic using the following logic:
Calculate the modified z-statistic for the actual arrangement of the data
Pool and mix the CLEC and Qwest data sets
Perform the following 1000 times:
Randomly subdivide the pooled data sets into two pools, one the same
size as the original CLEC data set (nCLEc) and one reflecting the
remaining data points, and one reflecting the remaining data points,
(which is equal to the size of the original Qwest data set or nOW EST ).
Compute and store the modified z-test score (Zs) for this sample.
Count the number of times the z-statistic for a permutation of the data is
greater than the actual modified z-statistic
Compute the fraction of permutations for which the statistic for the rearranged
data is greater than the statistic for the actual samples
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26, 2007
- 5-
Exhibit K
If the fraction is greater than a, the significance level of the test, the hypothesis of no
difference is not rejected, and the test is passed. The a shall be .05 when the critical
z value is 1.645 and .15 when the critical z value is 1.04.
5.0 Critical Z-Value
5.1 The following table shall be used to determine the critical z-value that is
referred to in section 6.0. It is based on the monthly business volume of the CLEC
for the particular performance measurements for which statistic testing is being
performed.
TABLE 1: CRITICAL Z-VALUE
CLEC volume LIS Trunks,UDITs,All Other
(Sample size)Resale, UBL-DS1 and DS-
3
1-10 1.04*1.645
.11-150 1.645 1.645
151-300 2.0 2.0
301-600 2.7 2.7
601-3000 3.7 3.7
3001 and above 4.3 4.3
* The 1.04 applies for individual month testing for performance measurements
involving LIS trunks and DS-1 and DS-3 that are UDITs, Resale, or Unbundled
Loops. The performance measurements are OP-3d/e, OP-4d/e, OP-5a, OP-6-4/5,
MR-5a/b, MR-7d/e, and MR-8.
For purposes of determining consecutive month misses, 1.645 shall be used. Where
performance measurements disaggregate to zone 1 and zone 2, the zones shall be
combined for purposes of statistical testing.
6.0 Tier 1 Payments to CLEC
6.1 Tier 1 payments to CLEC shall be made solely for the performance
measurements designated as Tier 1 on Attachment 1. The payment amount for non-
conforming service varies depending upon the designation of performance
measurements as High, Medium, and Low and the duration of the non-conforming
service condition as described below. Non-conforming service is defined in section
4.0.
6.1.1 Determination of Non-Conforming Measurements: The number of
performance measurements that are determined to be non-conforming and,
therefore, eligible for Tier 1 payments, are limited according to the critical z-value
shown in Table 1, section 5.0. The critical z-values are the statistical standard that
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26, 2007
- 6-
Exhibit K
determines for each CLEC performance measurement whether Owest has met
parity. The critical z-value is selected from Table 1 according to the monthly CLEC
volume for the performanæ measurement. For instance, if the CLEC sample size for
that month is 100, the critical z-value is 1.645 for the statistical testing of that parity
performance measurement.
6.2 Determination of the Amount of Payment: Tier 1 payments to CLEC, except
as provided for in sections 6.2.3,6.3 and 10.0, are calculated and paid monthly
based on the number of performance measurements exceeding the critical z-value.
Payments will be made on either a per occurrence or per measurement basis,
depending upon the performance measurement, using the dollar amounts specified
in Table 2 below. The dollar amounts vary depending upon whether the performance
measurement is designated High, Medium, or Low and escalate depending upon the
number of consecutive months for which Owest has not met the standard for the
particular measurement.
6.2.1 The escalation of payments for consecutive months of non-conforming
service will be matched month for month with de-escalation of payments for every
month of conforming service. For example, if Owest has four consecutive monthly
"misses" it will make payments that escalate from month 1 to month 4 as shown in
Table 2. If, in the next month, service meets the standard, Owest makes no
payment. A payment "indicator" de-escalates down from month 4 to month 3. If
Owest misses the following month, it will make payment at the month 3 level of Table
2 because that is where the payment "indicator" presently sits. If Owest misses again
the following month, it will make payments that escalate back to the month 4 leveL.
The payment level will de-escalate back to the original month 1 level only upon
conforming service sufficient to move the payment "indicator" back to the month 1
level.
6.2.2 For those performance measurements listed on Attachment 2 as
"Performance Measurements Subject to Per Measurement Caps," excluding BI-3A,
payment to a CLEC in a single month shall not exceed the amount listed in Table 2
below for the "Per Measurement Cap" category. For those performance
measurements listed on Attachment 2 as "Performance Measurements Subject to
Per Measurement Payments," if any should be added at a later time, payment to a
CLEC will be the amount set forth in Table 2 below under the section labeled "Per
Measurement Cap."
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26,.2007
- 7-
Exhibit K
TABLE 2: TIER 1 PAYMENTS TO CLEC
Per Occurrence
Measurement Month 1 Month 2 Month 3 Month 4 Month 5 Month 6 Each
Group following
month
after
Month 6
add
Hiah $150 $250 $500 $600 $700 $800 $100
Medium $ 75 $150 $300 $400 $500 $600 ~100
Low $ 25 $ 50 $100 $200 $300 $400 $100Per Measurement
CaD
Measurement Month 1 Month 2 Month 3 Month 4 Month 5 Month 6 EachGroupfollowing
month
after
Month 6
add
Hiah $25000 ~50 000 $75000 $100000 ~125 000 $150000 $25000
Medium $10,000 $20,000 $30,000 $ 40,000 $ 50,000 $ 60,000 $10,000
Low $ 5,000 $10,000 $15,000 $ 20,000 $ 25,000 $ 30,000 $ 5,000
6.2.3 For the BI-3A performance measurement, the dollar payment amount for non-
conforming performance varies depending upon the Total Bill Adjustment Amount for
the CLEC. The payment amount is calculated using Table 2A below by multiplying
the per occurrence amount times the number of occurrences based on the Total Bill
Adjustment Amount,1 capped at the amount shown in the table for that Total Bil
Adjustment Amount. The escalation of payments for consecutive months as stated in
section 6.2.1 does not apply.
TABLE 2A: TIER 1 PAYMENTS TO CLECS FOR BI-3A
Total Bill Adjustment Per Occurrence Cap
Amount Amount
$0 - $0.99 $0 $0
$1 - $199.99 $1 $200
$200 - $999.99 $10 $5,000
$1 000 - $9 999.99 $10 $10.000
$10 000 - $49 999.99 $15 $15.000
$50000 - $99999.99 $20 $20000
$100,000 and over $25 $25,000
6.3 For collocation, CP-2 and CP-4 performance measurements shall be relied
upon for delineation of collocation business rules. For purposes of calculating Tier 1
payments, collocation jobs and collocation feasibility studies that are later than the
i Total Bil Adjustment Amount is determined by subtracting the BI -3A numerator from the BI-3A denominator
as defined in the BI-3 PID formula.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26, 2007
- 8-
Exhibit K
due date will have a per day payment applied according to Table 3. The per day
payment wil be applied to any collocation job in which the feasibilty study is provided
or the collocation installation is completed later than the scheduled date. The
calculation of the payment amount will be performed by applying the per day
payment amounts as specified in Table 3. Thus, for days 1 through 10, the payment
is $150 per day. For days 11 through 20, the payment is $300 perday and so on.
TABLE 3: TIER-1 COLLOCATION PAYMENTS TO CLECS
Days Late Completion Date Feasibilitv Study
1 to 10 days $150/day $45/day
11 to 20 days $300/day $90/day
21 to 30 days $450/day $135/day
31 to 40 days $600/day $180/day
More than 40 days $1,000/day $300/day
6.4 A minimum payment calculation shall be performed by Owest at the end of
each year for each CLEC with annual order volumes of no more than 1,200, The
payment shall be calculated by adding the applicable minimum payment amount in
Table 4 below for each month in which at least one payment was due to the CLEC.
To the extent that the actual CLEC payment for the year is less than the product of
the preceding calculation, Owest shall make an additional payment equal to the
difference.
TABLE 4: MINIMUM PAYMENTS TO CLECS
Minimum Payment
Total Monthly Payment:Amount:
Less than $200 $ 0
Between $200 and $800 $ 1,500
Between $801 and $1,400 $ 2,000
Over $1,400 $ 2,500
7.0 Tier 2 Payments to the State
7.1 Payments to the State shall be limited to the performance measurements
designated in section 7.4 for Tier 2 per measurement payments and in Attachment 1
for per occurrence payments and which have at least 10 data points each month for
the period payments are being calculated. Similar to the Tier 1 structure, Tier 2
measurements are categorized as High, Medium, and Low and the amount of
payments for non-conformance varies according to this categorization.
7.2 Determination of Non-Conforming Measurements: The determination of non-
conformance wil be based upon the aggregate of all CLEC data for each Tier 2
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26, 2007
- 9-
Exhibit K
performance measurement. Non-conforming service is defined in section 4.2 (for
parity measurements) and 4.3 (for benchmark measurements), except that a 1.645
critical z-value shall be used for Tier 2 parity measurements that have Tier 1
counterparts. The critical z-value is the statistical standard that determines for each
performance measurement whether Qwest has met parity.
7.3 Determination of the Amount of Payment: Except as provided in section 7.4,
Tier 2 payments are calculated and paid monthly based on the number of
performance measurements failing performance standards for a third consecutive
month, or if two out of three consecutive months in the 12 month period have been
missed, the second consecutive month for Tier 2 measurements with Tier 1
counterparts. For Tier 2 measurements that do not have Tier 1 counterparts,
payments are calculated and paid monthly based on the number of performance
measurements exceeding the critical z-values, identified in section 5.1, in any single
month. Payment wil be made on either a per occurrence or per measurement basis,
whichever is applicable to the performance measurement, using the dollar amounts
specified in Table 5 or Table 6 below. Except as provided in section 7.4, the dollar
amounts vary depending upon whether the performance measurement is designated
High, Medium, or Low.
7.3.1 For those Tier 2 measurements listed on Attachment 2 as "Performance
Measurements Subject to Per Measurement Caps," payment to the State in a single
month shall not exceed the amount listed in Table 5 for the "Per Measurement Cap"
category.
TABLE 5: TIER 2 PAYMENTS TO STATE FUNDS
Per Occurrence
Measurement GrouD
Hiqh $500
Medium $300
Low $200
Per Me t CasuremenaD
Measurement GrouD
Hiah $75,000
Medium $30,000
Low $20000
7.4 Performance Measurements Subject to Per Measurement Payment: The
following Tier 2 performance measurements shall have their performance results
measured on a region-wide (14 state) basis. Failure to meet the performance
standard, therefore, will result in a per measurement payment in each of the Qwest
in-region 14 states adopting this PAP. The performance measurements are:
GA-1: Gateway Availability -IMA-GUI
GA-2: Gateway Availability -IMA-EDI
GA-3: Gateway Availability- EB-TA
GA-4: System Availability - EXACT
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26, 2007
- 10-
Exhibit K
GA-6 Gateway Availability - GUI-Repair
PO-1 Pre-Order/Order Response Times
OP-2 Call Answered within Twenty Seconds - Interconnect Provisioning
CenterMR-2: Calls Answered within Twenty Seconds -Interconnect Repair Center
GA-1 has two sub-measurements: GA-1A, and GA-1D. PO-1 shall have two sub-
measurements: PO-1A and PO-1B. Pû-1A and PO-1B shall have their transaction
types aggregated together.
For these measurements, Owest will make a Tier 2 payment based upon monthly
performance results according to Table 6: Tier 2 Per Measurement Payments to
State Funds.
TABLE 6: TIER 2 PER MEASUREMENT PAYMENTS TO STATE FUNDS
Measurement Performance State Payment 14 State PaymentGA-12346 1% or lower $1.000 $14000
::1% to 3%$10,000 $140,000
::3% to 5%$20,000 $280,000
::5%$30,000 $420,000
PO-1 2 sec. or less $1,000 $14,000
::2 sec.to 5 $5,000 $70,000
sec.
::5 sec. to 10 $10,000 $140,000
sec.
::10 sec.$15,000 $210,000OP-2/MR-2 1% or lower $1 000 $14.000
::1% to 3% $5,000 $70,000
::3% to 5%$10 000 $140000
::5%$15,000 $210,000
8.0 Step by Step Calculation of Monthly Tier 1 Payments to CLEC
8.1 Application of the Critical Z-Values: Owest shall identify the Tier 1 parity
performance measurements that measure the service provided to CLEC by Owest for
the month in question and the critical z-value from Table 1 in section 5.0 that shall be
used for purposes of statistical testing for each particular performance measurement.
The statistical testing procedures described in section 4.0 shall be applied. For the
purpose of determining the critical z-values, each disaggregated category of a
performance measurement is treated as a separate sub-measurement. The critical
z-value to be applied is determined by the CLEC volume at each level of
disaggregation or sub-measurement.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26, 2007
- 11-
Exhibit K
8.2 Performance Measurements for which Tier 1 Payment is Per Occurrence:
8.2.1 Performance Measurements that are Averages or Means:
8.2.1.1 Step 1: For each performance measurement, the average or the mean that
would yield the critical z-value shall be calculated. The same denominator as the one
used in calculating the z-statistic for the measurement shall be used. (For
benchmark measurements, the benchmark value shall be used.)
8.2.1.2 Step 2: The percentage differences between the actual averages and the
calculated averages shall be calculated. The calculation is % diff = (CLEC result -
Calculated Value)/Calculated Value. The percent difference shall be capped at a
maximum of 100%. In all calculations of percent differences in sections 8.0 and 9.0,
the calculated percent differences is capped at 100%.
8.2.1.2 Step 3: For each performance measurement, the total number of data points
shall be multiplied by the percentage calculated in the previous step and the per
occurrence dollar amounts from the Tier 1 Payment Table shall determine the
payment to the CLEC for each non-conforming performance measurement.
8.2.2 Performance Measurements that are Percentages:
8.2.2.1 Step 1: For each performance measurement, the percentage that would yield
the critical z-value shall be calculated. The same denominator as the one used in
calculating the z- statistic for the measurement shall be used. (For benchmark
measurements, the benchmark value shall be used.)
8.2.2.2 Step 2: The difference between the actual percentages for the CLEC and the
calculated percentages shall be determined.
8.2.2.3 Step 3: For each performance measurement, the total number of data points
shall be multiplied by the difference in percentage calculated in the previous step,
and the per occurrence dollar amount taken from the Tier 1 Payment Table, to
determine the payment to the CLEC for each non-conforming performance
measurement.
8.2.3 Performance Measurements that are Ratios or Proportions:
8.2.3.1 Step 1: For each performance measurement the ratio that would yield the
critical z-value shall be calculated. The same denominator as the one used in
calculating the z-statistic for the measurement shall be used. (For benchmark
measurements, the benchmark value shall be used.)
8.2.3.2 Step 2: The absolute difference between the actual rate for the CLEC and
the calculated rate shall be determined.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26, 2007
- 12-
Exhibit K
8.2.3.3 Step 3: For each performance measurement, the total number of data points
shall be multiplied by the difference calculated in the previous step, and the per
occurrence dollar amount taken from the Tier 1 Payment Table, to determine the
payment to the CLEC for each non-eonforming performance measurement.
8.3 Performance Measurements for which Tier 1 Payment is Per Measure:
8.3.1 For each performance measurement where Owest fails to meet the standard,
the payment to the CLEC shall be the dollar amount shown on the "per measure"
portion of Table 2: Tier 1 Payments to CLEC.
9.0 Step by Step Calculation of Monthly Tier 2 Payments to State Funds
9.1.1 Application of the Critical Z-Value: Owest shall identify the Tier 2 parity
performance measurements that measure the service provided by Owest to all
CLECs for the month in question. The statistical testing procedures described in
section 4.0 shall be applied, except that a 1.645 critical z-value shall be used for Tier
2 parity measurements that have Tier 1 counterparts. For Tier 2 parity
measurements that do not have Tier 1 counterparts, the statistical testing procedures
described section 4.0 shall be applied using the critical z-values identified in section
5.1.
9.1.2 To determine if Tier 2 payments for performance measurements listed on
Attachment 1 shall be made in the current month, the following shall be determined.
For Tier 2 measurements that have Tier 1 counterparts, it shall be determined
whether Owest missed the performance standard for three consecutive months, or if
Owest has missed the standard in any two out of three consecutive months for the 12
month period and for an additional two consecutive months. For Tier 2
measurements that do not have Tier 1 counterparts, it shall be determined whether
Owest missed the performance standard for a single month. If any of these
conditions are met and there are at least 10 data points for the measurement in each
month, a Tier 2 payment will be calculated and paid as described below and will
continue in each succeeding month until Owests performance meets the applicable
standard. For Tier 2 measures that have Tier 1 counterparts, the most recent three
months of nonconforming performance data that results in payment liability shall be
averaged to determine payment.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26,2007
- 13-
Exhibit K
9.2 Performance Measurements for which Tier 2 Payment is Per Occurrence:
9.2.1 Performance Measurements that are Averages or Means:
9.2.1.1 Step 1: The monthly average or the mean for each performance
measurement that would yield the critical z-value for each month shall be calculated.
The same denominator as the one used in calculating the z-statistic for the
measurement shall be used. (For benchmark measurements, the benchmark value
shall be used.)
9.2.1.2 Step 2: The percentage difference between the actual averages and the
calculated averages for the relevant month(s) shall be calculated. The calculation
for parity measurements is % diff = (actual average - calculated average)/calculated
average. The percent difference shall be capped at a maximum of 100%. In all
calculations of percent differences in section 8.0 and section 9.0, the calculated
percent difference is capped at 100%..
9.2.1.3 Step 3: For each performance measurement, the total number of data points
for the relevant month(s) shall be multiplied by the percentage calculated in the
previous step. The amount (average amount, if more than one month) (rounded to
the nearest integer) is then multiplied by the result of the per occurrence dollar
amount taken from the Tier 2 Payment Table to determine the payment to the State
for each non-conforming performance measurement.
9.3 Performance Measurements that are Percentages:
9.3.1 Step 1: For each performance measurement, the monthly percentage that
would yield the critical z-value for each month shall be calculated. The same
denominator as the one used in calculating the z-statistic for the measurement shall
be used. (For benchmark measurements, the benchmark value shall be used.)
9.3.1.2 Step 2: The difference between the actual percentages and the calculated
percentages for the relevant month(s) shall be calculated. The calculation for parity
measurement is diff = (CLEC result - calculated percentage). This formula shall be
applicable where a high value is indicative of poor performance. The formula shall be
reversed where high performance is indicative of good performance.
9.3.1.3 Step 3: For each performance measurement, the total number of data points
for the relevant month(s) shall be multiplied by the difference in percentage
calculated in the previous step. The amount (average amount, if more than one
month)(rounded to the nearest integer) is then multiplied by the result of the per
occurrence dollar amounts taken from the Tier 2 Payment Table to determine the
payment to the State.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26, 2007
- 14-
Exhibit K
9.4 Performance Measurements that are Ratios or Proportions:
9.4.1 Step 1: For each performance measurement, the ratio that would yield the
critical z-value for each month shall be calculated. The same denominator as the
one used in calculating the z-statistic for the measurement shall be used. (For
benchmark measurements, the benchmark value shall be used.)
9.4.1.1 Step 2: The difference between the actual rate for the CLEC and the
calculated rate for the relevant month(s) shall be calculated. The calculation is: diff =
(CLEC rate - calculated rate). This formula shall apply where a high value isindicative of poor performance. The formula shall be reversed where high
performance is indicative of good performance.
9.4.1.2 Step 3: For each performance measurement, the total number of data points
shall be multiplied by the difference calculated in the previous step for each month.
The amount (average amount, if more than one month)(rounded to the nearest
integer) is then multiplied by the result of the per occurrence dollar amounts taken
from the Tier 2 Payment Table to determine the payment to the State.
9.5 Performance Measurements for which Tier 2 Payment is Per Measure:
9.5.1 For each performance measurement where Owest fails to meet the standard,
the payment to the State Fund shall be the dollar amount shown on the "per
measure" portion of the Tier 2 Payment Table.
10.0 Low Volume, Developing Markets
10.1 For certain qualifying performance standards, if the aggregate monthly
volumes of CLECs participating in the PAP are more than 10, but less than 100,
Owest will make Tier 1 payments to CLECs for failure to meet the parity or
benchmark standard for the qualifying performance sub-measurements. The
qualifying sub-measurements are the ADSL qualified loop product disaggregations of
OP-3, OP-4, OP-5a, MR-3, MR-5, MR-7, and MR-8. If the aggregate monthly CLEC
volume is greater than 100, the provisions of this section shall not apply to the
qualifying performance sub-measurement.
10.2 The determination of whether Owest has met the parity or benchmark
standards will be made using aggregate volumes of CLECs participating in the PAP.
In the event Owest does not meet the applicable performance standards, a total
payment to affected CLECs will be determined in accordance with the high, medium,
low designation for each performance measurement (see Attachment 1) and as
described in section 8.0, except that CLEC aggregate volumes will be used. In the
event the calculated total payment amount to CLECs is less than $5,000, a minimum
payment of $5,000 shall be made. The resulting total payment amount to CLECs wil
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26, 2007
- 15-
Exhibit K
be apportioned to the affected CLECs based upon each CLEC's relative share of the
number of total service misses.
10.3 At the six (6)-month reviews, Qwest will consider adding to the above list of
qualifying performance sub-measurements, new products disaggregation
representing new modes of CLEC entry into developing markets.
11.0 Payment
11.1 Payments to CLEC, the State, or the Special Fund shall be made one month
following the due date of the performance measurement report for the month for
which payment is being made. Qwest will pay interest on any late payment and
underpayment at the prime rate as reported in the Wall Street Journal. On any
overpayment, Qwest is allowed to offset future payments by the amount of the
overpayment plus interest at the prime rate.
11.2 Payment to CLEC shall be made via bill credits. Bill credits shall be identified
on a summary format substantially similar to that distributed as a prototype to the
CLECs and the Commissions. To the extent that a monthly payment owed to CLEC
under this PAP exceeds the amount owed to Qwest by CLEC on a monthly bill,
Qwest will issue a check or wire transfer to CLEC in the amount of the overage.
Payment to the State shall be made via check or wire transfer.
11.3 A Special Fund shall be created for the purpose of payment of an
independent auditor and audit costs as specified in section 15.0 and payment of
other expenses incurred by the participating Commissions in the regional
administration of the PAP.
11.3.1 Qwest shall establish the Special Fund as an interest bearing escrow account
upon the first FCC section 271 approval of the PAP applicable to a participating state
Commission. Qwest shall be authorized to withhold and deposit into the Special
Fund one-half of all Tier 2 payments. The cost of the escrow account will be paid
for from account funds.
11.3.2 Commissions participating in the Special Fund shall appoint a person
designated to administer and authorize disbursement of funds. All claims against the
fund shall be presented to the Commissions' designates and shall be the
responsibility of the participating Commissions.
11.3.3 Qwest shall advance funds to meet initial claims against the Special Fund to
the extent Tier 2 contributions are insufficient. Such funds shall not exceed $500,000
and shall be reduced appropriately in the event that at least six states in which the
QPAP is in effect do not agree to participate in the Special Fund. Upon a
determination by the participating Commissions that the Special Fund has become
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26, 2007
- 16-
Exhibit K
self-sustaining or is no longer required, Owest shall be allowed to recover any such
advances plus interest at the rate that the escrow account would have earned.
11.3.4 Upon the execution of a memorandum of understanding with the Idaho
Commission, Owest shall establish an Idaho Discretionary Fund as a separate
interest bearing escrow account. Owest shall deposit into the Discretionary Fund the
remaining balance of Tier 2 payments after disbursement of Tier 2 payments to the
Special Fund pursuant to section 13.3.1. The Commission shall appoint a person
designated to administer and authorize disbursements of funds from the
Discretionary Fund. Disbursements from the Discretionary Fund shall be limited to
competitively neutral Idaho telecommunications initiatives. The costs of the
Discretionary Fund wil paid for from the account's funds.
12.0 Cap on Tier 1 and Tier 2 Payments
12.1 There shall be a cap on the total payments made by Owest for a 12 month
period beginning with the effective date of the PAP for the State of Idaho. The
annual cap for the State of Idaho shall be 36% of ARMIS Net Return, recalculated
each year based upon the prior year's Idaho ARMIS results , subject to any
applicable adjustment permitted pursuant to section 12.2. Owest shall submit to the
Commission the calculation of each year's cap no later than 30 days after submission
of ARMIS results to the FCC. CLEC agrees that this amount constitutes a maximum
annual cap that shall apply to the aggregate total of Tier 1 liquidated damages,
including any such damages paid pursuant to this Agreement, any other
interconnection agreement, or any other payments made for the same underlying
activity or omission under any other contract, order or rule and Tier 2 assessments or
payments made by Owest for the same underlying activity or omission under any
other contract, order or rule.
12.2 The 36% annual cap may be increased to 44% or decreased to 30% of
ARMIS Net Return as follows:
12.2.1 An increase in the cap of a maximum of 4 percentage points at anyone time
(i.e., first to 40 percent) shall occur upon order by the Commission if the cap has
been exceeded for any consecutive period of 24 months by that same 4 percent or
more, provided that: (a) the Commission has determined that the preponderance of
the evidence shows Owest could have remained beneath the cap through
reasonable and prudent effort, and (b) the Commission has made that determination
after having available to it on the record the results of audits and root cause
analyses, and provided an opportunity for Owest to be heard.
12.2.2 A decrease in the cap of a maximum of 4 percentage points at anyone time
shall occur upon order by the Commission after performance for any consecutive
period of 24 months in which total payments are 8 or more percentage points below
the cap amount, provided that: (a) the Commission has determined that the
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26, 2007
- 17-
Exhibit K
preponderance of the evidence shows the performance results underlying those
payments results from an adequate Owest commitment to meeting its responsibilities
to provide adequate wholesale service and to keeping open its local markets and (b)
the Commission shall have made that determination after providing all interested
parties an opportunity to be heard.
12.2.3 The provisions of 12.2.1 and 12.2.2 shall be in effect for the next 24 month
period commencing with the end of the 24 month period upon which the
Commission's order is based.
12.3 If the annual cap is reached, each CLEC shall, as of the end of the year, be
entitled to receive the same percentage of its total calculated Tier 1 payments. In
order to preserve the operation of the annual cap, the percentage equalization shall
take place as follows:
12.3.1 The amount by which any month's total year-to-date Tier 1 and Tier 2
payments exceeds the cumulative monthly cap (defined as 1/1ih of the annual cap
times the cumulative number of months to date) shall be calculated and apportioned
between Tier 1 and Tier 2 according to the percentage that each bore of total
payments for the year-to-date. The Tier 1 apportionment resulting of this calculation
shall be known as the "Tracking Account."
12.3.2 The Tier 1 apportionment shall be debited against the monthly payment due
to each CLEC, by applying to the year-to-date payments received by each the
percentage necessary to generate the required total Tier 1 amount.
12.3.3 The Tracking Amount shall be apportioned among all CLECs so as to provide
each with payments equal in percentage of its total year to date Tier 1 payment
calculations.
12.3.4 This calculation shall take place in the first month that the year-to-date total
Tier 1 and Tier 2 payments are expected to exceed the cumulative monthly cap and
for each month of that year thereafter. Owest shall recover any debited amounts by
reducing payments due to any CLEC for that month and any succeeding months, as
necessary.
13.0 Limitations
13.1 The PAP shall not become available in the State unless and until Owest
receives effective section 271 authority from the FCC for that State.
13.2 Owestwill not be liable for Tier 1 payments to CLEC in an FCC approved
state until the Commission has approved an interconnection agreement between
CLEC and Owest which adopts the provisions of this PAP.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26, 2007
- 18-
Exhibit K
13.3 Qwest shall not be obligated to make Tier 1 or Tier 2 payments for any
measurement if and to the extent that non-conformance for that measurement was
the result of any of the following: 1) with respect to performance measurements with
a benchmark standard, a Force Majeure event as defined in section 5.7 of the SGAT.
Qwest will provide notice of the occurrence of a Force Majeure event within 72 hours
of the time Qwest learns of the event or within a reasonable time frame that Qwest
should have learned of it; 2) an act or omission by a CLEC that is contrary to any of
its obligations under its interconnection agreement with Qwest or under federal or
state law; an act or omission by CLEC that is in bad faith. Examples of bad faith
conduct include, but are not limited to: unreasonably holding service orders and/or
applications, "dumping" orders or applications in unreasonably large batches,
"dumping" orders or applications at or near the close of a business day, on a Friday
evening or prior to a holiday, and failng to provide timely forecasts to Qwest for
services or facilities when such forecasts are explicitly required by the SGAT; 3)
problems associated with third-party systems or equipment, which could not have
been avoided by Qwest in the exercise of reasonable diligence, provided, however,
that this third party exclusion will not be raised in the State more than three times
within a calendar year. If a Force Majeure event or other excusing event recognized
in this section merely suspends Qwests ability to timely perform an activity subject to
a performance measurement that is an interval measure, the applicable time frame in
which Qwests compliance with the parity or benchmark criterion is measured will be
extended on an hour-for-hour or day-for-day basis, as applicable, equal to the
duration of the excusing event.
13.3.1 Qwest will not be excused from Tier 1 or Tier 2 payments for any reason
except as described in Section 13.0. Qwest will have the burden of demonstrating
that its non-conformance with the performance measurement was excused on one of
the grounds described in this PAP. A party may petition the Commission to require
Qwest to deposit disputed payments into an escrow account when the requesting
party can show cause, such as grounds provided in the Uniform Commercial Code
for cases of commercial uncertainty.
13.3.2 Notwithstanding any other provision of section 13 of this QPAP, Qwest shall
not be excused for failng to provide such performance that Qwest could reasonably
have been expected to deliver assuming that it had designed, implemented, staffed,
provisioned, and otherwise provided for resources reasonably required to meet
foreseeable volumes and patterns of demands upon its resources by CLECs.
13.4 Qwests agreement to implement these enforcement terms, and specifically
its agreement to pay any "liquidated damages" or "assessments" hereunder, wíl not
be considered as an admission against interest or an admission of liability in any
legal, regulatory, or other proceeding relating in whole or in part to the same
performance.
13.4.1 CLEC may not use: 1) the existence of this enforcement plan; or 2) Qwests
payment of Tier -1 "liquidated damages" or Tier 2 "assessments" as evidence that
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26, 2007
- 19-
Exhibit K
Qwest has discriminated in the provision of any facilities or services under Sections
251 or 252, or has violated any state or federal law or regulation. Qwests conduct
underlying its performance measures, however are not made inadmissible by its
terms.
13.4.2 By accepting this performance remedy plan, CLEC agrees that Qwests
performance with respect to this remedy plan may not be used as an admission of
liabilty or culpability for a violation of any state or federal law or regulation. (Nothing
herein is intended to preclude Qwest from introducing evidence of any Tier 1
"liquidated damages" under these provisions for the purpose of offsetting the
payment against any other damages or payments a CLEC might recover.) The terms
of this paragraph do not apply to any proceeding before the Commission or the FCC
to determine whether Qwest has met or continues to meet the requirements of
section 271 of the Act.
13.5 By incorporating these liquidated damages terms into the PAP, Qwest and
CLEC accepting this PAP agree that proof of damages from any non-conforming
performance measurement would be difficult to ascertain and, therefore, liquidated
damages are a reasonable approximation of any contractual damages that may
result from a non-conforming performance measurement. Owest and CLEC further
agree that Tier 1 payments made pursuant to this PAP are not intended to be a
penalty. The application of the assessments and damages provided for herein is not
intended to foreclose other noncontractual legal and non-contractual regulatory
claims and remedies that may be available to a CLEC.
13.6 This PAP contains a comprehensive set of performance measurements,
statistical methodologies, and payment mechanisms that are designed to function
together, and only together, as an integrated whole. To elect the PAP, CLEC must
adopt the PAP in its entirety, in its interconnection agreement with Owest. By
electing remedies under the PAP, CLEC waives any causes of action based on a
contractual theory of liability, and any right of recovery under any other theory of
liability (including but not limited to a state utility regulatory commission or Federal
Communications Commission rule or order) to the extent such recovery is related to
harm compensable under a contractual theory of liability (even though it is sought
through a noncontractual claim, theory, or cause of action).
13.7 If for any reason a CLEC agreeing to this QPAP is awarded compensation for
the same harm for which it received payment under the OPAP , the court or other
adjudicatory body hearing such a claim may offset the damages resulting from such
claim against payments made for the same harm.
13.8 Qwest shall not be liable for both Tier 2 payments under the PAP and
assessments, sanctions, or other payments for the same underlying activity or
omission pursuant to any Commission order or service quality rules.
13.9 Whenever a Qwest Tier 1 payment to an individual CLEC exceeds $3 millon
in a month, Qwest may commence a proceeding to demonstrate why it should not be
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26, 2007
- 20-
Exhibit K
required to pay any amount in excess of the $3 million. Upon timely commencement
of the proceeding, Owest must pay the balance of payments owed in excess of $3
million into escrow, to be held by a third-party pending the outcome of the
proceeding. To invoke these escrow provisions, Owest must file, not later than the
due date of the Tier 1 payments, its application. Owest will have the burden of proof
to demonstrate why, under the circumstances, it would be unjust to require it to make
the payments in excess of $3 millon. If Owest reports non-conforming performance
to CLEC for three consecutive months on 20% or more of the measurements
reported to CLEC and has incurred no more than $1 million in liabilty to CLEC, then
CLEC may commence a similar proceeding. In any such proceeding CLEC will have
the burden of. proof to demonstrate why, under the circumstances, justice requires
Owest to make payments in excess of the amount calculated pursuant to the terms of
the PAP. The disputes identified in this section shall be resolved in a manner
specified in the Dispute Resolution section of the SGAT with the CLEC.
14.0 Reporting
14.1 Upon receiving effective section 271 authority from the FCC for a state,
Owest will provide CLEC that has an approved interconnection agreement with
Owest, a monthly report of Owests performance for the measurements identified in
the PAP by the last day of the month following the month for which performance
results are being reported. However, Owest shall have a grace period of five
business days, so that Owest shall not be deemed out of compliance with its
reporting obligations before the expiration of the five business day grace period.
Owest will collect, analyze, and report performance data for the measurements listed
on Attachment 1 in accordance with the most recent version of the PIDs. Upon
CLEC's request, data files of the CLEC's raw data, or any subset thereof, will be
transmitted, without charge, to CLEC in a mutually acceptable format, protocol, and
transmission medium.
14.2 Owest will also provide the Commission a monthly report of aggregate CLEC
performance results pursuant to the PAP by the last day of the month following the
month for which performance results are being reported. However, Owest shall have
a grace period of five business days, so that Owest shall not be deemed out of
compliance with its reporting obligations before the expiration of the five business day
grace period. Individual CLEC reports of participating CLECs will also be available to
the Commission upon request. By accepting this PAP, CLEC consents to Owest
providing CLEC's report and raw data to the State Commission. Pursuant to the
terms of an order of the Commission, Owest may provide CLEC-specific data that
relates to the PAP, provided that Owest shall first initiate any procedures necessary
to protect the confidentiality and to prevent the public release of the information
pending any applicable Commission procedures and further provided that Owest
provides such notice as the Commission directs to the CLEC involved, in order to
allow it to prosecute such procedures to their completion. Data files of participating
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26, 2007
- 21-
Exhibit K
CLEC raw data, or any subset thereof, will be transmitted, without charge, to the
Commission in a mutually acceptable format, protocol, and transmission form.
14.3 In the event Qwest does not provide CLEC and the Commission with a
monthly report by the last day of the month following the month for which
performance results are being reported, Qwest wil pay to the State a total of $500 for
each business day for which performance reports are 6 to 10 business days past the
due date; $1,000 for each business day for which performance reports are 11 to 15
business days past the due date; and $2,000 for each business day for which
performance results are more than 15 business days past the due date. If reports
are on time but are missing performance results, Qwest will pay to the State a total of
one-fifth of the late report amount for each missing performance measurement,
subject to a cap of the full late report amount. These amounts represent the total
payments for omitting performance measurements or missing any report deadlines,
rather than a payment per report. Prior to the date of a payment for late reports,
Qwest may file a request for a waiver of the payment, which states the reasons for
the waiver. The Commission may grant the waiver, deny the waiver, or provide any
other relief that may be appropriate.
14.4 To the extent that Qwest recalculates payments made under this PAP, such
recalculation shall be limited to the preceding three years (measured from the later of
the provision of a monthly credit statement or payment due date). Qwest shall retain
sufficient records to demonstrate fully the basis for its calculations for long enough to
meet this potential recalculation obligation. CLEC verification or recalculation efforts
should be made reasonably contemporaneously with Qwest measurements. In any
event, Qwest shall maintain the records in a readily useable format for one year. For
the remaining two years, the records may be retained in archived format. Any
payment adjustments shall be subject to the interest rate provisions of section 11.1.
15.0 Integrated Audit Programllnvestigations of Performance Results
15.1 Audits of the PAP shall be conducted in a two-year cycle under the auspices
of the participating Commissions in accordance with a detailed audit plan developed
by an independent auditor retained for a two-year period. The participating
Commissions shall select the independent auditor with input from Qwest and CLECs.
15.1.1 The participating Commissions shall form an oversight committee of
Commissioners who will choose the independent auditor and approve the audit plan.
Any disputes as to the choice of auditor or the scope of the audit shall be resolved
through a vote of the chairs of the participating commissions pursuant to Section
15.1.4.
15.1.2 The audit plan shall be conducted over two years. The audit plan will identify
the specific performance measurements to be audited, the specific tests to be
conducted, and the entity to conduct them. The audit plan will give priority to auditing
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26,2007
- 22-
Exhibit K
the higher risk areas identified in the ass report. The two-year cycle wil examine
risks likely to exist across that period and the past history of testing, in order to
determine what combination of high and more moderate areas of risk should be
examined during the two-year cycle. The first year of a two-year cycle wil
concentrate on areas most likely to require follow-up in the second year.
15.1.3 The audit plan shall be coordinated with other audit plans that may be
conducted by other state commissions so as to. avoid duplication, shall not impede
Owests ability to comply with the other provisions of the PAP and should be of a
nature and scope that can be conducted in accordance with the reasonable course of
Owests business operations.
15.1.4 Any dispute arising out of the audit plan, the conduct of the audit, or audit
results shall be resolved by the oversight committee of Commissioners. Decisions of
the oversight committee of Commissioners may be appealed to a committee of the
chairs of the participating Commissions.
15.2 Owest may make management processes more accurate or more effcient to
perform without sacrificing accuracy. These changes are at Owests discretion but
wil be reported to the independent auditor in quarterly meetings in which the auditor
may ask questions about changes made in the Owest measurement regimen. The
meetings, which will be limited to Owest and the independent auditor, will permit an
independent assessment of the materiality and propriety of any Owest changes,
including, where necessary, testing of the change details by the independent auditor.
The information gathered by the independent auditor may be the basis for reports by
the independent auditor to the participating Commissions and, where the
Commissions deem it appropriate, to other participants.
15.3 In the event of a disagreement between Owest and CLEC as to any issue
regarding the accuracy or integrity of data collected, generated, and reported
pursuant to the PAP, Owest and the CLEC shall first consult with one another and
attempt in good faith to resolve the issue. If an issue is not resolved within 45 days
after a request for consultation, CLEC and Owest may, upon a demonstration of good
cause, (e.g., evidence of material errors or discrepancies) request an independent
audit to be conducted, at the initiating party's expense. The independent auditor will
assess the need for an audit based upon whether there exists a material deficiency in
the data or whether there exists an issue not otherwise addressed by the audit plan
for the current cycle. The dispute resolution provision of section 18.0 is available to
any party questioning the independent auditor's decision to conduct or not conduct a
CLEC requested audit and the audit findings, should such an audit be conducted. An
audit may not proceed until dispute resolution is completed. Audit findings wil
include: (a) general applicability of findings and conclusions (i.e., relevance to
CLECs or jurisdictions other than the ones causing test initiation), (b) magnitude of
any payment adjustments required and, (c) whether cost responsibility should be
shifted based upon the materiality and clarity of any Owest non-conformance with
measurement requirements (no pre-determined variance is appropriate, but should
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26,2007
- 23-
Exhibit K
be based on the auditor's professional judgment). CLEC may not request an audit of
data more than three years from the later of the provision of a monthly credit
statement or payment due date.
15.4 Expenses for the audit of the PAP and any other related expenses, except
that which may be assigned under section 15.3, shall be paid first from the Tier 2
funds in the Special Fund. For Idaho, the remainder of the audit expenses wil be
paid by Qwest.
15.5 Qwest will investigate any second consecutive Tier 2 miss to determine the
cause of the miss and to identify the action needed in order to meet the standard sèt
forth in the performance measurements. To the extent an investigation determines
that a CLEC was responsible in whole or in part for the Tier 2 misses, Qwest shall
receive credit against future Tier 2 payments in an amount equal to the Tier 2
payments that should not have been made. The relevant portion of subsequent Tier
2 payments will not be owed until any responsible CLEC problems are corrected. For
the purposes of this sub-section, Tier 1 performance measurements that have not
been designated as Tier 2 will be aggregated and the aggregate results will be
investigated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
16.0 Reviews
16. 1 Every six (6) months, beginning six months after the effective date of section
271 approval by the FCC for the state of Idaho, Qwest, CLECs, or the Idaho Public
Utilities Commission may initiate a review of the performance measurements to
determine whether measurements should be added, deleted, or modified; whether
the applicable benchmark standards should be modified or replaced by parity
standards; and whether to move a classification of a measurement to High, Medium,
or Low, Tier 1 or Tier 2. The criterion for reclassification of a measurement shall be
whether the actual volume of data points was less or greater than anticipated.
Criteria for review of performance measurements, other than for possible
reclassification, shall be whether there exists an omission or failure to capture
intended performance, and whether there is duplication of another measurement.
Any disputes regarding adding, deleting, or modifying performance measurements
shall be resolved pursuant to a proceeding before the Commission and subject to
judicial review. No new performance measurements shall be added to this PAP that
have not been subject to observation as diagnostic measurements for a period of 6
months. Any changes made at the six-month review pursuant to this section shall
apply to and modify this agreement between Qwest and CLEC, subject to a stay,
modification or reversal upon appeal or judicial review.
16.1.1 Notwithstanding section 16.1, if any agreements on adding, modifying or
deleting performance measurements as permitted by section 16.1 are reached
between Qwest and CLECs participating in an industry Regional Oversight
Committee (ROC) PID administration forum, those agreements shall be incorporated
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26, 2007
- 24-
Exhibit K
into the OPAP and modify the agreement between CLEC and Owest at any time
those agreements are submitted to the Commission, whether before or after a six-
month review.
16.1.2 For the first twelve months that any changes made pursuant to paragraphs
16.1 or 16.1.1 are in effect, Owests liability for such changes shall be limited to 10%
of the monthly payments that Owest would have made absent the effect of such
changes as a whole. This provision shall be referred as "the 10% payment collar."
Such payment limitation shall be accomplished by factoring the payments resulting
from the changes to ensure that such payments remain within 10% of the payments
Owest would have made absent such changes.
16.1.3 In the event that the Commission adds, modifies, or reclassifies a
performance measurement that has not been agreed upon in the ROC PID
administration forum process in 16.1.1, the 10% payment collar shall remain in effect
unless removed by the Commission pursuant to this section. If, after a minimum of 6
months of payments to a CLEC, Owests payments have been limited by the 10%
payment collar to 80% or less of what the total payments would have been absent
the collar for the preceding 6-month period, the Commission may, upon motion by an
affected CLEC, conduct a record proceeding to determine whether the 10% payment
collar should be removed from any such performance measure. The Commission
can prospectively remove the 10% collar for Tier 1 payments to affected CLEC(s) for
any such performance measure upon a demonstration through a record proceeding
and a Commission determination that the total payments to the CLEC(s) under the
OPAP were inadequate to compensate CLEC(s) for actual harm incurred during the
same period and upon a determination that such change is otherwise necessary and
appropriate and in the public interest.
16.1.4 Notwithstanding section 16.1, any party may submit a root cause analysis to
the Commission requesting removal of a PID or sub-measure from the PAP or
requesting exemption of a PID or sub-measure from the application of the trigger
mechanism for reinstatement or subsequent removaL. In the analysis and
recommendations concerning the root cause analysis, the Commission is to consider,
at a minimum, whether the root cause analysis provides evidence of no harm, the
same harm as covered by other PID measures, non-Owest related causes, or other
factors which directly relate to the harm or circumstances specific to the PID or sub-
measure being analyzed.
16.2 Two years after the effective date of the first FCC 271 approval of the PAP,
the participating Commissions may conduct a joint review by a independent third
party to examine the continuing effectiveness of the PAP as a means of inducing
compliant performance. This review shall not be used to open the PAP generally to
amendment, but would serve to assist Commissions in determining existing
conditions and reporting to the FCC on the continuing adequacy of the PAP to serve
its intended functions. The expense of the reviews shall be paid from the Special
Fund.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26,2007
- 25-
Exhibit K
16.3 Owest will make the PAP available for CLEC interconnection agreements
until such time as Owest eliminates its Section 272 affiliate. At that time, the
Commission and Owest shall review the appropriateness of the PAP and whether its
continuation is necessary. However, in the event Owest exits the interLATA market,
that State PAP shall be rescinded immediately.
17.0 Voluntary Performance Assurance Plan
This PAP represents Owests voluntary offer to provide performance assurance.
Nothing in the PAP or in any conclusion of non-conformance of Owests service
performance with the standards defined in the PAP shall be construed to be, of itself,
non-conformance with the Act.
18.0 Dispute Resolution
For the purpose of resolving disputes over the meaning of the provisions of the PAP
and how they should be applied, the dispute resolution provisions of the SGAT,
section 5.18, shall apply whether the CLEC uses the SGAT in its entirety or elects to
make the PAP part of its interconnection agreements (i.e., the unique dispute
resolution provisions of interconnection agreements should not apply).
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26, 2007
- 26-
Exhibit K
Attachment 1: Tier 1 and Tier 2 Performance Measurements Subject to Per Occurrence
Payment
Performance Measurement Tier 1 Payments Tier 2 Payments
Low Med Hiqh Low Med Hiah
GATEWAY
Tjmelv Outaae Resolution GA-7 X
PRE-0RDER/ORDERS
LSR Rejection Notice Interval PO-3a X
Firm Order Confirmations On Time PO-5 X X
Work ComDletion Notification Timeliness PO_6b X
Bilina Completion Notification Timeliness po-t)X
Jeopardy Notice Interval PO-8 X
Timelv JeoDardv Notices PO-9 X
Release Notifications PO-16 X
(Expanded)-Manual Service Order PO-20 X
Accuracv
ORDERING AND PROVISIONING
Installation Commitments Met OP-39 X X
Installation Intervals OP-4o,g X X
New Service Quality OP-X X
5a9,bd.9
Delayed Days OP-6e,g X X
Number Portability Timeliness OP-8 X X
Coordinated Cuts On Time -Unbundled OP-13a X X
Loops
LNP Disconnect Timeliness OP-17 X X
MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR
Out of Service Cleared within 24 hours MR-3~X
All Troubles Cleared within 4 hours MR-5~X
Mean time 10 Restore MR-X
6a9,b9,c9,
df,ef
Repair Repeat Report Rate MR-79 X X
Trouble Rate MR-8~X X
LNP Trouble Reports Cleared within MR-11 X X
Specified Timeframes
BILLING
Time to Provide Recorded Usaae Records BI-1 X X
Billna Accuracy-Adjustments for Errors BI-3 X
Billna Completeness BI-4 X X
NETWORK PERFORMANCE
Trunk Blockina NI-1 X X
NXX Code Activation NP-1 X X
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26, 2007
- 27-
Exhibit K
a. PO-3 is limited to PG-3a-1, PO-3b-1, and PO-3c.
b. PO-6 is included with PO-7 as two "families:" PO-6a/PO-7a and PO-6b/PO-7b. Measurements within
each family share a single payment opportunity with only the measurements with the highest payment being
paid.
c. OP-4 is included with OP-6 as five "families:" OP-4a/OP-6-1, OP-4b/OP-6-2, OP-4c/OP-6-3, OP-4d/OP-
6-4, and OP-4e/OP-6-5. Measurements within each family share a single payment opportunity with only the
measurement with the highest payment being paid.
d. Section 3.1.2 applies to OP-5b only if the number of orders with trouble in OP-5a is no more than one.
e. For purposes of the PAP, OP-6a and OP-6b wil be combined and treated as one. The combined OP-6
breaks down to OP-6-1 (within MSA), OP-6-2 (outside MSA), OP-6-3 (no dispatch), OP-6- (zone 1), and
OP-6-5 (zone 2).
f. Applicable only to xDSL-1 capable loops.
g. Excludes the following product disaggregations as applicable to this PID: Resale Centrex, Resale
Centrex 21, Resale DSO (non-designed), Resale DSO (designed), Resale DSO, E911/911 Trunks, Resale
Frame Relay, Resale Basic ISDN (non-designed), Resale Basic ISDN (designed), Resale Basic ISDN,
Resale Pnmary ISDN (non-designed), Resale Primary ISDN (designed), Resale Primary ISDN, Resale PBX
(non-designed), Resale PBX (designed), Resale PBX, Sub-Loop Unbundling, UNE-P (POTS), UNE-P
(Centrex), and UNE-P (Centrex 21).
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26, 2007
- 28-
Exhibit K
Attachment 2: Performance Measurements Subject to Per Measurement Caps
Billng
Time to Provide Recorded Usage Records - BI-1 (Tier 1/Tier 2)
Billing Accuracy - Adjustments for Errors - BI-3 (Tier 1 )
Billng Completeness - BI-4 (Tier 1lTer 2)
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revised, Sixth Amended Exhibit K, June 26, 2007
- 29-